Garga Sanhita PDF

Sri Garga-samhita
Canto One, Volume One
Contents
Chapter One
r-Ka-mhtmya-varana
Description of r-Ka's Glories
Chapter Two
r-Goloka-dhma-nivaranam
Description of the Abode of r Goloka
Chapter Three
Agamanodyoga-varanam
Description of the Lord's Appearance
Chapter Four
Udyoga-prana-varana
Description of Questions About the Lord's Appearance
Chapter Five
Bhagavad-gamanodyoga-praa
The Lord's Appearance
Chapter Six
Kasa-bala-varana
Description of Kasa's Strengt
Chapter Seven
Dig-vijaya-varana
Description of the Conquest of All Directions
Chapter Eight
r Rdhik-janma-varana
Description of r Rdhik's Birth
Chapter Nine
Vasudeva-vivha-varana
Description of Vasudeva's Wedding
Chapter Ten
r-Balabhadra-janma-varaa
Description of the Birth of Lord Balarma
Chapter Eleven
r Kacandra-janma-varana
Description of r Kacandra's Birth
Chapter Twelve
r Nanda-mahotsava-varana
Description of r Nanda's Festival
Chapter Thirteen
Ptan-moka
The Liberation of Ptan
Chapter Fourteen
akasura-tvarta-moka
The Liberation of akasura and Tvarta
Chapter Fifteen
Nanda-patny viva-rpa-daranam
Revelation of the Universal Form to Nanda's Wife
Chapter Sixteen
r Rdhik-vivha-varana
Description of r Rdhik's Wedding
Chapter Seventeen
Dadhi-steya-varana
Description of the Yogurt Theft
Chapter Eighteen
Brahma-daranam
Vision of the Universal Form
Chapter Nineteen
Yamalrjuna-bhaga
Breaking of the Two Arjuna Trees
Chapter Twenty
Durvsaso my-darana r-nanda-nandana-stotra-varana
Description of Durvs Muni's Vision of the My Potency and
Offering of Prayers to Nanda's Son
Chapter One
r-Ka-mhtmya-varana
Description of r-Ka's Glories
Text 1
o nryaa namasktya
nara caiva narottamam
dev sarasvat vysa
tato jayam udrayet
omOm; nryaamthe Personality of Godhead;

namasktyaafter offering respectful obeisances; naram ca
evaand Nryaa i; narottamamthe supermost human being;
devmthe goddess; sarasvatmthe mistress of learning;
vysamVysadeva; tatathereafter; jayamall that is meant for
conquering; udrayetbe announced.
Before reciting this Garga-sahit, which is the very means

of conquest, one should offer respectful obeisances unto the
Personality of Godhead, Nryaa, unto Nara-Nryaa i, the
supermost human being, unto mother Sarasvat, the goddess of
learning, and unto rla Vysadeva.*
Text 2
arad-vikaca-pakaja-riyam atva-vidveaka
milinda-muni-sevita kulia-kaja-cihnvtam
sphurat-kanaka-npura dalita-bhakta-tpa-traya
calad-dyuti-pada-dvaya hdi dadhmi rdh-pate
aratautumn; vikacablooming; pakajalotus;

sriyambeauty; atva-vidveakamreviling; milindabees;
muniby sages; sevitamserved; kuliaof lightning;
kajalotus; cihnawith marks; vtamcovered;
sphuratglistening; kanakagolden; npuramanklets;
dalitabroken; bhaktaof the devotees; tpasufferings;
trayamthree; calatmoving; dyutisplendor; padaof feet;
dvayampair; hdiin my heart; dadhmiI place; rdh-
pateof Rdh's Lord.
In my heart I place the splendid feet of Rdh's Lord, feet

that eclipse the glory of autumn lotuses, are served by hosts of
bumblebee sages, are marked with lightning and lotus and
decorated with glistening golden anklets, and break the
three sufferings of the devotees.
Text 3
vadana-kamala-niryadyasya pyam dya

pibati jana-varo 'ya ptu so 'ya gira me
badara-vana-vihra satyavaty kumra
praata-durita-hra srga-dhanv-avatra
vadanaface; kamalalotus; niryadyasyasplendid;

pyamnectar; dyamtranscendental; pibatidrink; jana-
varathe best of men; ayamhe; ptumay protect; sa ayamhe;
giramthe words; meof me; badara-vanain the forest
Badarikrama; vihraenjoys pastimes; satyavatyof
Satyavat; kumrathe son; praataof surrendered souls;
duritatroubles; hraremoving; srga-dhanuof Lord
Ka, who carries the rga bow; avatraan incarnation.
May Satyavat's son Vysa, who enjoys pastimes at

Badariksrama, who is the best of men, who drinks the
transcendental nectar of the glory of Lord Ka's lotus face,
and who is an incarnation of the Lord who carries the rga bow,
protect my words.
Text 4
kadcin naimiraye
r-gargo jnin vara
yayau aunaka drau
tejasv yoga-bhskara
kadcitone time; naimirayein Naimiraya; r-

gargar Garga Muni; jninmof the wise; varathe best;
yayauwent; aunakamaunaka; draumto see;
tejasvpowerful; yogayoga; bhskaraa splendid sun.
Once r Garga Muni, who was the best of the wise, very
powerful, and a brilliant sun of yoga, went to see aunaka Muni.
Text 5
ta dv sahasotthya
aunako munibhi saha
pjaym sa padydyair
upacrair vidhnata
tamhim; dvseeing; sahasat once;

utthyarising; aunakaaunaka; munibhi sahawith the sages;
pjaym saworshiped; padya-dyaibeginning with water for
washing the feet; upacraiwith many offerings;
vidhnataaccording to religious tradition.
Seeing him, aunaka and the sages at once stood up and

worshiped him by washing his feet and presenting many offerings
according to ancient tradition.
Text 6
r-aunaka uvca
sat paryaana dhanya

ghin ntaye smtam
nm antas tamo-hr
sdhur eva na bhskara
r-aunaka uvcar aunaka said; satmof the

saintly devotees; paryaanamwandering; dhanyamgood fortune;
ghinmof the householders; ntayefor peace;
smtamremembered; nmof men; antaof the heart;
tamadarkness; hrremoving; sdhua saintly devotee;
evacertainly; nanot; bhskarathe sun.
r aunaka said: The auspicious travels of saintly devotees

bring peace to they who stay at home. It is a saintly devotee,
and not the sun, the removes the darkness in people's hearts.
Text 7
tasmn me hdi sambhta

sandeha naya prabho
katidh r-harer vior
avatro bhavaty alam
tasmttherefore; memy; hdiin the heart;

sambhtamborn; sandehamdoubt; nayaplease destroy;
prabhaO lord; katidhhow many?; r-harewho removes all
that is inauspicious; of r Hari; vioof Viu;
avatraincarnations; bhavatiare; alammany.
Therefore, O lord, please destroy the doubt in my heart. How

often does Lord Viu, who removes all that is inauspicious,
descend to this world?
Text 8
r-garga uvca
sdhu pa tvay brahman

bhagavad-gua-varanam
vat gadat yad vai
pcchat vitanoti am
r-garga uvcar Garga Muni said; sdhuwell;

pamasked; tvayby you; brahmanO brhmaa; bhagavatof
the Lord; guathe qualities; varanamthe description;
vatmof they who hear; gadatmof they who speak;
yatwhich; vaiindeed; pcchatmof they who ask;
vitanotigives; amauspiciousness.
r Garga Muni said: O brhmaa, you have asked a worthy

question. The description of the Lord's transcendental qualities
brings auspiciousness to they who hear, speak, and ask.
Text 9
atraivodharantmam
itihsa purtanam
yasya ravaa-mtrea
mah-doa praamyati
atrahere; evaindeed; udharantithey speak; imamthis;

itihsamhistory; purtanamancient; yasyaof whom;
ravaahearing; mtreaby merely; mahgreat;
doafault; praamyatiis pacified.
Of this they tell the story of an event in ancient history,

simply by hearing of which great sin is removed.
Text 10
mithil-ngare prva
bahulva pratpavn
r-ka-bhakta nttm
babhva nirahakti
mithil-ngarein Mithil City; prvamin ancient times;

bahulvaBahulva; pratpavnpowerful; r-
kaof Lord Ka; bhaktaa devotee; ntapeaceful;
tmat heart; babhvawas; nirahaktifree from false
ego.
In the city of Mithil in ancient times lived a powerful king

named Bahulva, who was peaceful at heart, free of false ego,
and a great devotee of Lord Ka.
Text 11
ambard gatam dv
nrada muni-sattamam
sampjya csane sthpya
ktjalir abhata
ambartfrom the sky; gatamcome; dvseeing;

nradamNrada; muni-sattamamthe best of sages;
sampjyaworshiping; caand; sanea seat; sthpyagiving;
ktjaliwith folded hands; abhataspoke.
Seeing the best of sages Nrada decend from the sky, (the
king) worshiped him, offered him a seat, and with folded hands
addressed him.
Text 12
r-bahulva uvca
yo 'ndir tm puruo
bhagavn prakte para
kasmt tanu samdhatta
tan me brhi mah-mate
r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; yawho;

andibeginningless; tmself; puruaperson;
bhagavnthe Lord; praktematter; paraabove; kasmtwhy?;
tanuma form; samdhattaaccepted; tatthat; meto me;
brhiplease tell; mah-mateO wise one.
r Bahulva said: O wise one, please tell me why the

beginningless Supreme Person, who is beyond the material energy,
places His transcendental form in this world?
Text 13
r-nrada uvca
go-sdhu-devat-vipra-
vedn rakaya vai
tanu dhatte hari skd
bhagavn tma-llay
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; gaof the cows;

sdhudevotees; devatdemigods; viprabrhmaas;
vednmand Vedas; rakayafor protection; vaiindeed;
tanumform; dhatteplaced; hariLord Ka;
sktdirectly; bhagavnthe Supreme Personality of
Godhead; tmaown; llayby pastimes.
To protect the cows, devotees, demigods, and Vedas, Lord

Hari, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, placed His own
transcendental form and pastimes in this world.
Text 14
yath naa sva-lly

mohito na paras tath
anye dv ca tan-my
mumuhus te muhur muhu
yathas; naaan actor; sva-llymby His won

pastimes; mohitabewildered; nanot; paraanother; tathso;
anyeothers; dvseeing; caalso; tatHis;
mymillusory potency; mumuhubecome bewildered; tethey;
muhumuhuagain and again.
As a magician is not bewildered by His own magic tricks,

although others may be bewildered, so the Supreme Personality of
Godhead is not bewildered by the magic tricks He does with His illusory
potency, although others who see them are bewildered again and
again.
Text 15
ri-bahulva uvca
katidh r-harer vior

avatro bhavaty alam
sdhn rakartha hi
kpay vad m prabho
ri-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; katidhhow

many times; r-hareof Lord Hari; vioof Lord Viu;
avatraincarnation; bhavatiis; alamgreatly; sdhnmof
the devotees; rakaaprotection; arthamfor the purpose;
hiindeed; kpayby the mercy; vadaplease tell; mmme;
prabhaO lord.
r Bahulva said: How often does Lord Viu, who removes

all that is inauspicious, descend to this world to protect the
devotees? O lord, please kindly tell me.
Text 16
r-nrada uvca
ao 'as tathvea
kal pra prakathyate
vysdyai ca sma aha
paripratama svayam
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; aaof a part;

aaof a part; aaa part; taththen;
veaentrance; kala part; prafull; prakathyateis
said; vysa-dyaiby they who have Vysa as their leader;
caalso; smaremembered; ahasix;
paripratamamost full; svayampersonally.
r Nrada said: In the Smti-stra the great sages who

have Vysa as their leader explain that the Lord descends in six
kinds of forms: 1. aa (a part of a part), 2. aa (a
part), 3. vea (entrance into a jva), 4. kal (a full part),
5. pra (full), and 6. paripratama (most full).
Text 17
aas tu marcy-dir
a brahmdayas tath
kal kapila-krmdy
ve bhrgavdaya
aaaa; tuindeed; marciwith Marci;

dibeginning; aa; brahmawith Brahm;
dayabeginning; tathso; kalkal; kapilawith Kapila;
krmaand Krma; dybeginning; veavea;
bhrgavawith Paraurma; dayabeginning.
The aa incarnations begin with Marci, the a

incarnations begin with Brahm, the kal incarnations begin with
Kapila and Krm, and the vea incarnations begin with
Paraurma.
Text 18
pro nsiho rma ca

vetadvpdhipo hari
vaikuho 'pi tath yajo
nara-nryaa smta
prafull; nsihaNsiha; rmaRma; caand;

vetadvpdhipathe ruler of vetadvpa; hariHari;
vaikuhaVaikuha; apialso; taththen; yajaYaja;
nara-nryaaNara-Nryaa; smtadecsribed in the
Smti.
The Smti-stra explains that the pra incarnations are

1. Nsiha, 2. Rma, 3. Lord Hari, the ruler of vetadvpa,
4. Vaikuha, 5. Yaja, and 6. Nara-Nryaa.
Text 19
paripratama skc
chr-ko bhagavn svayam
asakhya-brahma-patir
goloke dhmni rjate
paripratamaparipratama; sktdirectly;
r-kar Ka; bhagavnthe Lord; svayampersonally;
asakhyanumberless; brahmaof universes; patithe ruler;
goloke dhmniin the abode of Goloka; rjateis splendidly
manifested.
The paripratama form of the Lord is r Ka, who is the

original Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. He is the master
of countless universes. He is splendidly manifest in the realm of
Goloka.
Text 20
krydhikra kurvanta
sad-a te prakirtit
tat-krya-bhra kurvantas
te ' vidit prabho
kryaof work; adhikramoverseeing; kurvantadooing;

satof the Lord; aaa incarnations; tethey;
prakirtitdescribed; tatof that; kryawork; bhramthe
burden; kurvantadoing; tethey; athe aa
incarnations; viditknown; prabhoof the Lord.
The aa incarnations are said to oversee the execution of

the Lord's mission (in the world). The aa incarnations
are understood to perform the work of executing those missions.
Text 21
yem antar-gato viu

krya ktv vinirgata
nnvevatr ca
viddhi rjan mah-mate
yemof whom; antawithin; gatagone; viuLord
Viu; kryammission; ktvhaving done; vinirgatadeparts;
nnvarious; vea-avatrnvea incarnations; caalso;
viddhiplease know; rjanO king; mah-mategreat heart.
O great soul, O king, please know that in the various

vea incarnations Lord Viu enters (a jva), executes His
mission, and then departs.
Text 22
dharma vijya ktv ya

punar antaradhyata
yuge yuge vartamna
so 'vatra kal hare
dharmamreligious principles; vijyateaching;

ktvhaving done; yawho; punaagain;
antaradhyatadisappears; yuge yugemillenium after millenium;
vartamnabeing so; saHe; avatraincarnation; kalkal;
hareof Lord Hari.
Millennium after millennium Lord Hari's kal incarnations

teach and establish the principles of religion, and then
disappear.
Text 23
catur-vyho bhaved yatra

dyante ca ras nava
ata para ca vryi
sa tu pra prakathyate
catur-vyhathe catur-vyha incarnations; bhavetare;

yatrawhere; dyanteare seen; caalso; rasmellows;
navanine; atathen; paramafter; caalso; vryiprowess;
saHe; tuindeed; prapra; prakathyateis said.
The pra incarnations are said to include the catur-vyha
incarnations. They are said to be the places where heroic powers
and the nine rasas are seen.
Text 24
yasmin sarvi tejsi

vilyante sva-tejasi
ta vadanti pare skt
paripratama svayam
yasminin which; sarviall; tejsiglories;

vilyanteenter; sva-tejasiin His own glory; tamHim;
vadantisay; pareothers; sktdirectly;
paripratamamParipratama; svayampersonally.
Others say that the form of the Lord where all powers and
glories enter is His paripratama form, the original form of the
Lord Himself.
Text 25
prasya lakaa yatra

ta payanti pthak pthak
bhvenpi jan so 'ya
paripratama svayam
prasyaof the pta incarnation;

lakaamcharacteristic; yatrawhere; tamthat;
payantisee; pthak pthakspecifically; bhvenaby nature;
apialso; janpeople; sa ayamHe;
paripratamaParipratama; svayampersonally.
The transcendental qualities people see distributed among

the Lord's pra incarnations are all present in the Lord's
original, paripratama form.
Text 26
paripratama skc
chr-ko nnya eva hi
eka-kryrtham gatya
koi-krya cakra ha
paripratamaparipratama; sktdirectly;
r-kar Ka; nanot; anyaanother; evacertainly;
hiindeed; ekaone; kryamission; arthamfor the purpose;
gatyacoming; koimillions; kryammission; cakradid;
haindeed.
The Lord's original, paripratama form is r Ka and no

one else. Coming (to this world) to execute one mission, He
executes millions of missions.
Text 27
pra pura puruottamottama

part paro ya purua parevara
svaya sadnandamaya kpkara
gukara ta araa vrajmy aham
praperfect; puraancient; puruaof persons;

uttamaof the best; uttamathe best; partthan the greatest;
paragreater; yawho; puruathe Supreme Person; paraof
the exalted; varathe master; svayampersonally; sat-
nandamayamfull of transcendental bliss; kpof mercy;
karammine; guaof transcendental virtues; karama mine;
tamof Him; araam vrajmi ahamI take shelter.
He is perfect and complete. He is the oldest. He is the

most exalted of exalted persons. He is greater than the greatest.
He is the Supreme Person. He is the master of the exalted. Of
He who is full of bliss, who is jewel-mine of mercy, who is a
jewel-mine of transcendental virtues, I take shelter.
Text 28
r-garga uvca
tac chrutv harito rj

romc prema-vihvala
pramya netre 'ru-pre
nrada vkyam abravt
r-garga uvcar Garga said; tat rutvhearing;

haritadelighted; rjthe king; romchis bodily hairs
erect; premawith love; vihvalaovercome; pramyawiping;
netrehis eyes; aruwith tears; prefilled; nradamto
Nrada; vkyama statement; abravtsaid.
r Garga said: Hearing this, the king became very happy.

Overcome with love and the hairs of his body erect in ecstasy, he
wiped his tear-filled eyes and spoke to Nrada.
Text 29
r-bahulva uvca
paripratamah skc
chr-ko kena hetun
gato bhrate khae
dvravaty virjate
r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said;

paripratamaparipratama; sktdirectly; r-
kar Ka; kenaby what?; hetunreason; gatacame;
bhrate khaeto theland of Bhrata; dvravatymin
Dvrak; virjateis splendidly manifested.
r Bahulva said: Why did r Ka, the original,

paripratama form of the Lord, come to the land of Bhrata and
gloriously appear in Dvrak?
Text 30
tasya goloka-nthasya
goloka dhma sundaram
karmy aparimeyni
brhi brahman bhan-mune
tasyaof Him; goloka-nthasyathe master of Goloka;

goloka dhmathe realm of Goloka; sundarambeautiful;
karmiactivities; aparimeynicountless; brhiplease tell;
brahmanO brhmaa; bhatgreat; muneO sage.
O brhmaa, O great sage, please describe the countless

deeds and beautiful Goloka realm of He who is the master of
Goloka.
Text 31
yad trthana kurvan

chata-janma-tapa-para
tad sat-sagam etyu
r-ka prpnuyn nara
yadwhen; trthato holy places; anamjourney;

kurvandoing; ata100; janmabirths; tapaausterities;
paraintent; tadthen; satof devotees; sagamthe
association; etyaattaining; uquickly; r-kamr
Ka; prpnuytmay attain; naraa human being.
When a human being visits many holy places and devotedly

performs a hundred years of austerities, he will attain the
association of the devotees. Then he will attain r Ka
Himself.
Text 32
r-ka-dsasya ca dsa-dsa
kad bhaveya manasrdra-citta
yo durlabho deva-varai partm
sa me katha gocara di-deva
r-kaof r Ka; dsasyaof the servant; caand;
dsaof the servant; dsathe servant; kadwhen?;
bhaveyamwill I become; manasawith thoughts; ardramelting;
cittahis heart; yaa person who; durlabharare; deva-
varaiby the best of demigods; partmthe Supreme Person;
saHe; meof me; kathamwhether?; gocarein the range of
perception; dithe original; devaLord.
When, my heart melting with love, will I think "I am the

servant of the servants of r Ka's servants?" Will the
Supreme Personality of Godhead, whom even the greatest demigods
cannot attain, appear before me?
Text 33
dhanyas tva rja-rdla

r-keo hari-priya
tubhya ca darana dtu
bhakteo 'trgamiyati
dhanyafortunate; tvamyou; rjaof kings; rdlaO

tiger; r-kar Ka; iahonored; harito Lord Hari;
priyadear; tubhyamto you; caalso; daranamsight;
dtumto give; bhaktaof the devotees; athe Lord;
atrahere; gamiyatiwill come.
O tiger of kings, you are fortunate. r Ka honors you.

Lord Hari loves you. The Lord of the devotees will come to reveal
Himself to you.
Text 34
tva npa rutadeva ca

dvija-devo janrdana
smaraty ala dvrakym
aho bhgya satm iha
tvamyou; npamking; rutadevamrutadeva; caalso;

dvijaof the brhmaas; devathe Lord; janrdanaKa;
smaratiremembers; alamgreatly; dvrakymin Dvrak;
ahaoh; bhgyamthe good fortune; satmof the devotees;
ihahere.
Lord Janrdana, the master of the brhmaas remembers both

rutadeva and you, the king. Ah, the good fortune of the devotees
here in Dvrak!
Chapter Two
r-Goloka-dhma-nivaranam
Description of the Abode of r Goloka
Text 1
jihv labdhvpi ya kam

krtanya na krtayet
labdhvpi moka-nirei
sa nrohati durmati
jihvmtoungue; labdhvattaining; apialso; yawho;

kamr Ka; krtanyamto be glorified; nanot;
krtayetglorifies; labdhvattaining; apialso; moka-of
liberation; nireimstaircase; sahe; nanot;
rohaticlimbs; durmatifool.
A person who has a tongue but does not glorify glorious

r Ka is a fool. Even if he somehow approaches the staircase to
liberation, he cannot climb it.
Text 2
atha te sampravakymi
r-kgamana bhuvi
asmin vrha-kalpe vai
yad bhta tac chu prabho
athanow; teto you; sampravakymiI will speak; r-
kaof r Ka; gamanamthe arrival; bhuvion the earth;
asminthis; vrha-kalpein the Varha-kalpa; vaiindeed;
yatwhat; bhtamwas; tatthat; uplease hear; prabhaO
lord.
Now I will describe to you r Ka's coming to this earth

during the Varha-kalpa. O lord, please hear what happened.
Texts 3 and 4
pur dnava-daitynm
nar khalu bhubhujm
bhri-bhra-samkrnt
pthv go-rpa-dhri
anthavad rudantva
vedayant nija-vyatham
kampayant nija gtra
brahma araa gat
purformerly; dnavaof the dnavas; daitynmand

daityas; narmof the humans; khaluindeed; bhubhujmof
the kings; bhrigreat; bhrawith a burden;
samkrntovercome; pthvthe earth; gaof a cow; rpain the form; dhri
manifesting; anthawithout a protector;
vatlike; rudantcrying; ivalike; vedayantdescribing;
nijaown; vyathamdistress; kampayantmaking tremble; nijamown;
gtrambody; brahmamto Lord Brahm; araamshelter;
gatwent.
In ancient times the earth, overcome with a burden of many

daityas, dnavas, and human kings, assumed the form of a cow and,
helplessly crying, trembling, and describing her troubles, took
shelter of the demigod Brahm.
Text 5
brahmthvasya t sadya
sarva-deva-gaair vta
akarea sama prgd
vaikuha mandira hare
brahmBrahm; athathen; vasyacomforting; tmher;

sadyaat once; sarvaall; devaof the demigods; gaaiby
multitudes; vtasurrounded; akareaiva; samamwith;
prgtwent; vaikuhamto Vaikuha; mandiramthe palace;
hareof Lord Hari.
Brahm comforted her and then, accompanied by iva and the

demigods, went to Lord Hari's palace in Vaikuha.
Text 6
natv catur-bhuja viu

svbhiprya jagda ha
athodvigna deva-gaa
r-ntha prha ta vidhim
natvbowing down; catur-bhujamwith four arms;

viumto Lord Viu; svaown; abhipryamintention;
jagdaexplained; hacertainly;
athathen; udvignamdistressed; deva-gaamto the demigods;
r-nthathe husband of the goddess of fortune;
prhaspoke; tamto him; vidhimBrahm.
Brahm bowed down before four-armed Lord Viu and explained

why he had come. Then He who is the husband of the goddess of
fortune spoke to Brahm and the troubled demigods.
Text 7
r-bhagavn uvca
ka svaya vigaita-pati parea

s kd akhaam atidevam atva-llam
krya kadpi na bhaviyati ya vin hi
gacchu tasya viada padam avyaya tvam
r-bhagavn uvcathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; kamr Ka;

svayamHimself; vigaitacountless;
aaof universes; patimthe master; paraof others;
amthe master; s ktdirectly; akhaamunbroken;
atidevambeyond the demigods; atva-llamwho enjoys
transcendental pastimes; kryammission; kadpisometimes;
nanot; bhaviyatiwill be; yamwhom; vinwithout; hinot;
gacchago; uat once; tasyaof Him; viadampure;
padamabode; avyayameternal; tvamyou.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Without Ka, who

is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of countless
universes, perfect, above the demigods, and the enjoyer of
transcendental pastimes, this problem will not be solved. You
should go to His eternal and effulgent abode at once.
Text 8
r-brahmovca
tvatta para na jnmi

paripratama svayam
yadi yo 'nyas tasya s kl
loka daraya na prabho
r-brahm uvcar Brahm said; tvattathan You;

paramgreater; nanot; jnmiI know; paripratamammost
perfect;
svayampersonally; yadiif; yawho; anyaanother; tasyaof Him;
s ktdirectly; lokamthe world; darayaplease show; naus;
prabhaO Lord.
r Brahm said: I do not know anyone greater and more

perfect than You. If there is such a person, please show Him to
us, O Lord.
Texts 9 and 10
r-nrada uvca
ity ukto 'pi hari pra

sarvair deva-gaai saha
padav daraym sa
brahma-ikharopari
vma-pdguha-nakha-
bhinna-brahma-maake
r-vmanasya vivare
brahma-drava-samkule
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; itithus;

uktaaddressed; apiindeed; hariLord Hari; praperfect;
sarvaiall; deva-gaaithe demigods; sahawith; padavmthe
path; daraym sarevealed; brahmathe universes;
ikhara-upariabove; vmaleft; pdguha-
nakhatoenail; bhinnabroken; brahmaof the universes; maakeon the head r-
vmanasyaof r Vmana; vivarein
the hole; brahma-dravawith the spiritual river;
samkulefilled.
r Nrada said: When this was said, perfect Lord Hari

showed all the demigods a spiritual river path flowing through
the hole r Vmana made in the universe with His toenail.
Text 11
jala-ynena mrgea
bahis te niryayu sur
kaliga-bimba-vac ceda
brahma dadus tv adha
jala-ynenaon a boat; mrgeaon the path;

bahioutside; tethey; niryayuwent; surthe demigods;
kaliga-bimba-vatlike a tiny kuaja seed; caalso; idamthis;
brahmamuniverse; dadusaw; tuindeed; adhabelow.
Going by boat on this path, the demigods left the universe.

They saw the universe was like a round kuaja fruit far below.
Text 12
indryaa-phalnva
luhanty anyni vai jale
vilokya vismit sarve
babhuvus cakit iva
indryaa-phalnikuaja fruits; ivalike;

luhantimoving to and fro; anyniothers; vaicertainly;
jalein the water; vilokyaseeing; vismitastonished;
sarveall; babhuvubecame; cakitfrightened; ivaas if.
When the saw the other universes were like many kuaja
fruits bobbing in the water (of the Kraa Ocean), they all
became frightened and surprised.
Text 13
kotio yojanordhva vai

purm aaka gat
divya-prakara-ratndi-
druma-vnda-manoharam
kotiamillions; yojanaor yojanas; rdhvamabove;

vaicertainly; purmof cities; aakama group of eight;
gatwent; divya-prakaraglistening; ratnajewels;
dibeginning with; drumaof trees; vndagroups;
manoharamcharming.
Millions of yojanas higher they came to eight cities charming

with glistening jewel-forest groves.
Text 14
tad-rdhva dadur dev

virajys taa ubham
taragita kauma-ubhra
sopnair bhskara param
tad-rdhvamabove them; dadusaw; devthe demigods;

virajyof the Viraj river; taamthe shore;
ubhamglorious; taragitamwith waves; kaumasilk;
ubhramwhite; sopnaiwith steps; bhskaramsplendid;
paramgreatly.
Higher still the demigods saw the Viraj river's splendid

shore, which was splashed by waves white as silk and glorious
with many staircases.
Text 15
ta dv pracalantas te
tat pura jagmur uttamam
asakhya-koi-martaa-
jyoti maala mahat
tamthat; dvhaving seen; pracalantagoing;

tethey; tat puramto that city; jagmuwent; uttamamgreat;
asakhyacountless; koimillions; martaaof suns;
jyotimof the splendor; maalamcircle; mahatgreat.
After seeing this, they entered a city splendid as countless

millions of suns.
Text 16
dv pratditks te
tejas dharit sthit
namasktvtha tat-tejo
dadhyau viv-jay vidhi
dvhaving seen; pratditastruck; akeyes;

tethey; tejasby the splendor; dharitovercome;
namasktvbowing down; athathen; tat-tejathat splendor;
dadhyaumeditated; viuof Lord Viu; jayby the order;
vidhiBrahm.
As they looked at its splendor they became overpowered, their eyes

struck by the light. By Lord Viu's order, Brahm offered
obeisances to that light and meditated on it.
Text 17
taj-jyotir-maale 'payat
skara dhma ntidam
tasmin mahdbhuta drgha
mla-dhavala param
sahasra-vadana ea
dv nemu surs tata
taj-jyotir-maalein the circle of light; apayathe

saw; skaramhaving a form; dhmaan abode;
ntidampeaceful; tasminthere; mahvery;
adbhutamwonderful; drghamlong; mlalotus stem;
dhavalamwhite; paramtranscendental; sahasraa thousand;
vadanamfaces; eamLord ea; dvseeing;
nemuoffered obeisances; surthe demigods; tatathen.
In that circle of light he saw the form of a peaceful

transcendental realm. When the demigods saw in that realm the very
wonderful white lotus stem of thousand-faced Lord ea, they
bowed down to offer respects to Him.
Texts 18 and 19
tasyotsage mah-loko
goloko loka-vandita
yatra kla kalayatm
varo dhma-mninm
rjan na prabhaven my
mana citta matir hy aham
na vikro viaty eva
na mah ca gu kuta
tasyaof Him; utsageon the head; mahgreat; lokarealm;
golokaGoloka; lokaby all the worlds; vanditaoffered
obeisances; yatrawhere; klatime; kalayatmsees;
varathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dhmaabodes;
mninmwith glory; rjanO king; nanot; prabhavet-may
prevail; myillusion; manamind; cittamheart;
matiintelligence; hiindeed; ahamfalse ego; nanot;
vikrachange; viatienters; evacertainly; nanot;
mahnMahat-tattva; caand; guthe modess of nature;
kutafrom where?
On His head was the transcendental realm of Goloka, which is

worshiped by all the worlds, and which is a realm where time, the
conqueror of the proud, does not prevail, and where illusion, the
material mind, heart, intelligence, and ego, material
transformations and the mahat-tattva do enter. How can the modes
of nature enter there?
Text 20
tatra kandarpa-lvay
ymasundara-vigrah
dvri gantu cbhyudit
nyaedhan ka-prad
tatrathere; kandarpaof Kmadeva; lvayahandsomeness;

ymasundara-vigrahabeautiful forms; dvriat the door; gantumto go; caalso;
abhyuditstanding; nyaedhanstayed;
kaof Lord Ka; pradthe asssociates.
Their forms very beautiful, more beautiful than Kmadeva

himself, r Ka's associates stood at the entrance.
Text 21
r-dev cu
loka-pl vaya sarve

brahma-viu-mahevar
r-ka-daranrthya
akrdy gat iha
r-dev cuthe demigods said; loka-plprotectors

of the planets; vayamwe; sarveall; brahma-viu-
mahevarBrahm, Viu, and iva; r-kar Ka;
daranaseeing; arthyafor the purpose; akraby Indra;
dyheaded;' gatcome; ihahere.
The demigods said: We, Brahm, Viu, iva, all

the protectors of the planets, and the demigods headed by Indra,
have come here to see r Ka.
Text 22
r-nrada uvca
tac chrutv tad-abhiprya

r-kya sakh-jan
cur deva-prathr
gatv cnta-pura param
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; tatthat;

rutvhearing; tad-abhipryamthe purpose; r-kyafor
r Ka; sakh-janfriends; cusaid; devademigods;
pratihardoorkeepers; gatvhaving gone; caalso; anta-
puraminside the palace; paramthen.
r Nrada said: Having heard this, the doorkeepers, girls

who were the Lord's friends, went inside the palace and told r
Ka of (the visitors') wish.
Text 23
tad vinirgat kcic

chatacandrnan sakh
ptmbar vetra-hast
spcchad vhita surn
tadthen; vinirgatcame out; kcita girl;
atacandrnanatacandrnan; sakhfriend;
ptayellow; ambargarments; vetraa stick; hastin hand;
sshe; apcchatasked; vhitamwished; surndemigods.
Then a girl named atacandrnan, who was dressed in yellow

garments, who held a stick in her hand, and who was r Ka's
friend, came from inside and asked the demigods what they wished.
Text 24
r-atacandrnanovca
kasyasydhip dev
yya sarve samgat
vadatu gamiymi
tasmai bhagavate hy aham
r-atacandrnan uvcar atacandrnan said;

kasyaof what?;asyauniverse; adhipkings; devO
demigods; yyamyou; sarveall; samgatcome; vadataplease
tell; uat once; gamiymiI will go; tasmaito Him;
bhagavatethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; hiindeed; ahamI.
r atacandrnan said: All you demigods who have come

here, of what universe are you the kings? Tell me and I shall go
to the Lord at once.
Text 25
r-dev cu
aho any utnyni

nsmbhir daritni ca
ekam aa prajnmo
'tho 'para nsti na ubhe
r-dev cuthe demgods said; ahaOh;

aniuniverses; utacertainly; anyniother; nanot;
asmbhiby us; daritnishown; caand; ekamone;
aamuniverse; prajnmawe know; athathen;
aparamanother; nanot; astiis; naof us; ubheO beautiful
one.
The demigods said: We have not seen any other universes. We

know only one universe. O beautiful one, there is no universe
beyond ours.
Text 26
r-atacandrnanovca
brahmadeva luhantha
koio hy aa-raya
te yyam yath devs
tathe 'e pthak pthak
r-atacandrnanovcar atacandrnan said;

brahmadevaO demigod Brahm; luhanti-moving about; ihahere; koiamillions; hi
indeed; aa-rayauniverses;
temof them; yyamyou; yathas; devdemigods;
tathso; aein an universe; aein an universe; pthak
pthakvariously.
r atacandrnan said: O demigod Brahm, millions of

universes bob up and down (in the Kraa ocean). As you are
demigods in one universe, so in each each universe there are many
demigods.
Text 27
nma-grma na jntha
kad vtra samgat
jaa-buddhy prahyadhve
ghn npi vinirgat
nma-grmamnames; nanot; jnthayou know;

kadwhen?; vor; atrahere; samgatcome; jaastunted;
buddhywith intelligence; prahyadhveyou are happy;
ghnhomes; nanot; apieven; vinirgathaving left.
You do not even know their names. When did you even meet
them? Never leaving your own homes, you remain happy with stunted
minds.
Text 28
brahmam eka jnanti

yatra jts tath jan
maak ca yathnta-sth
auumbara-phaleu vai
brahmamuniverse; ekamone; jnantiknow;

yatrawhere; jtborn; tathso; janpeople;
maakmosquitoes; caalso; yathas; antainside;
sthstaying; auumbara-phaleuin uumbara fruits;
vaiindeed.
You know one universe. Living entities are born in many

universes, like mosquitoes in many uumbara fruits.
Text 29
r-nrada uvca
upahsya gat dev

ittha t sthit puna
cakitn iva tn dv
viur vacanam abravt
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; upahsyamthe object

of jokes; gatattained; devthe demigods; itthamthus;
tmsilent; sthitstood; punaagain;
cakitnfrightened; ivaas if; tnthem; dvseeing; viuLord Viu; vacanam
words; abravtsaid.
r Nrada said: Mocked in this way, the demigods were
silent. Seeing them intimidated, Lord Viu spoke some
words.
Text 30
r-viur uvca
yasminn ae pigarbho
'vatro 'bht santana
trivikrama-nakhodbhinne
tasminn ae sthit vayam
r-viu uvcar Viu said; yasminin which;

aeuniverse; pigarbhaPnigarbha; avatraincarnation;
abhtwas; santanaeternal; trivikramaof Lord Trivikrama;
nakhaby the nails; udbhinnebroken; tasminin that;
aeuniverse; sthitsituated;
vayamwe.
r Viu said: We stay in the universe where eternal Lord

Pnigarbha descended, the universe broken by Lord Trivikrama's
toenail.
Text 31
r-nrada uvca
tac chrutv ta ca salghya

ghram anta-pura gat
punar gatya devebhyo
'py jm dattv gat puram

rutvhearing; tamHim; caalso; salghyapraising;
ghramfor a long time; anta-puramwithin the palace;
gatgone; punaagain; gatyareturning; devebhyato the
demigods; apialso; jmpermission; dattvgiving;
gatwent; puramto the palace.
r Nrada said: Hearing this, she praised Him for a long
time, again entered the palace, returned, and gave the demigods
permission (to enter. Then the demigods) entered the palace.
Texts 32-34
atha deva-ga sarve

golokam dadu param
tatra govardhano nma
giri-rjo virjate
vasanta-mlinbhi ca
gopbhir go-gaair vta
kalpa-vka-lat-saghai
rsa-maala-maita
yatra k nad ym
tolik-koi-mait
vaidurya-kta-sopn
svacchanda-gatir uttam
athathen; deva-gathe demigods; sarveall;

golokamGoloka; dadusaw; paramthen; tatrathere;
govardhanaGovardhana; nmanamed; giriof mountains; rjathe
king; virjateis splendidly manifest; vasantaspring;
mlinbhiwith garlands; caalso; gopbhiby gops; go-
gaaiby cows; vtasurrounded; kalpa-vkakalpa-vka
trees; latlalpa-lat vines; saghaiwith multitudes; rsaof
the rsa dance; maalawith the circle; maitadecorated;
yatrawhere; kthe Yamun; nad-river; ymdark;
tolikgazebos; koimillions; maitdecorated;
vaiduryawith lapis lazuli; ktamade; sopnsteps;
svacchandameandering; gatipaths; uttamsupreme.
Then the demigods saw Goloka, where the king of mountains,

named Govardhana, which was filled with many cows and with gops
garlanded with forest flowers, and which was decorated with rsa-
dance circles, is splendidly manifest, where the dark Yamun
river meandered as it wished, (its shores) made with lapis
lazuli steps and decorated with millions of gazebos, . . .
Text 35
vndvana bhrjamna
divya-druma-latkulam
citra-paki-madhuvratair
va-vaa-virjitam
vndvanamVndvana; bhrjamnamshining;
divyasplendid; drumatrees; latand vines; kulamfilled;
citracolorful; pakibirds; madhuvrataiwith bees;
vaof the flute; vaathe banyan tree;
virjitamsplendid.
. . . where the forest of Vndvana, filled with splendid trees

and vines, and glorious with bees, colorful birds, and the
banyan tree where (Ka) played the flute, was splendidly
manifested, . . .
Text 36
puline talo vayur

manda-gm vahaty alam
sahasra-dala-padmn
rajo vikepayan muhu
pulineon the shore; talacool; vayubreeze;

mandaslowly; gmmoving; vahatiblows; alamgreatly; sahasrathousand; dala
petal; padmnmof lotuses;
rajapollen; vikepayantossing; muhuagain and again.
. . . where, carrying the pollen of many thousand-petal lotuses, a cool

breeze gently blew to the shore, . . .
Text 37
madhye nija-nikujo 'sti

dva-triad-vana-samyuta
prakara-parikh-yuto
'rukaya-vajira
madhyein the midst; nijaown; nikujaforest grove;

astiis; dva-triat32; vanaforests; samyutaendowed;
prkrawith a wall; parikhand moat; yutaendowed;
aruared; akayaeternal; vaabanyan trees;
ajiracourtyard.
. . . where in the middle is the Lord's personal woodland of 32 forests,

which is surrounded by walls and moats and endowed with a reddish
courtyard of eternal banyan trees, . . .
Text 38
saptadh padmarggr-
jira-kuya-vibhita
kondu-maalkrair
vitnair gulik-dyuti
saptadhseven; padmargaruby; agraendge;

ajiracourtyards; kuyawalls; vibhitadecorated;
koimillions; induof moons; maalacircle; kraiwith
forms; vitnaiwith canopies; gulikwith pearls;
dyutisplendor.
. . . a courtyard decorated with seven walls made of rubies

and with a glory of pearls from awnings like many millions of
moons, . . .
Text 39
patat-patkair divybhai
pupa-mandira-vartmabhi
jta-bhramara-sagto
matta-barhi-pika-svana
patatmoving; patkaiwith flags; divybhaiglorious;

pupaof flowers; mandirapalaces; vartmabhiwith pathways;
jtaborn; bhramaraof bees; sagtasong; mattamaddened;
barhipeacocks; pikaand cuckoos; svanathe sound.
. . . .where there were splendid flags moving (in the breeze),

pathways that were flower palaces, and the singing of many bees
and many maddened peacocks and cuckoos, . . .
Text 40
blrka-kuala-dhar
ata-candra-prabh striya
svacchanda-gatayo ratnai
payantya sundara mukham
ratnjireu dhvantyo
hra-keyra-bhit
kvan-npura-kikinyas
c-mai-virjit
blrkarising sun; kualaearrings; dharwearing;

atahundred; candramoons; prabhsplendor; striyawomen;
svacchandaas they wished; gatayagoing; ratnaiwith jewels;
payantyaseeing; sundarambeautiful; mukhamface;
ratnajewel; ajireuin courtyards; dhvantyarunning;
hranecklaces; keyrabracelets; bhitdecorated;
kvattinkling; npura-kikinyaanklets; ccrown;
maijewels; virjitglorious.
. . . where there were many women effulgent as a hundred moons, wearing

sunrise earrings, walking about as they wished, noticing their
beautiful faces reflected in the jewels, running in the jewel
courtyard, decorated with necklaces, bracelets, and tinkling
ankle-bells, and splendid with jewels in their hair, . . .
Text 42
koia koio gvo

dvri dvri manohar
veta-parvata-sak
divya-bhaa-bhit
koiamillions; koiaand millions; gvacows;

dvriat doorway; dvriafter doorway; manoharbeautiful;
vetawhite; parvatamountains; sakglory;
divyasplendid; bhaawith ornaments;
bhitdecorated.
. . . where at door after door there were millions of millions of

beautiful cows glorious as white mountains, decorated with
glittering ornaments, . . .
Text 43
payasvinyas taruya ca
la-rpa-guair yuta
sa-vats pta-pucch ca
vrajantyo bhvya-mrtik
payasvinyafull of milk; taruyayoung; caalso;

lagood character; rpabeauty; guaiand virtues;
yutaendowed; sawith; vatscalves; ptayellow; pucchtails; caalso;
vrajantyagoing; bhvyaof happiness;
mrtikforms.
. . . young, full of milk, endowed with good character, virtues,

and beauty, their tails yellow, personifications of happiness as
they walked about with their calves, . . .
Text 44
ghaa-majra-samrv
kikin-jla-mait
hema-gyo hema-tulya-
hra-ml-sphurat-prabh
ghaaof bells; majraand anklets; samrvthe

sound; kikinwith small bells; jlamultitude;
maitdecorated; hemagolden; gyahorns; hemagold;
tulyaequal; hranecklaces; mlgarlands; sphurat-
prabhsplendid.
. . . decorated with a network of tiny bells, their bells and

anklets tinkling, splendid with golden necklaces and flower
garlands, their horns of gold, . . .
Text 45
pal harits tamr

pt ym vicitrit
dhmr kokila-var ca
yatra gvas tv anekadh
paalpink; haritgreen; tamrgreen;

ptyellow; ymblack; vicitritmany wonderful
colors; dhmrthe color of smoke; kokilaof cuckoos;
varthe color; caand; yatrawhere; gvacows; tuindeed;
anekadhmany.
. . . many different wonderful colors, some pink, some green,

some red, some yellow, some black, some smokey, and some the
color of cuckoos, . . .
Text 46
samudravad-dugdhad ca
taru-kara-cihnik
kuragavad-vilaghadbhir
govatsair mait ubh
samudravatwith an ocean; dugdhamilk; dgiving; caalso;

taruyouth; karamaking; cihniksigns;
kuragavatlike a deer; vilaghadbhiwith jumping;
govatsaiwith calves; maitdecorated; ubhbeautiful.
. . . giving oceans of milk, marked with the signs of youth,

leaping like deer, beautiful, decorated with many calves, . . .
Text 47
itas tata calanta ca

go-ganeu mah-v
drgha-kandhara-ghy
yatra dharma-dhurandhar
itas tatahere and there; calantawandering; caalso; go-

ganeuamong the cows; mahgreat; vbulls;
drghalong; kandharanecks; gahorns; ahyopulent;
yatrawhere; dharma-dhurandhargreat piety.
. . . where, wandering among the cows were many great bulls

opulent with long horns and necks and very pious, . . .
Text 48
gopl vetra-hast ca
ym va-dhar par
ka-ll pragyanto
rgair madana-mohanai
goplcowherd boys; vetrastick; hasthand; caalso;

ymdark; vaflutes; dharholding;
partranscendental; kaof Lord Ka; llmpastimes;
pragyantasinging; rgaiwith melodies; madana-
mohanaicharming.
. . . where were many handsome cowherd boys, carrying flutes,

holding sticks in their hands, and with charming melodies singing
of Ka's pastimes.
Text 49
ittha nija-nikuja ta
natv madhye gat sur
jyoti maala padma
sahasra-dala-obhitam
itthamthus; nijaown; nikujamforest grove; tamthat;

natvbowing down; madhyein the midst; gatgone; surthe
demigods; jyotimof light; maalama circle; padmama
lotus; sahasrathousand; dalapetals; obhitambeautiful.
Bowing down to offer respects, the demigods entered the

Lord's personal forest grove, which was a thousand-petal lotus
that was a great circle of light.
Text 50
tad-rdhva oaa-dala
tato 'a-dala-pakajam
tasyopari sphurad drgha
sopna-traya-maitam
tad-rdhvamabove that; oaa16; dalampetals;

tatathen; aa8; dalapetal; pakajamlotus; tasyathat;
upariabove; sphuratglistening; drghamlong;
sopnastaircases; trayathree; maitamdecorated.
Above that was a sixteen-petal lotus, above that an

eight-petal lotus, and above that a long path decorated with
three stairways.
Text 51
sihsana para divya

kaustubhai khacita ubhai
dadur devat sarv
r-ka rdhay yutam
sihsanamthrone; paramgreat; divyamsplendid;

kaustubhaiwith kaustubha jewels; khacitamstudded;
ubhaibeautiful; dadusaw; devatthe demigods;
sarvall; r-kamLord Ka; rdhayRdh; yutamwith.
There all the demigods saw, sitting on a splendid throne

studded with beautiful kaustubha jewels, and accompanied by r
Rdh, r Ka, . . .
Text 52
divyair aa-sakh-saghair
mohiny-dibhir anvitam
rdmdyai sevyamnam
aa-gopla-maalai
divyaisplendid; aaeight; sakhof friends;

saghaimultitudes; mohin-dibhiheaded by Mohin;
anvitamwith; rdma-dyaiheaded by rdm;
sevyamnambeing served; aaeight; goplacowherd boys;
maalaiserved.
. . . who was accompanied by eight splendid gop friends headed

by Mohin and served by eight gopas headed by rdm, . . .
Text 53
hasbhair vyajanndola-
cmarair vajra-muibhi
koi-candra-pratkai
sevita chatra-koibhi
haswans; bhailike; vyajana-andola-cmaraiwith

cmaras; vajradiamond; muibhihandles; koimillions;
candraof moons; pratkaisplendid; sevitamserved;
chatraparasols; koibhiwith millions.
. . . who was served with diamond-handled cmaras glorious as swans and millions of
parasols like millions of moons, . . .
Text 54
r-rdhiklakta-vma-bhu
svacchanda-vakr-kta-dakighrim
va-dhara sundara-manda-hsa
bhr-maalmohita-kma-rim
r-rdhikby r Rdh; alaktadecorated; vmaleft;

bhumarm; svacchandaas He wished; vakri-ktabent;
dakiaright; aghrimfoot; vaa flute;
dharamholding; sundarahandsome; mandagentle; hsamsmile;
bhrof eyebrows; maalacircle; mohitaenchanted; kmaof
Kmadevas; rimmultitude.
. . . whose left arm was decorated by r Rdhik, whose right

foot was bent as He wished, who held a flute, who smiled
gently and gracefully, whose eyebrows enchanted hosts of
Kmadevas, . . .
Text 55
ghana-prabha padma-dalyutekaa
pralamba-bhu bahu-pta-vsasam
vndvanonmatta-milinda-abdair
virjita r-vana-mlay harim
ghanaof a raincloud; prabhamsplendor; padmalotus;

dalapetal; yutalarge; kaameyes; pralambalong;
bhumarms; bahugreat; ptayellow; vsasamgarments;
vndvanain Vndvan; unmattamaddened; milindaof bees;
abdaiby the sounds; virjitamsplendid; rbeautiful;
vanaforest; mlaywith a garland; harimr Ka.
. . . who was splendid as a raincloud, whose large eyes were

lotus petals, whose arms were long, who wore great yellow
garments, who was splendid with a beautiful forest garland filled
with the sounds of intoxicated bees.
Text 56
k-kal-kakana-npura-dyuti
lasan-manohri-mahojjvala-smitam
rvatsa-ratnottama-kuntala-riya
kira-hrgada-kuala-tviam
k-kalbelt; kakanabracelets; npuraanklets;

dyutimsplendor; lasatglistening; manohricharming;
mahvery; ujjvalasplendid; smitamsmile; rvatsarvatsa;
ratnajewel; uttamaabove; kuntalacurly hair;
riyamhandsomeness; kiracrown; hranecklace;
agadaarmlets; kualaearrings; tviamglory.
. . . who was splendid with bracekets, anklets, and a belt, who had a glittering, charming,
very glorious smile, who was handsome
with the mark of rvatsa and with a jewel placed in His curly
locks of hair, and who was glorious with a crown, necklace,
armlets, and earrings.
Text 57
dv tam nanda-samudra-magna-vat
praharit cru-kalkuleka
tata sur prjalayo natnan
nemur murri purua paryaam
dvseeing; tamHim; nandaof bliss; samudrain an

ocean; magnaplunged; vatlike; praharitdelighted;
caand; aru-kalwith tears; kulafilled; kaeyes;
tatathen; surthe demigods; prjalayawith folded hands;
natabowed; nanheads; nemuoffered obeisances;
murrimto r Ka; purua paryaamthe Supreme
Personality of Godhead.
Very happy, as if plunged in an ocean of bliss, by seeing

Him, and their eyes now filled with tears, with folded hands and
bowed heads the demigods offered their respectful obeisances to
Lord Ka, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Chapter Three
Agamanodyoga-varanam
Description of the Lord's Appearance
Text 1
r-bahulva uvca
mune deva mahtmna

kam dv part param
agre ki cakrire tatra
tan me brhi kp kuru
r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; muneO

sage; devaO lord; mahtmnaexalted;
kamKa; dvseeing; partthan the
greatest; paramgreater; agrein the presence;
kiwhat?; cakriredid; tatrathere;
tatthat; meto me; brhitell; kpmercy; kurudo.
r Bahulva said; O sage, O lord, what did they do

when they saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Ka, who
is greater than the greatest? Please be kind and tell me.
Text 2
r-nrada uvca
sarvea payata te
vaikuho 'pi haris tata
utthya-bhuja skl
lno 'bht ka-vigrahe
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; sarveamof all; payatalooking; teof them;

vaikuhoKa; apialso; harisLord Hari;
tatathen; utthyarising; a-bhujawith eight
arms; sktdirectly; lnoentered;
abhtbecame; ka-vigrahein Ka's form.
r Nrada said: As everyone looked on, Lord Hari, the

eight-armed master of Vaikuha, appeared and merged in the the
body of Lord Ka.
Text 3
tadaiva cgata pro

nsihas ca-vikrama
koi-srya-pratko
lno 'bht ka-tejasi
tadthen; evaindeed; caalso;

gatacame; properfect; nsihasNsiha;
ca-vikramaferocious; koi-srya-pratkosplendid as
millions of suns; lnomerged; abhtbecame;
ka-tejasiin Lord Ka's effulgence.
The perfect, ferocious, and powerful Lord Nrsiha, who was

effulgent as millions of suns, merged in Lord Ka's effulgence.
Text 4
rathe laka-haye ubhre

sthita cgatavs tata
vetadvpdhipo bhm
sahasra-bhuja-maita
rathein a chariot; lakawith a hundred thousand; hayehorses; ubhresplendid;

sthitastanding; caalso; gatavnarrived; tatathen;
vetadvpa-adhipothe master of vetadvpa; bhmthe
Lord; sahasra-bhuja-maitadecorated with a thousand
arms.
Then the master of vetadvpa, who was decorated with a

thousand arms, came in a splendid chariot drawn by a hundred
thousand horses.
Text 5
riy yukta svyudhhya

pradai parievita
sampralno babhvu
so 'pi r-ka-vigrahe
riythe goddess of fortune; yuktawith;

svaown; yudhawith weapons; hyaopulent;
pradaiby associates; parievitaserved;
sampralnomerged; babhvabecame; uat once;
sohe; apialso; r-ka-vigrahein r Ka's
form.
Opulent with many weapons, accompanied by the goddess of

fortune, and served by many associates, He suddenly merged in the
body of r Ka.
Texts 6-8
tadaiva cgata skd

rmo rajva-locana
dhanur-ba-dhara st-
obhito bhrtbhir vta
daa-koy-arka-sake
cmarair dolite rathe
asakhya-vaarendrhye
laka-cakra-ghana-svane
laka-dhvaje laka-haye
atakaumbhe sthitas tata
r-ka-vigrahe pra
sampralno babhva ha

gatacome; skddirectly; rmoRmacandra;
rajvalotus; locanaeyes; dhanurbow; baand
arrows; dharaholding; stwith St;
obhitoglorious; bhrtbhirby brothers;
vtaaccompanied; daaten; koiten million;
arkaof suns; sakesplendor; cmarairwith
cmaras; dolitemoved; ratheon the chariot;
asakhyacountless; vaaramonkey; indrakings;
ahyeopulent; lakaten thousand; cakrawheels; ghanadeep; svanesound; laka
ten thousand;
dhvajeflags; lakaten thousand; hayehorses;
atakaumbhegolden; sthitasstanding; tatathen; r-ka-vigrahein Lord Ka's
body;
praperfect; sampralnomerged; babhvabecame; haindeed.
Then, holding a bow and arrows, glorious with St, and

accompanied by His brothers, lotus-eyed Lord Rmacandra came in a
golden chariot that was effulgent as a hundred million suns,
(decorated) with swaying cmaras, opulent with countless monkey-
kings, rumbling with ten thousand wheels, (decorated with) ten
thousand flags, and (pulled by) ten thousand horses, and merged
in the body of Lord Ka.
Texts 9 and 10
tadaiva cgata skd

yajo nryao hari
prasphurat-pralayopa-
jvalad-agni-ikhopama
rathe jyotirmaye dye

dakihya surevara
so 'pi lno babhvu
r-ke yma-vigrahe

gatacame; skddirectly; yajasYaj
24a; nryaoNryaa; hariHari;
prasphurat-pralayopa-jvalad-agniin the blazing fires of cosmic
devastation; ikha flame; upamalike;
ratheona chariot; jyotirmayeeffulgent;
dyebeautiful; dakiwith His consort Deki;
hyaopulent; suraof the demigods; varathe
master; soHe; apieven; lnomerged;
babhvabecame; usuddenly; r-kein r
Ka; ymadark; vigraheform.
Then Lord Yaja, who is known as Nryaa and Hari,

who is glorious like a flame in the fire of cosmic devastation,
who is the master of the demigods, and who is glorious with His
consort Dakia, came in a splendid and beautiful chariot and
suiddenly merged in the dark form of Lord Ka.
Texts 11-13
tad cgatavn skn

nara-nryaa prabhu
catur-bhujo vilko
muni-veo ghana-dyuti
tait-koi-jajuta
prasphurad-dpta-maala
munndra-maalair divyair
maito 'khaita-vrata
sarve payat tem

carya-manas npa
so 'pi lno babhvu
r-ke yma-sundare
tadthen; caalso; gatavncome;

sktdirectly; nara-nryaaNara-Nryaa;
prabhuLord; catur-bhujofour arms; vilalarge; akoeyes; munias a muni; veo
dressed;
ghanaas a dark cloud; dyutisplendor; taitof
lightning flashes; koimillions; jajutamatted
hair; prasphurad-dpta-maalasplendid; munndra-
maalairby the great sages; divyairsplendid;
maitodecorated; akhaita-vrataobserving an unbroken
vow of celibacy; sarveof all;
payatmlooking; temof them; caryawonder; manasheart; npaO king; so
He;
apialso; lnomerged; babhvabecame;
usuddenly; r-kein r Ka; ymadark; sundareand handsome.
Then Lord Nara-Nryaa, whose eyes were large, who had four
arms, who was dressed as a sage, who was splendid like a dark
cloud, whose matted hair was a lightning flash, who observed an
unbroken vow (of celibacy), and who was surrounded by splendid
multitudes of the kings of sages, suddenly merged in the handsome
dark form of Lord Ka as everyone looked on, their hearts
filled with wonder.
Text 14
paripratama skc
chr-ka ca svaya prabhum
jtv deva stuti cakru
para vismayam gata
paripratama sktthe original Supreme Personality of

Godhead r-kamr Ka; caalso;
svayampersonally; prabhumthe Lord; j
24tvknowing; devthe demigods;
stutimprayers; cakrudid; paragreat;
vismayamwonder; gataattained.
Filled with wonder, and now understanding that r Ka is

the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the demigods offered
many prayers.
Text 15
r-dev cu
kya pra-puruya part parya

yajevarya para-kraa-kraya
rdh-varya paripratamya skd-
goloka-dhma-dhiaya nama parasmai
r-devsthe demigods; cusaid; kyato

Ka; pra-puruyathe Supreme Personality of
Godhead; partthan the greatest; paryagreater; yajevaryathe Lord of sacrifices;
para-
kraa-krayathe cause of causes; rdh-varyathe lover
of Rdh; paripratamyathe original Lord; skd-
goloka-dhma-dhiayawho resides in Goloka;
namaobeisances; parasmaito the Supreme.
The demigods said: Obeisances to r Ka, who is the

Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, the
master of sacrifices, the cause of causes, the lover of Rdh,
the most perfect, and the Lord who resides in Goloka.
Text 16
yogevara kila vadanti maha para tv

tatraiva stvatatam kta-vigraha ca
asmbhir adya vidita padayor dvaya te
tasmai namo 'stu mahas pataye parasmai
yogevarathe masters of yoga; kilaindeed;

vadantisay; mahaeffulgence; parasupreme;
tvaYou; tatrathere; evaindeed;
stvatatamthe devotees; ktadone;
vigrahaform; caalso; asmbhirby us;
adyatoday; viditaknown; padayorof the feet;
dvayapair; teto You; tasmaiHim;
namoobeisances; astumay be; mahasof the
effulgence; patayethe master; parasmaito the
Supreme.
The masters of yoga say You are the Brahman effulgence, and
the great devotees say You have a form. Today we understand Your
feet. Obeisances to You, the master of the Brahman effulgence.
Text 17
vyagyena v na na hi lakaay kadpi

sphoena yac ca kavayo na vianti mukhy
nirdeya-bhva-rahita prakte para ca
tv brahma nirguam aja araa vrajma
vyagyenaby implication; vor; nanot;

nanot; hiindeed; lakaayindirectly;
kadpiever; sphoenamanifest; yatwhat;
caand; kavayophilosophers; nado not;
viantienter; mukhyprimary meaning;
nirdeyaindescribable; bhvanature;
rahitawithout; prakteto matter;
paramsuperior; caand; tvamYou; brahmathe
greatestBrahman; nirguamwithout qualities;
ajaunborn; araashelter; vrajmawe go.
We take shelter of You, the unborn Supreme, who are free

from the material modes, who are beyond the world of matter, and
who cannot be described. The greatest philosophers cannot
describe You, either directly, indirectly, or by the most oblique
hint.
Text 18
tv brahma kecid avayanti pare ca kla

kecit praskhyam apare bhuvi karma-rpam
prve ca yogam apare kila kart-bhvam
anyoktibhir na vidita araa gat sma
tvmYou; brahmathe greatest; kecidsome;

avayantiteach; pareothers; caalso;
klatime; kecitsome; praskhyamthe sum of
everything; apareothers; bhuviin the world;
karmaof karma; rpamthe form; prvethe first; caalso; yogamyoga; apareothers;
kilaindeed; kart-bhvamthe doer; anyaof
others; uktibhirby the words; nanot;
viditamknown; araamshelter; gatgone;
smawe.
Some teach that You are the greatest, some that You are
time, some that You are the sum total of everything, some that
You are karma, some that You are yoga, and some that You are the
first cause. We take shelter of You, who cannot be perfectly
known by all their words.
Text 19
reyas-kar bhagavatas tava pda-sev
hitvtha trtha-yajandi tapa caranti
jnena ye ca vidit bahu-vighna-saghai
santit kim u bhavanti na te ktrth
reyasthe good; kardoing; bhagavatasof the

Lord; tavaof You; pdaof the feet; sevthe
service; hitvabandoning; athathen;
trthapilgrimage; yajanasacrifice;
dibeginning; tapasausterity; carantiperform; jnenawith knowledge; yewho;
caand; viditunderstood; bahu-vighna-saghaiwith many great
obstacles; santitstruck; kim uhow
miserably; bhavantiare; nanot; tethey; ktrthsuccessful.
O Lord, they who reject the auspicious service of Your feet,

and instead visit holy places, perform sacrifices and
austerities, and try to cultivate spiritual knowledge are beaten
by a host of obstacles. How miserably will they fail.
Text 20
vijpyam adya kim u deva aea-sk

ya sarva-bhta-hdayeu virjamna
devair namadbhir amalaya-mukta-dehais
tasmai namo bhagavate puruottamya
vijpyamto be known; adyatoday; kim

uhow?; devaO Lord; aeaof everything;
skthe witness; yawho; sarvaof all;
bhtaliving entities; hdayeuin the hearts;
virjamnamanifest; devairby the demigods;
namadbhirbowing down; amalapure; ayahearts; muktaliberated; dehaiswhose
bodies; tasmaito
Him; namoobeisances; bhagavateto the Lord;
puruottamyathe Supreme Person.
What request shall we place before You today? The pure-

hearted devotees whose forms are not material offer respectful
obeisances to You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead who, the
witness of everything, stays in everyone's heart.
Text 21
yo rdhik-hdaya-sundara-candra-hra
r-gopik-nayana-jvana-mla-hra
goloka-dhma-dhiaa-dhvaja di-deva
sa tva vipatsu vibudhn pariphi phi
yowho; rdhikof Rdh; hdayain the

heart; sundarahandsome; candramoon;
hranecklace; r-gopikof the gops; nayanaof the
eyes; jvanalife; mlaroot; hrataking; goloka-dhma-dhiaaof the abode of
Goloka; dhvajasthe
flag; dithe original; devaLord; sasHe; tvamYou; vipatsuin calamities; vibudhn
the
demigods; pariphiplease protect; phiplease
protect.
O Lord, You are a necklace of moons r Rdh places over

Her heart. You are the source of life for the gops' eyes. You
are a flag over Goloka. You are the original Supreme Personality
of Godhead. O Lord, from all calamities please protect, please
protect the demigods.
Text 22
vndvanea girirja-pate vrajea

gopla-vea-kta-nitya-vihra-lla
rdh-pate rutidhardhipate 'ddhara tva
govardhanoddharaa durdhara-dharma-dhrin
vndvanaof Vndvana; aO Lord; girirjaof

the king of mountains; pateO Lord; vrajaof
Vraja; aO Lord; gopla-veaas a cowherd boy; ktadone; nityaeternal; vihra-lla
pastimes; rdhof Rdh; pateO Lord; rutidharaof the
great philosophers; adhipateO Lord; uddharaplease
rescue; tvaYou; govardhanaof Govardhana Hill; uddharaaO lifter; durdhara
impossible dharma-dhrinthe
doer.
O king of Vndvana, O king of the mountains' king, O king
of Vraja, O king who enjoys cowherd-boy pastimes eternally, O
king of Rdh, O king of the great philosophers, O lifter of
Govardhana Hill, O Lord who can do any impossible task, please
save us!
Text 23
r-nrada uvca
ity ukto bhagavn skc

chr-ko gokulevara
pratyha praatn devn
megha-gambhray gir

uktoaddressed; bhagavn sktSupreme Personality of
Godhead; r-kor Ka; gokulevarathe king
of Gokula; pratyhareplied; praatnoffering
obeisances; devnto the demigods; megha-
gambhraythunder; girwith a voice.
r Nrada said: Addressed in this way, r Ka, who is

the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the king of Gokula, in a
voice of thunder replied to the demigods prostrate before Him.
Text 24
r-bhagavn uvca
he sura-jyeha he ambho
dev uta mad-vaca
ydaveu ca janyadhvam
aai strbhir mad-jay
r-bhagavn uvcathe Supreme Personality of Godhead

said; heO; suraof the demigods;
jyehaeldest; heO; ambhoiva; devO
demigods; utaplease hear; madMy;
vacawords; ydaveuin the Yadu dynasty;
caalso; janyadhvamplease take birth; aaiby
partial expansions; strbhirwith your wives; madby
My; jayorder.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O iva, O eldest of

the demigods, O demigods, hear My words. By My order you and your
wives should take birth, by your aa expansions, in the family
of the Yadus.
Text 25
aha cvatariymi
hariymi bhuvo bharam
kariymi ca va krya
bhaviymi yado kule
ahamI; caalso; avatariymiwill descend; hariymiI will remove; bhuvoof the

earth;
bharamthe burden; kariymiI will do; caalso; vaof you; kryathe work;
bhaviymiI will
be; yadoof the Yadus; kulein the family.
I will also descend. I will remove the earth's burden. I

will perform the work you (request). I will take birth in the
Yadus' family.
Text 26
ved me vacana vipr

mukha gvas tanur mama
agni devat yya
sdhavo hy asavo hdi
vedthe Vedas; meMy; vacanamword;

viprsthe brhmaas; mukhamouth; gvasthe
cows; tanurbody; mamaMy; agnilimbs;
devatsdemigods; yyayou; sdhavothe saintly
devotees; hiindeed; asavothe breath; hdiin
the heart.
The Vedas are My words. The brhmaas are My mouth. The cows
are My body. You demigods are My limbs. My devotees are the life-
breath in My heart.
Text 27
yuge yuge ca badhyeta

yad pkhibhir janai
dharma kratur day sakat
tad tmna sjmy aham
yuge yugemillennium after millennium; caalso;

badhyetastopped; yadwhen; pkhibhir janaiby
blasphemers; dharmareligion; kratursacrifice; daymercy; sakatdirectly; tadthen;
tmnamMyself; sjmiappear; ahamI.
Millennium after millennium, whenever the blasphemers stop

religion, sacrifice, and mercy, I descend Myself.
Text 28
r-nrada uvca
ity uktavanta jagad-vara hari

rdh patim prha viyoga-vihval
dvgnin dva-lateva mrchit-
ru-kampa-romcita-bhva-samvt

uktavantamspoken; jagadof the universe; varathe
master; hariLord Ka; rdhr Rdh;
patimHer master; prhasaid; viyogaseparation; vihvalagitated; dvgninwith a
forest fire;
dvaon fire; lata vine; ivalike;
mrchitfainted; arutears; kampatrembling;
romcitahairs standing erect; bhvaecstasy; samvtpossessing.
r Nrada said: When Her husband, Lord Ka, the master of
the universes, had spoken, r Rdh, overcome with fear of being
separated from Him, and now like a flowering vine burning in a
great forest fire, weeping, trembling, about to faint
unconscious, and the hairs of her body erect, spoke to Him.
Text 29
r-rdhovca
bhuvo bhara hartum ala bhuva vraja

kta para me apatha uva tat
gate tvayi pra-pate ca vigraha
kadcid atraiva na dhraymy aham
r-rdh uvcar Rdh said; bhuvoof the earth; bharamthe burden; hartumto
remove;
alamgreatly; bhuvato the earth; vrajago;
ktamdone; paramgreat; meof Me;
apathavow; uvahear; tatthat;
gategone; tvayiwhen You; praof life; pateO
Lord; caalso; vigrahaform; kadcidever; atrahere; evaindeed; nanot;
dhraymimaintain; ahamI.
r Rdh said: Go to the earth and remove its burden! Hear

My great vow. O Lord of My life, when You are gone I will not
keep my body (alive) in this place.
Text 30
yadtha me tva apatha na manyase

dvitya-vra pravadmi vk-patham
pra ca me gantum atva-vihvala
karpra-dhli-kaavad bhaviyati
yadwhen; athathen; meMy; tvamYou; apathavow; nanot; manyase

think;
dvityaa second; vramtime; pravadmiI speak; vk-pathamthe words; praslife;
caalso;
meof Me; gantumto go; atva-vihvalavery eager; karpra-dhli-kaavadlike particles
of camphor;
bhaviyatiwill be.
If You do not believe My words, I will say them a second

time. (If You go) then My life, yearning to depart, will become
like camphor dust.
Text 31
r-bhagavn uvca
tvay saha gamiymi

m oka kuru rdhike
hariymi bhuvo bhra
kariymi vacas tava

said; tvayYou; sahawith; gamiymiI will
go; mdon't; okaunhappiness; kurudo; rdhikeO Rdh; hariymiI will remove;
bhuvoof
the earth; bhrathe burden; kariymiI will
fulfill; vacaswords; tavaYour.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will go with You.

O Rdh, don't lament. I will remove the earth's burden and I
will keep Your word.
Text 32
r-rdhikovca
yatra vndvana nsti

yatra no yamun nad
yatra govardhano nsti
tatra me na mana-sukham
r-rdhik uvcar Rdh said; yatrawhere;

vndvanaVndvana; nanot; astiis;
yatrawhere; nanot; uindeed; yamunthe
Yamun; nadriver; yatrawhere;
govardhanoGovardhana Hill; nanot; astiis;
tatrathere; meof Me; nanot; manaof the
heart; sukhamhappiness.
r Rdh said: My heart cannot be happy where there is no

Vndvana forest, no Yamun river, and no Govardhana Hill.
Text 33
r-nrada uvca
veda-nga-kroa-bhmi
sva-dhamna r-hari svayam
govardhana ca yamun
preaym sa bhpari
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; veda-nga47;

kroakroas; bhmiland; sva-dhamnaown abode; r-harir Ka; svayam
personally;
govardhanamGovardhana; caand; yamunYamun;
preaym sasent; bh-uparito the earth.
r Nrada said: Then Lord Ka sent to the earth

Govardhana Hill, the Yamun river, and a 47 kroa portion of His
abode.
Note: One kroa equals two miles.
Text 34
tad brahm deva-gaair

natv natv puna puna
paripratama skc
chr-ka samuvca ha
tadthen; brahmBrahm; deva-gaairwith the

demigods; natvbowing; natvand bowing;
punaagain; punaand again; paripratama sktto
the original Supreme Personality of Godhead r-kar
Ka; samuvca hasaid.
Bowing and bowing again and again with the demigods, Brahm
addressed the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, r Ka.
Text 35
r-brahmovca
aha kutra bhaviymi

kutra tva ca bhaviyasi
ete kutra bhaviyanti
kair ghai kai ca nmabhi
r-brahm uvcar Brahm said; ahaI;

kutrawhere?; bhaviymiwill be; kutrawhere;
tvamYou; caalso; bhaviyasiwill be;
etethey; kutrawhere; bhaviyantiwill be;
kairwith what?; ghaihomes; kaiswith what?;
caalso; nmabhinames.
r Brahm said: Where will I take birth? Where will You

take birth? Where will the (demigods) take birth? In what homes?
With what names?
Text 36
r-bhagavn uvca
vasudevasya devaky
bhaviymi para svayam
rohiy mat-kal eo
bhaviyati na saaya

said; vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; devakyin
Devak; bhaviymiI will be;
paratranscendental; svayampersonally; rohiymin
Rohi; mat-kalmy kal expansion; eoea;
bhaviyatiwill be; nano; saayadoubt.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will take birth

in Devak from Vasudeva. My transcendental kal expansion ea
will take birth in Rohi. Of this there is no doubt.
Text 37
r skd rukmi bhaim

iv jmbavat tath
saty ca tulas bhmau
satyabhm vasundhar
rthe goddess of fortune; skddirectly;

rukmiRukmi; bhaimthe daughter of Bhmaka;
ivPrvat; jmbavatJmbavat; tathso;
satySaty; caalso; tulasTulas; bhmauon
the earth; satyabhmSatyabhm;
vasundharVasundhar.
The goddess of fortune will take birth as Bhmaka's

daughter Rukmi. Lord iva's consort will take birth as
Jmbavat. Tulas will take birth as Saty and Vasundhar as
Satyabhm.
Text 38
daki lakma caiva

klind viraj tath
bhadr hrr mitravind ca
jhnav ppa-nin
dakiDaki; lakmaLakma; caalso; evaindeed; klindKlind;

virajViraj;
tathso; bhadrBhadr; hrrHr;
mitravindMitravind; caalso; jhnavJhnav; ppasins; nindestroying.
Daki will become Lakma, Viraj will become Klind,
Hr will become Bhadr, and J hnav, who destroys sins, will
become Mitravind.
Text 39
rukmiy kmadeva ca
pradyumna iti viruta
bhaviyati na sandehas
tasya tva ca bhaviyasi
rukmiyin Rukmi; kmadevasKmadeva;

caand; pradyumnaPradyumna; itithus;
virutaknown; bhaviyatiwill be; nano;
sandehasdoubt; tasyaof him; tvayou;
caand; bhaviyasiwill be.
(Born) in Rukmi, Kmadeva will be known as Pradyumna. You

will take birth as his son. Of this there is no doubt.
Text 40
nando droo vasu skd

yaod s dhar smt
vabhnu sucandra ca
tasya bhary kalvat
nandoNanda; drooDroa; vasuVasu;

skddirectly; yaodYaod; sshe;
dharDhar; smtremembered;
vabhnuVabhnu; sucandrasSucandra; caand; tasyaof him; bharythe wife;
kalvatKalvat.
The Vasu Droa will become Nanda, and Dhar will be

remembered as Yaod. Sucandra will take birth as Vabhnu, and
his wife Kalvat will also take birth.
Text 41
bhmau krtir iti khyt

tasy rdh bhaviyati
sad rsa kariymi
gopbhir vraja-maale
bhmauon the earth; krtirKrti; itithus; khytknown; tasymin her; rdh

Rdh;
bhaviyatiwill take birth; sadalways; rsamthe
rsa dance; kariymiI will do; gopbhirwith the
gops; vrajaof Vraja; maalein the circle.
On the earth she will be known as Krti. In her Rdh will

take birth. Again and again I will perform the rsa dance in the
circle of Vraja with the gops.
Chapter Five
Bhagavad-gamanodyoga-praa
The Lord's Appearance
Texts 1 and 2
r-bhagavn uvca
ram-vaikuha-vsinya
vetadvpa-sakh-jan
rdhva-vaikuha-vsinyas
tathjita-padray
r-lokcala-vsinya
r-sakhyo 'pi samudra-j
t gopyo 'pi bhaviyanti
lakm-pati-vard vraje
r-bhagavn uvcathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said;

ram-vaikuha-vsinyathe women of Ram-Vaikuha; vetadvpa-
sakh-janthe women of vetadvpa; rdhva-vaikuha-
vsinyathe women of Urdhva-Vaikuha; tathso; ajita-pada-
rayathe women who have taken shelter of Lord Ajita; r-
lokcala-vsinyathe women of Lokcala; r-sakhyo api samudra-
jthe women born from the ocean; tthey; gopyagops;
apialso; bhaviyantiwill become; lakm-patiof Lord Nryaa,
the husband of Lakm; vartfrom the benediction; vrajein
Vraja.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The women of Ram-

Vaikuha, the women of vetadvpa, the women of Urdhva-
Vaikuha, the women who have taken shelter of Lord Ajita's feet,
the women of Lokcala, and the daughters of Varua will become
gops in Vraja because of a benediction offered by Lord Nryaa,
the husband of Lakm.
Text 3
kcid divy adivy ca

tath tri-gua-vttaya
bhmi-gopyo bhaviyanti
puyair nn-vidhai ktai
kcitsome; divywomen of the heavenly planets;

adivywomen not from the heavenly planets; caand; tathso;
tri-gua-vttayathe actions of the three modes;
bhmion the earth; gopyagops; bhaviyantiwill become;
puyaiby pious deeds; nn-vidhaivarious; ktaidone.
Some women from the heavenly planets, some women not from
the heavenly planets, and some women acting in the three modes will, because of various
kinds of pious activities, become gops
on the earth.
Text 4
yajvatra rucira
ruci-putra divas-patim
mohit pratibhvena
vkya deva-jana-striya
yajas; avatramincarnation; ruciramhandsome;

ruci-putramthe son of Ruci; divaof the heavenly planets;
patimthe master; mohitcharmed; prti-bhvenawith love;
vkyaseeing; deva-jana-striyathe demigoddesses.
When the saw handsome Yaja-avatra, who is the son

of Ruci and the master of the heavenly planets, the demigoddesses
were overcome with love for Him.
Text 5
t ca devala-vkyena
tapas tepur himcale
bhakty paramay t me
gopyo bhvy vraje vidhe
tthey; caalso; devalaof Devala Muni; vkyenaby the

words; tapas tepuperformed austerities; himcalein the
Himalayas; bhaktywith devotion;
paramaygreat; tthey; meMy; gopyagops; bhvywill be;
vrajein Vraja; vidheO Brahm.
On Devala Muni's advice with great devotion to Me they

performed austerities in the Himalayas. O Brahm, they will
become gops in Vraja.
Text 6
antarhite bhagavati
deve dhanvantarau bhuvi
auadhyo dukham pann
niphal bhrate 'bhavan
antarhitedisappeared; bhagavati deve dhanvantarauwhen Lord

Dhanvantari; bhuviin the earth; auadhyamedicines;
dukhamunhappiness; pannattained; niphalfruitless;
bhratein Bhrata-vara; abhavanbecame.
When Lord Dhanvantari disappeared from the earth, all the
medicines in Bhrata-vara became unhappy. They all became
useless and ineffective.
Text 7
siddhy-artha ts tapas tepu

striyo bhtv manohar
catur-yuge vyatte tu
prasanno 'bhd dhari param
siddhiperfection; arthamfor the purpose; tthey; tapas

tepuperformed austerities; striyawomen; bhtvbecoming;
manoharbeautiful; catur-yugewhen the four yugas; vyattehad
passed; tuindeed; prasannapleased; abhtbecame; dhariLord
Hari; paramthen.
To regain their powers they transformed themselves into

beautiful women and performed austerities. When four yugas had
passed Lord Hari became pleased with them.
Text 8
vara vta cety uktam

rutv nryo mah-vane
ta dv moham pann
cur bhrt bhavtra na
varama benediction; vtachoose; caalso; iti-thus;

uktamsaid; rutvhearing; naryathe women; mah-vanein the
great forest; tamHim; dvseeing; moham pannbecame
enchanted; cusaid; bhrthusband; bhavabecome; atrahere;
naof us.
Seeing the Lord in a great forest, they became completely

enchanted by Him. Hearing Him say, "Please choose a
benediction," they said, "Please become our husband
here".
Text 9
r-harir uvca
vndvane dvparnte
lat bhtv manohar
bhaviyatha striyo rse
kariymi vaca ca va
r-hari uvcar Hari said; vndvanein Vndvana;

dvpara-anteat the end of Dvpara-yuga; latvines;
bhtvbecoming; manoharbeautiful; bhaviyathayou will
become; striyawomen; rsein the rsa dance; kariymiI will
make; vacawords; caalso; vaof you.
r Hari said: In Vndvana, at the end of Dvpara-yuga, you

will become flowering vines and then you will change into women
in the arena of the rsa dance. I promise this to you.
Text 10
r-bhagavn uvca
bhakti-bhva-samyukt
bhri-bhgy vargan
lat-gopyo bhaviyanti
vndraye pitmaha

bhakti-bhvawith devotional love; samyuktendowed;
bhrivery; bhgyfortunate; vara-aganbeautiful women;
latvines; gopyagops; bhaviyantiwill be; vndrayein
Vndvana; pitmahaO Brahm.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: In Vndvana they

will become beautiful and very fortunate flowering-vine gops
filled with love (for Me).
Text 11
jlandharya ca y nryo
vkya vnd-pati harim
cur vaya hari skd
asmka tu varo bhavet
jlandharyathe women of Jlandhara; caand; ywho;

nryawomen; vkyaseeing; vnd-patimthe husband of Vnd;
harimLord Hari; cusaid; vayamwe; hariLord Hari;
sktdirectly; asmkamof us; tuindeed; varachoice;
bhavetis.
When the women of the Jlandhara country saw Lord Hari, the
husband of Vnd, they said (to themselves), "May Lord
Hari be our chosen husband".
Text 12
ka-vg abht ts
bhajatu ram-patim
yath vnd tath yya
vndraye bhaviyatha
ka-vka voice from the sky; abhtwas; tsmof them;

bhajataworship; uat once; ram-patimthe husband of the
goddess of fortune; yathas; vndVnd; tathso; yyamyou;
vndrayein Vndvana; bhaviyathawill become.
Then a voice from the sky said to them, "Worship

Lord Nryaa, the husband of Ram, and in Vndvana you will
become like Vnd."
Text 13
samudra-kany r-matsya
hari dv ca mohit
t hi gopyo bhaviyanti
r-matsyasya vard vraje
samudra-kanythe daughters of Varua; r-matsyamr

Matsya; harimLord Harim; dvhaving seen; caand;
mohitenchanted; tthey; hiindeed; gopygops;
bhaviyantiwill become; r-matsyasyaof r Matsya; vartby
the benediction; vrajein Vraja.
When Varua's daughters saw Lord Hari as r Matsya, they

became bewildered with love for Him. By Lord Matsya's benediction
they will become gops in Vraja.
Text 14
sd rj pthu skn
mama caa-vikrama
jitv atrn npa-reho
dhar kmn dudoha sa
stwas; rj pthuKing Pthu; sktdirectly; mamaMy;

apartial incarnation; caa-vikramapowerful; jitvafter
conquering; atrnHis enemies; npa-rehathe best of kings;
dharmfrom the earth; kmndesires; dudohamilked; saHe.
There was a powerful king named Pthu who was a partial

incarnation of Me. After defeating His enemies, He, the best of
kings, milked many desirable things from the earth.
Text 15
barhimati-bhavs tatra
pthu dv pura-striya
atre sampam gatya
t cur moha-vihval
barhimati-bhavborn in Barhimat; tatrathere;

pthumPthu; dvseeing; pura-striyawomen of the city;
atreof Atri Muni; sampamnear; gatyaarriving; tthey;
cusaid; moha-vihvalovercome with love.
When the women of Barhimati City saw Lord Pthu they became
overwhelmed with love for Him. Approaching Atri Muni, they said:
Text 16
aya tu rja-rjendra
pthu pthula-vikrama
katha varo bhaven no vai
tad vada tva mah-mune
ayamHe; tuindeed; rjaof kings; rjaof kings; indrathe

king; pthuPthu; pthula-vikramavery powerful; kathamhow?;
varahusband; bhavenmay be; naof us; vaicertainly; tatthat;
vadatell; tvamyou; mah-muneO great sage.
"O great sage, please tell us how powerful Pthu,

the king of the kings of kings, may become our husband."
Text 17
r-atrir uvca
go-doha kurutv adya

pthvya dhramay
sarva dsyati vo durga
manoratha-mahravam
r-atri uvcaAtri said; go-dohamcow's milk; kurutado;

uat once; adyanow; pthv iyamthe earth;
dharamayin meditation; sarvameverything; dsyatiwill give;
vato you; durgamdifficult to attain; manorathaof desires mah-
aravamthe great ocean.
r Atri Muni said: In meditation make an offering of milk

to her and the earth will give you a great and impassable ocean
of fulfilled desires.
Text 18
r-bhagavn uvca
manoratha praduduhur
mana-ptrea t ca gm
tasmd gopyo bhaviyanti
vndraye pitmaha

manorathamdesire; praduduhumilked; manaof the mind;
ptreawith a milk-pail; tthey; caalso; gmthe earth;
tasmtfrom that; gopyagops; bhaviyantiwill become;
vndrayein Vndvana; pitmahaO Brahm.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Using their

thoughts as a milk-pail, they milked their desire from the cow-
earth. In this way they will become gops in Vndvana, O
Brahm.
Text 19
kma-sen-mohanrtha
divy apsaraso var
nryaasya sahas
babhuvur gandha-mdane
kmaof Kmadeva; senthe army; mohanabewilderment;

arthamfor the purpose; divyheavenly; apsarasaApsar girls;
varbest; nryaasyaof Nryaa; sahasat once;
babhuvubecame; gandha-mdaneon Gandhamdana Mountain.
To bewilder Kmadeva's army, on Mount Gandhamdana Nryaa

i manifested a host of the most beautiful divine Apsar girls.
Text 20
bhrt-km ca t ha
siddho nryao muni
manoratho vo bhavit
vraje gopyo bhaviyatha
bhrtas their husband; kmdesiring; caalso; tto

them; hasaid; siddhaperfect; nryao muniNryaa i;
manorathathe desire; vaof you; bhavitwill be; vrajein Vraja;
gopyagops; bhaviyathayou will become.
When they wished Him as their husband, perfect Nryaa i

said to them, "You will become gops in Vraja. Then your
desire will be fulfilled."
Text 21
striya sutala-vsinyo
vmana vkya mohit
tapas taptv bhaviyanti
gopyo vndvane vidhe
striyawomen; sutalain Sutala; vsinyaresiding;

vmanamLord Vmana; vkyaseeing; mohitcharmed; tapas
taptvperforming austerities;
bhaviyantiwill be; gopyagops; vndvanein Vndvana; vidheO
Brahm.
When the women of Sutalaloka saw Lord Vmana, they fell in

love with Him and (to attain Him) they performed austerities.
They will become gop in Vraja, O Brahm.
Text 22
ngendra-kanyak ea
bhejur bhakty varecchay
sakaraasya rsrtha
bhaviyanti vraje ca t
ngaof snakes; indraof the king; kanyakthe daughters;
eamLord ea; bhejuworshiped; bhaktywith devotion; varaa
husband; icchaywith the desire; sakaraasyaof Lord
Sakaraa; rsaof the rsa dance; arthamfor the purpose;
bhaviyantiwill be; vrajein Vraja; caalso; tthey.
Snake princesses that, desiring Him as their husband,

worshiped Lord ea, will take birth in Vraja (to attain) Lord
Balarma's rsa dance.
Text 23
kayapo vasudeva ca
devak cditi par
ra pro dhruva so 'pi
devako 'vatariyati
kayapaKayapa; vasudevaVasudeva; caand; devakDevak;

caalso; ditiAditi; pargreat; rarasena; pralife;
dhruvaDhruva; sahe; apiindeed; devakaDeavaka;
avatariyatiwill descend.
Kayapa will descend as Vasudeva, exalted Aditi as Devak,

Pra Vasu as rasena, and Dhruva Vasu as Devaka.
Text 24
vasu caivoddhava skd

dako 'krro day-para
hdko dhanada caiva
ktavarm tv ap pati
vasuVasu; caalso; evaindeed; uddhavaUddhava;

sktdirectly; dakaDaka; akrraAkrra; day-paramerciful;
hdkaHdka; dhanadaKuvera; caalso; evaindeed;
ktavarmKtavarm; tindeed; apmof waters; patithe lord.
Vasu will decsned as Uddhava, Daka as kind Akrra, Kuvera
as Hdka, and Varua as Ktavarm.
Text 25
gada pracnabarhi ca
maruto hy ugrasena ut
tasya raka kariymi
rjya datv vidhnata
gadaGada; pracnabarhiPracnabarhi; caand;

marutaMaruta; hiindeed; ugrasenaUgrasena; utindeed; tasyaof
him; rakamprotection; kariymiI will do; rjyamthe kingdom;
datvhaving given; vidhnataproperly.
Pracnabarhi will descend as Gada and Maruta as Ugrasena. I

will give the kingdom to Ugrasena and I will protect him.
Text 26
yuyudhna cmbara
prahlda satyakis tath
krbdhi ntanu skd
bhmo droo vasttama
yuyudhnaYuyudhna; caand; ambaraAmbara;

prahldaPrahlda; satyakiSatyakis; tathso; krbdhithe
ocean of milk; ntanuntanu; sktdirectly; bhmaBhma;
droaDroa; vasttamathe best of the Vasus.
Ambara will descend as Yuyudhna, Prahlda as Satyaki,

Krbdhi as antanu, and Droa Vasttama as Bhma.
Text 27
lya caiva divodso

dhtarro bhago ravi
pu pu sat reho
dharmo rj yudhihira
lyalya; cacertainly; evaindeed; divodsaDivodsa;

dhtarraDhtarra; bhagaBhaga; raviRavi; puPu;
puPu; satmof the devotees; rehathe best;
dharmaDharma; rjking; yudhihiraYudhihira.
Divodsa will decsend as lya, Bhaga as Dhtarra, Pu

as Pu, and King Dharma, the best of the devotees, as
Yudhihira.
Text 28
bhmo vyur baliha ca

manu svyambhuvo 'rjuna
atarp subhadr ca
savit kara eva hi
bhmaBhma; vyuVyu; balihastrong; caalso;

manuManu; svyambhuvaSvyambhuva; arjunaArjuna;
atarpatarp; subhadrSubhadr; caalso; savitSavit;
karaKara; evaindeed; hicertainly.
Powerful Vyu will descend as Bhma, Svyambhuva Manu as

Arjuna, atarp as Subhadr, and Savit as Kara.
Text 29
nakula sahadeva ca
smtau dvv avin-sutau
dht bhlkavra ca
vahnir droa pratpavn
nakulaNakula; sahadevaSahadeva; caand;

smtauconsidered; dvv avin-sutauthe two Avin-kumras;
dhtDht; bhlkavrathe hero Bhlka; caand; vahniVahni;
droaDroa; pratpavnpowerful.
The two Avin-kumras will descend as Nakula and Sahadeva.
Dht will descend as heroic Bhlka, and powerful Vahni as
Drocrya.
Text 30
duryodhana kaler ao
'bhimanyu soma eva ca
draui skc chivasypi
rpa bhmau bhaviyati
duryodhanaDuryodhana; kaleof Kali; aaa part; abhimanyuAbhimanyu;

somaSoma; evacertainly; caindeed;
drauiDroa's son Avatthm; sktdirectly; ivasyaof Lord
iva; apialso; rpamthe form; bhmauon the earth;
bhaviyatiwill be.
A partial incarnation of Kali will descend as Duryodhana.

Soma will descend as Abhimanyu. Lord iva will place His own form
on the earth as Drocrya's son Avatthm.
Text 31
ittha yado kauravm

anye bh-bhuj nm
kule kule bhavanta ca
svai stribhir mad-jay
itthamthus; yadoof the Yadus; kauravmof the Kurus;

anyemof others; bh-bhujmkings; nmhuman; kule
kulein family after family; bhavantabeing; caalso; svaown;
aaipartial expansions; stribhiwith their wives; matof Me;
jayby the order.
In this way, by My order (the demigods) and their wives will

take birth in the families of the Yadus, Kurus, and other human
kings.
Text 32
ye ye 'vatr me prva
te rjyo ramak
bhaviy rja-rju
sahasri ca oaa
ye yewhoever; avatrincarnations; meof Me;

prvampreviously; temof Them; rjyakings;
ramof the goddess of fortune; aakpartial expansions;
bhaviywill be; rja-rjuin queens;
sahasrithousands; caand;
oaasixteen.
Whenever in the past I incarnated in the world, the goddess

of fortune would also incarnate as My queen. This time she will
incarnate as My sixteen-thousand queens.
Text 33
r-nrada uvca
ity uktv r-haris tatra

brahma kamalsanam
divya-rp bhagavat
yogamym uvca ha
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; itithus; uktvspeaking;

r-harir Hari; tatrathere; brahmamto Brahm; kamalsanamwho sits on a lotus
throne; divya-rpamwhose form is
spiritual; bhagavatmgoddess; yogamymYogamay; uvca
hasaid.
r Nrada said: After speaking these words to the demigod

Brahm, who sits on a lotus throne, r Hari spoke to goddess
Yogamy, whose form is spiritual.
Texts 34 and 35
r-bhagavn uvca
devaky saptama garbha

sannikya mah-mate
vasudevasya bharyy
kasa-trsa-bhayt puna
nanda-vraje sthity ca
rohiy sanniveaya
nanda-patny bhava tva vai
ktveda karma cdbhutam

devakyof Devak; saptamamthe seventh; garbhamembryo;
sannikyadragging; mah-mate+O noble-hearted one;
vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; bharyymin the wife; kasaof Kasa;
trsaof the fear; bhaytof the fear; punaagain; nandaof
Nanda; vrajein Vraja; sthitymstaying; caalso; rohiymin
Rohi; sanniveayaplace; nanda-patnymin Nanda's wife;
bhavabe; tvamyou; vaicertainly; ktvhaving done; idamthis;
karmawork; caalso; adbhutamwonderful.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O noble-hearted

one, take the seventh embryo from Vasudeva's wife Devak and
place it in Rohi, who is staying in Vraja out of fear of Kasa.
When you have done that wonderful deed, you yourself become an
embryo in Nanda's wife.
Text 36
r-nrada uvca
rutv brahm deva-gaair

natv ka part param
bhmim vsya vbhi
sva-dhma nijam yayau
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; rutvhearing;

brahmBrahm; deva-gaaiwith the demigods; natvbowing;
kamto Lord Ka; partthan the greatest; paramgreater;
bhmimthe earth; vsyaconsoling; vbhiwith words; sva-
dhma nijameach to their own abode; yayauwent.
r Nrada said: Hearing this, Brahm and the demigods bowed

down before Lord Ka, who is greater than the greatest, and, comforted the earth-goddess,
and each went to his own abode.
Text 37
paripratama skc
chr-ka viddhi maithila
kasdn vadhrthya
prpto 'ya bhmi-maale
paripratama sktthe original Supreme Personality of

Godhead; r-kamr Ka; viddhiknow; maithilaO king of
Mithil; kasaby Kasa; dnmheaded by; vadhakilling;
arthyafor the purpose; prptaattained; ayamHe; bhmi-
maaleon the circle of the earth.
O king of Mithil, please understand that r Ka, who

went to the earth to kill the demons headed by Kasa, is the
original Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Text 38
roma-mtra tanau jihv

bhavantttha yad npa
tadpi r-hares tasya
varyate na guo mahn
roma-mtramhairs; tanauon the body; jihvtongues;

bhavantiare; itthamthen; yadwhen; npaO king; tadthen;
apieven; r-hareof r Hari; tasyaof Him; varyateis
described; nanot; guaglory; mahngreat.
O king, If I had as many tongues as there are hairs on my

body, I could still not properly describe r Hari's
great and glorious qualities.
Text 39
nabha patanti vihag

yath hy tma-sama npa
tath ka-gati divya
vadantha vipacita
nabhain the sky; patantigo; vihagbirds; yathas;

hicertainly; tmaself; samamequal; npaO king; tathso;
kaof Lord Ka; gatimactivities; divyamtranscendental;
vadantisay; ihahere; vipacitathe wise.
O king, as different birds have different capacities to fly

in the sky, so the wise philosophers have different capacities to
describe Lord Ka's transcendental activities.
Chapter Six
Kasa-bala-varana
Description of Kasa's Strengt
Text 1
r-bahulva uvca
ka kaso 'ya pur daityo

mah-bala-parkrama
tasya janmi karmi
brhi devari-sattama
r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; kawho?;

kasais Kasa; ayamhe; purbefore; daityaa demon; mah-
bala-parkramavery powerful; tasyaof him; janmibirths;
karmideeds; brhidescribe; devari-
sattamaO great sage.
r Bahulva said: Who was this very powerful demon Kasa?
O great sage, please describe his births and deeds.
Text 2
r-nrada uvca
samudra-mathane prva
klanemir mahsura
yuyudhe viun srdha
yuddhe tena hato balt
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; samudraof the ocean;

mathanein churning; prvambefore; klanemiKlanemi;
mahsuraa great demon; yuyudhefought; viunViu;
srdhamwith; yuddhein the fight; tenaby Him; hatakilled;
baltby the strength.
r Nrada said: At the time of churning the ocean a great

demon named Klanemi fought with Lord Viu and was violently
killed by Him.
Text 3
ukrea jvitas tatra

sajviny sva-vidyay
punar viu yoddhu-kma
udyoga manaskarot
ukreaby ukrcrya; jvitabrought to life;

tatrathere; sajvinysajivin; sva-
vidyayby his science; punaagain; viumwith Viu; yoddhuto fight; kma
desiring; udyogamdetermination;
manaswith the mind; akarotdid.
When with his sajvin science ukrcrya revived

him, in his heart Klanemi yearned to fight again with Lord Viu.
Text 4
tapas tepe tad daityo

mandarcala-sannidhau
nitya drv-rasa ptv
bhajan deva pitmaham
tapas tepeperformed austerities; tadthen; daityathe

demon; mandarcala-sannidhauat Mount Mandara nityamregularly;
durvof durv grass; rasamjuice; ptvdrinking;
bhajanworshiping; deva pitmahamthe demigod Brahm.
On Mount Mandara he performed severe austerities, drinking

drv-grass juice and worshiping the demigod Brahm.
Text 5
divyeu ata-vareu
vyatteu pitmaha
asthi-ea sa-vlmka
vara brhty uvca tam
divyeucelestial; ataa hundred; vareuyears;

vyatteupassed; pitmahaBrahm; asthionly bones;
eamremaining; sa-vlmkamwith an anthill; varambenediction;
brhisay; itithus; uvcasaid; tamto him.
When a hundred celestial years had passed all that remained

of him was bones in an anthill. Then Brahm said to him,
Ask for a benediction," and Klanemi spoke a reply.
Text 6
klanemir uvca
brahme ye sthit dev

viu-ml mah-bal
te hastair na me mtyu
prnm api m bhavet
klanemi uvcaKlanemi said; brahmein the

universe; yewho; sthitstays; devdemigods; viuViu;
mlat the root; mah-balvery powerful; temof them;
hastaiby the hands; nanot; meof me; mtyudeath;
prnmall; apieven; mmay not; bhavetbe.
Klanemi said: May my death not come from the hands of any
or all of the very powerful demigods, who have Lord Viu as
their root.
Text 7
r-brahmovca
durlabho 'ya varo daitya

yas tvay prarthita para
klntare te prapta syn
mad-vkya na m bhavet
r-brahm uvcar Brahm said; durlabhadifficult to

attain; ayamthis; varabenediction; daityaO demon; yawhich;
tvayby you; prarthitais asked; paragreat; kla-antareat
this time; teby you; prptaattained; sytis; mad-vkyammy
statement; nanot; mfalse; bhavetis.
r Brahm said: O demon, the benediction you request is

difficult to attain. Still, you have now attained it. My words
are not false.
Text 8
r-nrada uvca
ugrasenasya patny kau

janma lebhe 'sura puna
kaumre 'pi mah-mallai
satata sa yuyodha ha
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; ugrasenasyaof Ugrasena;
patnymin the wife; kauevil; janmabirth; lebheattained;
asurathe demon;
punaagain; kaumrein childhood; apieven; mahgreat;
mallaiwith wrestlers; satatamalways; sahe; yuyodha
hafought.
r Nrada said: In Ugrasena's wife the demon attained

another demonic birth. Even in childhood he would regularly fight
with great wrestlers.
Text 9
jarsandho mgadhendro
dig-jayrth vinirgata
yamun-nikae tasya
ibiro 'bhd itas tata
jarsandhaJarsandha; magadhaof Magadha; indrathe king;

dikthe directions; jayaconquest; arthwith the purpose;
vinirgatawent; yamun-nikaeby the Yamun; tasyaof him;
ibiracamp; abhtwas; itas tatahere and there.
Wishing to conquer all directions, Jarsandha, the king of

Magadha, set his royal camp at different places by the Yamun's
shore.
Text 10
dvipa kuvalaypa
sahasra-dvipa-sattva-bht
babhaja khala-bandha
dudrva ibirn mad
dvipaelephant; kuvalaypaKuvalaypa;
sahasraof a thousand; dvipaelephants; sattvathe strength;
bhthaving; babhajabroke; khala-bandhamchains;
dudrvaran; ibirtfrom the camp; madmaddened.
Then the elephant Kuvalaypa, who was strong as thousands
of other elephants, became angry, broke his chains, and ran from
the royal camp.
Text 11
niptayan sa ibirn
mandirn bhbhtas tan
raga-bhmym jagma
yatra kaso 'pi yudhyati
niptayancausing to fall; sahe; ibirtfrom the royal

camp; mandirnto the residences; bhbhtasmountains;
tansurfaces; raga-
bhmymthe arena; jagmaentered; yatrawhere; kasaKasa;
apieven; yudhyatifights.
It ran from the royal camp to the mountains and entered an

arena where Kasa was fighting.
Text 12
palyiteu malleu
kasas ta ca samgatam
u-dae saghtv
ptaym sa bh-tale
palyiteufled; malleuwhen the wrestlers; kasaKasa;

tamit; caalso; samgatamapproached; u-
daethe trunk; saghtvgrasping; ptaym sathrew; bh-
taleto the ground.
When wrestlers fled and the elephant approached him, Kasa

grabbed its trunk and threw it to the gorund.
Text 13
punar ghtv hastbhy
bhrmayitvograsenaja
jarsandhasya seny
ckepa daa-yojanam
punaagain; ghtvgrabbing; hastbhymwith bouth

hands; bhrmayitvwhirling around; ugrasenajaKasa;
jarsandhasyaof Jarasandha; senyminto the army;
ckepathrew; daa-yojanam80 miles.
Again grabbing it, Kasa threw it into Jarsandha's army

eighty miles away.
Text 14
tad adbhuta bala dv

prasanno magadhevara
asti-prpt dadau kanye
tasmai kasaya ta dvipam
tatthis; adbhutamamazing; balamstrength; dvseeing;

prasannapleased; magadhevarathe king of Magadha; asti-
prptiAsti and Prapti; dadaugave; kanyetwo daughters;
tasmaito him; kasyato Kasa; tamthat; dvipamelephant.
Pleased by seeing this amazing strength, the king of Magadha

gave his two daughters, Asti and Prpti, as well as that
elephant, to Kasa.
Text 15
avrbhuda hasti-laka
rathn ca tri-lakakam
ayuta caiva dsn
pribarha jar-suta
avahorses; arbhudama hundred million; hastielephants;

lakama hundred thousand; rathnmof chariots; caalso; tri-
lakakamthree hundred thousand; ayutamten thousand;
caand; evaindeed; dsnmmaidservants; pribarhamwedding
present; jar-sutaJarsandha.
For a wedding present Jarsandha gave a hundred million

horses, a hundred thousand elephants, three hundred thousand
chariots, and ten thousand maidservants.
Text 16
dvandva-yodh tata kaso

bhuja-vrya-madotkaa
mhimat yayau vro
'thaikk caa-vikrama
dvandva-yodhieager to fight; tatathen; kasaKasa; bhuja-vrya-

madotkaaproud of the strength of his arms; mahimatmto
Mhimati; yayauwent; vrathe hero; athathen; ekkalone;
caa-vikramapowerful.
Then, very proud of the strength of his arms, and eager to

fight, powerful Kasa went, all alone, to Mhimat City.
Text 17
cro muika ka
alas toalakas tath
mhimat-pate putr
mall yuddha-jayaiia
craCra; muikaMuika; kaKa;

alaala; toalakaToalaka; taththen; mhimat-
pateof the king of Mhimat; putrthe sons;
mallwrestlers; yuddhain battle; jayato dfeat;
aiiawishing.
Cra, Muika, Ka, la, and Toala, who were the sons
of the king of Mhimat, were wrestlers very eager to defeat
their opponents in fighting.
Text 18
kasas tn ha smnpi
duryuddha karavmahe
aha dso bhaveya vo
bhavanto jayino yadi
kasaKasa; tnto them; hasaid; smncalmly;

apialso; duryuddhamfight; karavmahelet us do; ahamI;
dsaslave;
bhaveyamwill be; vaof you; bhavantayou; jayinavictorious;
yadiif.
Kasa calmly said to them: "Let us fight. If you

win, I will become your servant.
Text 19
aha jay ced bhavato

dsn sarvn karomy alam
sarve payat te
ngar mahtmanm
iti pratij ktvtha
yuyudhe tair jayaiibhi
ahamI; jayvictorious; cetif; bhavatayou;

dsnservants; sarvnall; karomiI do; alamgreatly;
sarvemof all; payatmlooking; temof them;
ngarmliving in the city; mahtmanmgreat souls;
itithus; pratijmpromise; ktvhaving done;
athathen; yuyudhefought; taiwith them; jayavictory;
aiibhidesiring.
"If I win, I will make you all my servants." All

these great fighters looked at him and agreed. Then Kasa fought
with them and they tried to defeat him.
Text 20
yadgata sa cra
ghtv ydavevara
bh-phe pothaym sa
abdam uccai samuccaran
yadwhen; gatamcame; sahe; cramCra;

ghtvgrabbing; ydavevarathe Yadu king; bh-pheon the
ground;
pothaym sathrew; abdamsound; uccaigreat;
samuccaranmaking.
When Cra rushed at him, Kasa made a great sound and

threw him to the ground.
Text 21
tadynta muikkhya
muibhir yudhi durgamam
ekena muin ta vai
ptaym sa bh-tale
tadthen; yntamcoming; muikkhyamnamed Muika;

muibhiwith fists; yudhiin a fight; durgamamgreat;
ekenawith one; muinfist; tamhim; vaiindeed; ptaym
sathrew; bh-taleto the ground.
When Muika rushed at him with ferocious punches, with one

punch Kasa knocked him to the ground.
Text 22
ka samgata kaso
ghtv pdayo ca tam
ptayitv bhmi-madhye
ckepa gagane balt
kamKa; samgatamcome; kasaKasa; ghtvgrabbed;

pdayofeet; caand; tamhim; ptayitvthrowing;
bhmi-madhyeon the ground; ckepathrew; gaganein the sky;
baltviolently.
When Ka rushed at him, Kasa knowcked him to the ground,

grabbed his feet, and violently threw him into the sky.
Text 23
bhujam sphoya dhvanta

ala ntv bhujena sa
ptayitv punar nitv
bhmau ta vicakara ha
bhujamarm; sphoyawaving; dhvantamrunning;

alamla; ntvbringing; bhujenaby the arm; sahe; ptayitvthrew; puna
again; nitvbringing; bhmauon the
ground; tamhim; vicakaradragged; haindeed.
When ala, waving his arms, rushed at him, Kasa grabbed an

arm, pulled him down, and dragged him about.
Text 24
atha toalaka kaso

ghtv bhujayor balt
nipatya bhmav utthpya
ckepa daa-yojanam
athathen; toalakamToala; kasaKasa;

ghtvgrabbing; bhujayoof the arms; baltby the power;
nipatyafalling; bhmauon the ground; utthpyarising;
ckepathrew; daa-yojanam80 miles.
Then Kasa grabbed Toala, knocked him to the ground, and,

by the power of his arms, threw him eighty miles away.
Text 25
dsa-bhve ca tn ktv
tai srdha ydavdhipa
mad-vkyena jagmu
pravaraa-giri varam
dsa-bhvethe status of servants; caalso; tnthem;

ktvmaking; taithem; srdhamwith; ydavdhipathe king
of the Yadus; matof me; vkyenaby the statement; jagmawent;
uat once; pravaraa-girimto Pravaraa Mountain;
varamgreat.
Then Kasa made them all his servants and, on my advice,

went with them to great Mount Pravaraaa.
Text 26
tasmai nivedybhiprya
yuyudhe vnarea sa
dvividenpi viaty
dinai kaso hy aviramam
tasmaito him; nivedyaappealing; abhipryamintention;

yuyudhefought; vanareawith the gorilla; sahe;
dvividenaDvivida; apialso;
viatyfor twenty; dinaidays; kasaKasa; hiindeed;
aviramamwithout fatigue.
After presenting his proposal before him, Kasa fought with

the gorilla Dvivida for twenty days without becoming tired.
Text 27
dvivido girim utpatya

ckepa tasya mrdhani
kaso giri ghtv ca
tasyopari samkipat
dvividaDvivida; girima mountain; utpatyauprooting;

ckepathrew; tasyaof him; mrdhanion the head; kasaKasa;
girima mountain;
ghtvgrabbing; caalso; tasyahim; uparion;
samkipatthrew.
Dvivida uprooted a mountain and threw it on Kasa's head.

Kasa also grabbed a mountain and threw it on Dvivida.
Text 28
dvivido muin kasa

ghtayitv nabho gata
dhvan kasas ca ta nitv
ptaym sa bh-tale
dvividaDvivida; muinwith a fist; kasamKasa;

ghtayitvhitting; nabhato the sky; gatagone; dhvanrunning;
kasaKasa; caalso; tamhim; nitvbringing; ptaym
sathrew; bh-taleon the ground.
Dvivida punched Kasa and jumped into the sky. Kasa chased
him and threw him to the ground.
Text 29
mrchitas tat-prahrea
para kamalat yayau
ka-sattvas critsthir
dsa-bhva gatas tad
mrchitaunconscious; tat-prahreaby that blow;

paramgreat; kamalatmdepression; yayauattained;
ka-sattvaweak; critacrushed into a powder;
asthibones; dsa-bhvamthe state of a servant;
gataattained; tadthen.
In this way Dvivida was knocked unconscious. Dispirited,

weakened, and his bones broken, he became Kasa's servant.
Text 30
tenaivtha gata kasa

ymka-vana tata
tatra ke mah-daityo
haya-rp ghana-svana
tenaby this; evaindeed; athathen; gatawent;

kasaKasa; ymka-vanamto ymka forest; tatathen;
tatrathere; keKe; mah-daityaa great demon; haya-rpin the form
of a horse; ghana-svanathundering.
Then Kasa went to yamka forest, where there was a great

demon named Ke, who had the form of a horse whinnying like
thunder.
Text 31
muibhir ghtayitv ta
va-ktvruroha tam
ittha kaso mah-vryo
mahendrkhya giri yayau
muibhiwith punches; ghtayitvhitting; tamhim;

va-ktvsubduing; rurohaclimbed; tamon him;
itthamthus; kasaKasa; mah-vryavery powerful;
mahendrkhyamnamed Mahendra; girimto the mountain; yayauwent.
Punching it again and again, Kasa subdued the horse.

Mounting it, very powerful Kasa rode to Mount Mahendra.
Text 32
ata-vra cojjahra
girim utpatya daitya-r
punas tatra sthita rma
krodha-samrakta-locanam
pralayrka-prabha dv
nanma iras munim
puna pradaki-ktyo
tad-aghryor nipapta ha
ataa hundred; vramtimes; caalso; ujjahralifting;

girimthe hill; utpatyauprooting; daitya-rthe king of
mountains; punaagain; tatrathere; sthitamplaced; rmamrma;
krodhawith anger; samraktared; locanameyes; pralayaof
devastation; arkaof the sun; prabhamthe splendor;
dvseeing; nanmabowed down; iraswith his head;
munimto the sage; punaagain; pradaki-
ktyacircumambulating; tad-aghryoat His feet; nipaptafell;
hacertainly.
A hundred times the demon-king Kasa uprooted the mountain,

held it high, and set it again in its place. When he saw Lord
Paraurma, who was as effulgent as the sun at the time of cosmic
dissolution, and whose eyes were now red with anger, Kasa bowed
his head before the sage, circumambulated Him, and fell at His
feet.
Text 34
tata nto bhrgavo 'pi

kasa prha mahogra-dk
he ka karka-dimbha
tuccho 'si maako yath
tatathen; ntapacified; bhrgavaParaurma;

apialso; kasamto Kasa; prhasaid; mahvery;
ugraferocious; dkeyes; heO; kaworm; karkacrab;
dimbhababy; tucchainsignificant; asiyou are; maakamosquito;
yathas.
Pacified by this, Paraurma, his eyes very fierce, said to
Kasa, "O worm! O baby crab! You are insignificant as a
mosquito.
Text 35
adyaiva tv hanmi dua-

katriya vra-mninam
mat-sampe dhanur ida
laka-bhra-sama mahat
adyatoday; evaindeed; tvmyou; hanmiI will kill;

duawicked; katriyamkatriya; vrastrong; mninamthinking
yourself; mat-sampenear Me; dhanubow; idamthis; laka-
bhra-samamas heavy as a hundred thousand bhras; mahatgreat.
Today I will kill you, who are a wicked katriya falsely

proud of his strength. This great bow by My side weighs a hundred
thousand bhras.
Text 36
ida ca viun datta

sambhave traipure yudhi
ambho kard iha prpta
katriy vadhya ca
idamthis; caand; viunby Lord Viu; dattamgiven;

sambhave traipure yudhiin the battle with Tripura; ambhoof
Lord iva; kartfrom the hand; ihahere; prptamattained;
katriymof the katriyas; vadhyafor the killing;
caalso.
This bow was given by Lord Viu in the battle for Tripura
City. To kill the katriyas I received it from Lord iva's own hand.
Text 37
yadi ceda tanoi tva
tad ca kuala bhavet
ced asya karaa na syd
ghtayiymi te balam
yadiif; caand; idamthis; tanoistretch; tvamyou;

tadthen; caalso; kualamauspiciousness; bhavetmay be;
cetif; asyaof it; karaamdrawing; nanot; sytis; ghtayiymiI will kill; teof
you; balamthe strength.
If you can draw this bow it will be good for you. If you
cannot draw it I will destroy your strength.
Text 38
rutv vacas tad daitya

ko-daa sapta-tlakam
ghtv payatas tasya
sajja ktvtha llay
rutvhearing; vacawords; tadthen; daityathe demon;

ko-daamthe bow; sapta-tlakammade of seven palm trees;
ghtvholding; payatawatching; tasyaof Him;
sajjampreparation; ktvdoing; athathen; llayeasily.
Hearing these words, the demon Kasa picked up the bow made
of seven palm trees. As Paraurma watched, Kasa easily strung
it.
Text 39
kya kara-paryanta
ata-vra tatna ha
pratyacsphoanenaiva
akro 'bht tait-svana
kyadrawing; kara-paryantamto his ear; ata-vrama

hundred times; tatnastretched; haindeed; pratyaca
sphoanenaby releasing the bowstring; evaindeed;
akratwanging sound; abhtwas; tait-svanathunder.
A hundred times he drew the bowstring back to his ear and

released it with a thunderous sound.
Text 40
nanda tena brahmda

sapta-lokair bilai saha
vicelur dig-gajs tr
'patan bh-khaa-maalam
nandasounded; tenaby that; brahmdamthe universe;

sapta-lokaiwith seven planetary systems; bilaiwith the spaces
between them; sahawith; vicelutrembled; dikof the directions;
gajthe elephants; trthe stars; apatanfell; bh-
khaa-maalamto the earth.
That sound echoed in the universe of seven planetary systems

and outer space. It made the elephants that support the
directions tremble and it made the stars fall to the earth.
Text 41
dhanu sasthpya tat kaso

natv natvha bhrgavam
he deva katriyo nsmi
daityo 'ha te ca kikara
dhanuthe bow; sasthpyaputting down; tatthat;

kasaKasa; natv natvbowing down again and again; hasaid;
bhrgavamto Paraurma; heO; devaLord; katriyaa katriya;
nanot; asmiI am; daityaa demon; ahamI am; teYou; caand;
kikaraservant.
Putting the bow back in its place, and bowing again and
again to Lord Paraurma, Kasa said, "O Lord, I am not a
katriya. I am a demon, and I am Your servant.
Text 42
tava dsasya dso 'ha

phi m puruottama
rtv prasanna r-rmas
tasmai prdd dhanu ca tat
tavaof You; dsasyaof the servant; dsathe servant;

ahamI am; phiprotect; mmme; puruottamaO Supreme Person;
rtvhearing;
prasannapleased; r-rmar Paraurma; tasmaito him;
prdtgave; dhanubow; caalso; tatthat.
"I am the servant of Your servant. O Supreme Person,

please protect me." Hearing this, Lord Paraurma was pleased
with him and gave him that bow.
Text 43
r-jmadagny uvca
yat ko-daa vaiava tad

yena bhag-bhaviyati
paripratamentra
so 'pi tv ghtayiyati
r-jmadagn uvcar Paraurma said; yatwhat; ko-

daambow; vaiavamof Lord Viu; tatthat; yenaby which;
bhag-bhaviyatiwill break; paripratamenacompletely;
atrahere; sa apithat person; tvmyou; ghtayiyatiwill
kill.
r Paraurma said: Whoever breaks this bow of Lord Viu

will kill you.
Text 44
r-nrada uvca
atha natv muni kaso

vicaran sa mahotkaa
na ke 'pi yuyudhus tena
rjna ca bali dadu
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; athathen; natvbowing;

munimto the sage; kasaKasa; vicaranconsidering; sahe;
mah-utkaavery proud; nanot; ke apiwhoever; yuyudhfighting;
tenawith that; rjnakings; caalso; balimoffering;
dadugave.
r Nrada said: Then Kasa bowed down before the sage

Paraurma. As Kasa thought of all this, he became filled with
pride. No king could fight with him. They only brought him gifts.
Text 45
samudrasya tae kaso

daitya nmn hy aghsuram
saprakra ca phtkrair
lelihna dadara ha
samudrasyaof the ocean; taeon the shore; kasaKasa;

daityama demon; nmnby name; hiindeed; aghsuramAghsura;
sarpaof a snake; kramthe form; caalso; phtkraiwith
hissing; lelihnamlicking; dadara hasaw.
On the seashore Kasa saw a a demon named Aghsura who,

licking its tongue and hissing, had a serpent's body.
Text 46
gacchanta daanta ca
ghtv ta nipatya sa
cakra sva-gale hra
nirbhayo daitya-r bal
gacchantamcoming; daantambiting; caand;

ghtvgrasped; tamit; nipatyafalling; sahe; cakradid;
sva-galeon the neck; hramnecklace; nirbhayafearless;
daityaof the demons; rthe king; balstrong.
When the serpent approached and bit him, the fearless and
very powerful demon-king Kasa jumped on it and became like a
necklace squeezing its neck.
Text 47
prcy tu vaga-deeu
daityo 'rio mah-va
tena srdha sa yuyudhe
gajenpi gajo yath
prcymin the east; tualso; vaga-deeuin Bengal;

daityaa demon; ariaAria; mahgreat; vabull;
tenahim; srdhamwith; sahe; yuyudhefought; gajenawith an elephant; apialso;
gajaan elephant; yathas.
In the east a great bull-demon named Aria fought with

Kasa as one elephant fights with another elephant.
Text 48
gbhy parvata ntv

ckepa kasa-mrdhani
kaso giri saghtv
prkipat tasya mastake
gbhymwith horns; parvatama mountain;

ntvuprooting; ckepathrew; kasa-mrdhaniat Kasa's head;
kasaKasa; girima mountain; saghtvgrasping;
prkipatthrew; tasyaof it; mastakeat the head.
With its horns it uprooted a mountain and threw it at
Kasa's head. Then Kasa took a mountain and threw it at Aria's
head.
Text 49
jaghna muinria
kaso vai daitya-pugava
mrchita ta vinirjitya
tenodc dia gata
jaghnastruck; muinwith fist; ariamAria;

kasaKasa; vaiindeed; daityaof demons; pugavathe best;
mrchitamfainted; tamhim; vinirjityadefeating; tenaby that;
udcmnorth; diamdirection; gatawent.
With a single punch the great demon Kasa made Aria fall
unconscious. After this victory Kasa went to the north.
Text 50
prgjyotievara bhauma
narakkhya mah-balam
uvca kaso yuddhrth
yuddha me dehi daitya-r
prgjyotiaof Prgjyotia; varamthe king;

bhaumamthe son of the earth-goddess; naraka-khyamnamed Naraka;
mah-balamvery strong; uvcasaid; kasaKasa; yuddhato fight;
arthdesiring; yuddhamfight; meto me; dehigive; daitya-rO
king of the demons.
There, eager to fight, Kasa said to Naraksura, Prgjyotia

City's very powerful king, who was a son of the earth-goddess,
"O king of the demons, please give me a fight.
Text 51
aha dso bhaveya vo
bhavanto jayino yadi
aha jay ced bhavato
dsn sarvn karomy aham
ahamI; dsaa servant; bhaveyamwill be; vaof you;

bhavantayou; jayinavictorious; yadiif; ahamI;
jayvictorious; cetif; bhavataof you; dsnservant;
sarvnall; karomimake; ahamI.
"If you are victorious, I will become your servant.

If I am victorious I will make you my servant."
Text 52
r-nrada uvca
prva pralambo yuyudhe

kasenpi mah-bala
mgendrea mgendro v
udbhaena yathodbhaa
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; prvambefore;

pralambaPralamba; yuyudhefought; kasenawith Kasa; apialso; mah-
balavery powerful; mgendreawith a lion; mgendraa lion;
vaiindeed; udbhaenawith a great; yathas; udbhaaa
great.
First a very powerful demon named Pralambsura fought with

Kasa. They fought as one great lion fights with another great
lion.
Text 53
malla-yuddhe ghtv ta
kaso bhmau nipatya ca
punar ghtv ckepa
prgjyotia-purodare
malla-yuddhein wrestling; ghtvgrasping; tamhim;

kasaKasa; bhmauon the ground; nipatyafalling; caalso;
punaagain; ghtvgrasping; ckepathrew; prgjyotia-pura-
udareinto Prgjyotia City.
Kasa wrestled him to the ground and threw him into

Prgjyotia City.
Text 54
gato dhenuko nmn

kasa jagrha roata
nodaym sa drea
bala ktvtha druam
gatacame; dhenukaDhenuka; nmnby name; kasamKasa; jagrha

grasped; roataangrily; nodaym sathrew;
dreafar away; balamstrength; ktvdoing; athathen;
druamfearsome.
Then a demon named Dhenuka came and grabbed Kasa. With

fearsome strength Kasa angrily threw him far away.
Text 55
kasas ta nodaym sa
dhenuka ata-yojanam
nipatya craym sa
tad-aga-muibhir dhai
kasaKasa; tamhim; nodaym sathrew; dhenukamDhenuka;

ata-yojanameight hundred miles; nipatyafalling;
craym sacrushed; tad-aga-muibhiwith punches;
dhaihard.
Kasa threw Dhenuka eight hundred miles, jumped on him, and

crushed him with many hard punches.
Text 56
tvarto bhauma-vkyt
kasa ntv nabho gata
tatraiva yuyudhe daitya
rdhva vai laka-yojanam
tvartaTvarta; bhauma-vkytfrom the words of

Naraksura; kasamKasa; ntvbrought; nabhain the sky;
gatawent; tatrathere; evaindeed; yuyudhefought; daityathe
demon; rdhvamabove; vaiindeed; laka-yojanameight hundred
thousand miles.
On Naraksura's order a demon named Tvarta pulled Kasa

into the sky and fought with him eight hundred thousand miles in
outer space.
Text 57
kaso 'nanta-bala ktv

daitya ntv tadmbart
bhmy samptaym sa
vamanta rudhira mukht
kasaKasa; anantalimitless; balamstrength; ktvdoing;

daityamthe demon; ntvbringing; tadthen; ambartfrom
outer space; bhmymto the earth; samptaym samade fall;
vamantamvomiting; rudhiramblood; mukhtfrom his mouth.
With limitless strength Kasa dragged the demon from outer

space to the earth and made him vomit blood from his mouth.
Text 58
tuentha grasanta ca
baka daitya mah-balam
kaso niptaym sa
muin vajra-ghtin
tuenawith its beak; athathen; grasantamswallowing;

caalso; bakamBaksura; daityamdemon; mah-balamvery powerful;
kasaKasa; niptaym samade fall; muinwith a punch;
vajra-ghtinhard as a lightning bolt.
When a powerful and demonic duck named Baksura tried to swallow him
with its beak, Kasa made it fall with a single punch hard as a
thunderbolt.
Text 59
utthya daityo balavn

sita-pako ghana-svana
krodha-yukta samutpatya
tkna-tuo 'grasac ca tam
utthyalifting; daityathe demon; balavnpowerful;

sitawhite; pakawings; ghana-svanasound of thunder; krodha-
yuktaangry; samutpatyalifting; tknasharp; tuabeak;
agrasatswallowed; caand; tamhim.
Lifting itself up, the white-winged demon made a sound like

thunder and angrily swallowed Kasa with its sharp beak.
Text 60
nigro 'pi sa vajrgas

tad-gale rodha-kc ca ya
sadya caccharda ta kasa
kata-kaho mah-baka
nigraswallowed; apialso; sahe; vajrathunderbolt;

agabody; tatits; galethroat; rodha-ktangry; caalso;
yawho; sadyaat once; cacchardavomited; tamhim; kasamKasa;
katabroken; kahaneck; mah-bakagreat duck.
When he was swallowed, Kasa became angry and his body
became like a thunderbolt. Its throat breaking, the great duck
Baksura spat Kasa out at once.
Text 61
kaso baka saghtv

ptayitv mah-tale
karbhy bhrmayitv ca
yuddhe ta vicakara ha
kasaKasa; bakamthe duck; saghtvgrasping;

ptayitvthrew; mah-taleon the ground; karbhymwith both hands; bhrmayitv
spun around; caalso; yuddhein the fight;
tamit; vicakara hadragged.
Kasa grabbed Baksura and threw it to the ground. As they

fought, Kasa grabbed it with both hands, whirled it around, and
dragged it here and there.
Text 62
tat-svasra ptankhy
yoddhu-kmm avasthitm
tm ha kasa prahasan
vkya me u ptane
tathis; svasramsister; ptan-khymnamed Ptan;

yoddhu-kmmdesiring to fight; avasthitmstood; tmher;
hasaid; kasaKasa; prahasanlaughing; vkyamwords; memy;
uhear; ptaneO Ptan.
Then Baksura's sister, who was named Ptan, came and

wished to fight. Kasa laughed and said to her, "Hear my
words, O Ptan.
Text 63
striy srdham aha yuddha

na karomi kadcana
baksura syn me bhrt
tva ca me bhagin bhava
striya woman; srdhamwith; ahamI; yuddhama fight;

nanot; karomiI do; kadcanaever; baksuraBaksura;
sythas become; memy; bhrtbrother; tvamyou; caand;
memy; bhaginsister; bhavashould be.
"I will never fight with a woman. Baksura has

become my brother, so you should be my sister."
Text 64
tato 'nanta-bala kasa

vkya bhaumo 'pi dharita
cakra sauhda kase
sahayyrtha surn prati
tatathen; anantalimitless; balamstrength; kasamKasa;

vkyaseeing; bhaumaNaraksura; apialso; dharitawas
defeated;
cakradid; sauhdamfriendship; kasewith Kasa; sahayya-
arthamfor an alliance; surnthe demigods; pratiagainst.
Then, seeing that Kasa had endless strength, Naraksura

accepted defeat. He made friendship with Kasa and they formed an
alliance against the demigods.
Chapter Seven
Dig-vijaya-varana
Description of the Conquest of All Directions
Text 1
atha kasa pralambdyair
anyai prva-jitai ca tai
ambarasya pura prgt
svbhipraya nivedayan
athathen; kasaKasa; pralamba-dyairheaded by

Pralamba; anyaiwith others; prvabefore; jitaisdefeated;
caalso; taiwith them;
ambarasyaof ambara; puramto the city; prgtwent;
svown; abhiprayaintention; nivedayanspeaking.
Then, accompanied by Pralamba and the other demons he had

defeated before, Kasa went to the city of ambara and made
his offer.
Text 2
ambaro hy ati-vryo 'pi

na yuyodha sa tena vai
cakra sauhda kase
sarvair ati-balai saha
ambaroambara; hiindeed; ati-vryovery powerful;

apialthough; nanot; yuyodhafought; sashe; tenawith him;
vaiindeed; cakramade; sauhdamfriendship; kasewith Kasa;
sarvairwith all; ati-balaivery powerful; sahawith.
Although he was very powerful, ambara would not fight.

Instead, he made friends with Kasa and all his very powerful
allies.
Text 3
tri-ga-ikhare ete
vyomo nmsuro bal
kasa-pda-prabuddho 'bht
krodha-samrakta-locana
tri-ga-ikhareon the summit of Mount Trika;

eteslept; vyomoVyoma; nmanamed; asurodemon;
balpowerful; kasaof Kasa; pdaby the foot;
prabuddhoawakened; abhtbecame; krodhawith anger;
samraktared; locanaeyes.
A very strong demon named Vyoma slept on the summit of Mount

Trika. When Kasa awakened him with a kick, his eyes became red with rage.
Text 4
kasa jaghna cotthya

prabalair dha-muibhi
tayor yuddham abhd ghora
itaretara-muibhi
kasaKasa; jaghnastruck; caand; utthyastood;

prabalairwith strong; dhaclenched; muibhifists;
tayorof them; yuddhamfight; abhdwas; ghoramterribel;
itaretaraof each other; muibhiwith punches.
He stood up and attacked Kasa with hard punches. Then they

fought a terrible battle with their fists.
Text 5
kasasya muibhi so 'pi

nisattvo 'bhd bhramtura
bhtya ktvtha ta kasa
prpta m praanma ha
kasasyaof Kasa; muibhiwith punches; sa apihe;

nisattvoweakened; abhdbecame; bhrama-turadizzy;
bhtyaservant; ktvdoing; athathen; tahim; kasasKasa;
prptaattained; mme; praanmabowed down; haindeed.
Kasa's punches weakened him and made him dizzy. Kasa made
Vyoma his servant. Then Kasa came to me and bowed down to offer
respects.
Text 6
he deva yuddha-kaksti
kva ymi tva vadu me
provca ta tad gaccha
daitya ba mah-balam
heO; devademigod; yuddhato fight; kakthe desire;

astiis; kvawhere?; ymiI go; tvamyou; vadatell;
uquickly; meto me; provcasaid; tato him; tadthen;
gacchago; daityato the demon; baBa; mah-balamvery
powerful.
He said, "O lord, I yearn to fight. Where should I

go?" I said to him, "Go to the very powerful demon
Bsura."
Text 7
prerita ceti kaskhyo

may yuddhi-didku
bhuja-vrya-madonnaddha
onitkhya pura yayau
preritassent; caalso; itithus; kasaKasa; khyonamed;

mayby me; yuddhia fight; didkuwith the desire to see;
bhujaof his arms; vryaby the power; mada-unnaddhaovercome
with pride; onit-khyanamed onit; puramto the city;
yayauwent.
Thus sent by me, Kasa, who was filled with pride in the
strength of his arms and was looking for a fight, went to
the city named onit.
Text 8
bsuras tat-pratij
rtv kruddho hy abhd bham
tata latt bh-madhye
jagarja ghanavad bal
bsurasBsura; tat-pratijhis offer;
rtvhearing; kruddhoangry; hicertainly;
abhdbecame; bhamvery; tatastruck; lattma kick; bh-
madhyeon the ground; jagarjaroared; ghanavadlike thunder;
balpowerful.
When he heard Kasa's offer, powerful Bsura became very

angry. He kicked the ground and roared like thunder.
Text 9
-jnu-bhmi-ga latt
ptlntam upgatam
ktv tam ha bas tu
prva caina samuddhara
-jnuto his knees; bhmito the ground; gagone;

lattkick; ptlntamto Patala; upgatamgone;
ktvhaving done; tamto him; haspoke; basBa;
tuindeed; prvabefore; caand; enathis; samuddharalift.
That kick pushed his leg through the ground up to his knee
as his foot reached Ptlaloka. Then Bsura said,
Please pull me up as I was before."
Text 10
rtv vaca karbhy ta

ujjahra madotkaa
pracaa-vikrama kasa
khara-daa gajo yath
rtvhearing; vacathe words; karbhywith both

hands; tahim; ujjahralifted; mada-utkatafull of pride;
pracaa-vikramapowerful; kasaKasa; khara-daama
lotus; gajoan elephant; yathas.
Hearing these words, with both hands proud and powerful

Kasa pulled him up as an elephant pulls up a lotus.
Text 11
tay coddhtayotkht
lok sapta-tal dh
nipetur girayo 'nek
vicelur dha-dig-gaj
tayby this; caalso; uddhtaylifted;

utkhtsdevastated; lokthe worlds; sapta-talseven tala
planets; dhsolid; nipeturfell; girayomountains;
aneksmany; vicelurstumbled; dhasturdy; dikof the
directions; gajthe elephants.
By this pulling the seven Tala planets were devastated, many

great mountains fell, and the sturdy elephants holding the
directions stumbled.
Text 12
yoddhu tam udyata ba

dvgatya vadhvaja
sarvn sambodhaym sa
provca bali-nandanam
yoddhumto fight; tamhim; udyataeager; bamBa;

dvseeing; gatyacoming; vadhvajaLord iva;
sarvneveryone; sambodhaym saaddressed; provcasaid; bali-
nandanamto Ba, the son of Bali.
Seeing that Bsura was very eager to fight, Lord iva

arrived, greeted everyone, and to Bali Mahrja's son, Bsura,
said:
Text 13
ka vinpara caina
bhmau ko 'pi na jeyati
bhrgavea vara datta
dhanur asmai ca vaiavam
kaKa; vinwithout; aparamanother; caalso;
enahim; bhmauon the earth; ko 'pisomeone; nanot;
jeyatiwill defeat; bhrgaveaby Paraurma;
varabenediction; dattagiven; dhanurbow; asmaito him;
caalso; vaiavamof Lord Viu.
Except for Lord Ka, no one in the world can defeat him.
Lord Paraurma gave him that benediction and also gave him Lord
Viu's own bow.
Text 14
r-nrada uvca
ity uktv sauhda hdya

sadyo vai kasa-bayo
cakra paray nty
iva skn mahevara

uktvspeaking; sauhdafriendship; hdyasincere; sadyoat
once; vaicertainly; kasa-bayoof Kasa and Ba;
cakradid; paraywith great; ntypeacefulness;
ivaLord iva; sktdirectly; mahevarathe great Lord.
r Nrada said: By speaking these words Lord iva, who is

the Supreme Lord Himself, brought peace between Kasa and
Bsura and made them great friends.
Text 15
atha kaso dik-pratcy

rtv vatsa mahsuram
tena srdha sa yuyudhe
vatsa-rpea daitya-r
athathen; kasoKasa; dik-pratcyin the west;

rtvhaving heard; vatsaVatsa; mahsurama great demon;
tenahim; srdhawith; sashe; yuyudhefought; vatsa-rpeain
the form of a calf; daitya-rthe demon king.
Hearing of a great demon named Vatssura who lived in the
west, the demon-king Kasa fought with him, a demon who had the
form of a calf.
Text 16
pucche ghtv ta vatsa

pothaym sa bh-tale
va-ktvtha ta ghra
mleccha-des tato yayau
puccheby the tail; ghtvgrabbing; tathat; vatsacalf;

pothaym sathrew; bh-taleto the ground; va-
ktvsubduing; athathen; tait; ghraquickly; mlecchaof
the barbarians; dento the countries; tatothen; yayauwent.
Kasa grabbed the calf Vatssura by the tail and threw it to

the ground, in this way bringing it under his dominion. Then he
quickly went to the countries of the barbarian mlecchas.
Text 17
man-mukht klayavana
rtv daitya mah-balam
niryayau sammukhe yoddhu
rakta-smarur gad-dhara
matof me; mukhtfrom the mouth; klayavanaKlayavana;

rtvhearing; daityademon; mahvery; balampowerful;
niryayauwent; sammukhebefore; yoddhuto fight; raktared;
smarurbeard; gada club; dharaholding.
Hearing about him from my mouth, red-bearded Klayavana

picked up a club and went before the powerful demon Kasa to
fight with him.
Text 18
kaso gad ghtv sva

laka-bhra-vinirmitam
prkipad yvanendrya
siha-ndam athkarot
kasoKasa; gadaa club; ghtvtaking; svaown; laka-

bhra-vinirmitamas heavy as a hundred thousand bhras;
prkipadthrew; yavanaof the Yavanas; indryaat the king;
sihaof a lion; ndamthe sound; athathen; akarotdid.
Kasa picked up his own club, which weighed a hundred

thousand bhras, threw it at the barbarian king, and then roared
like a lion.
Text 19
gad-yuddham abht tatra

ghora hi kasa-klayo
visphulign karantyau dve
gade cr-babhvatu
gadclub; yuddhambattle; abhtwas; tatrathere;

ghoramterrible; hiindeed; kasa-klayoof Kasa and Klayavana;
visphulignsparks; karantyautossing; dveboth; gadeclubs;
cr-babhvatubecame broken into dust.
Then Kasa and Klayavana fought a terrible duel with clubs,

a duel where, throwing many sparks, the clubs were ground to
powder.
Text 20
kasa kla saghtv

ptaym sa bh-tale
punar ghtv nipatya
mta-tulya cakra ha
kasaKasa; klaKlayavana; saghtvgrabbing;

ptaym sathrew; bh-taleon the ground; punaragain;
ghtvgrabbing; nipatyafell; mtadeath; tulyalike;
cakramade; haindeed.
Kasa grabbed Klayavana, threw him to the gound, jumped on
him, and attacked him so violently he almost died.
Text 21
ba-vara prakurvant
sen t yavanasya ca
gaday pothaym sa
kaso daitydhipo bal
baof arrows; varaa shower; prakurvantdoing;

senarmy; tit; yavanasyaof Klayavana; caalso;
gadaywith a club; pothaym sathrew; kasasKasa; daityaof
the demons; adhipothe king; balpowerful.
When Klayavana's army showered him with arrows, the

powerful demon-king Kasa knocked it to the ground with his club.
Text 22
gajs turagn sa-rathn

vrn bhmau niptya ca
jagarja ghanavad vro
gad-yuddhe mdhgane
gajnthe elephants; turagnhorses; sa-rathnwith

chariots; vrnwarriors; bhmauto the ground;
niptyaknocking; caalso; jagarjaroared; ghanavadlike
thunder; vrohero; gadclub; yuddhein the fight; mdh-
aganein the battlefield.
When he knocked down the elephants, horses, chariots and

warriors in the club battlefield, powerful Kasa roared like
thunder.
Text 23
tata ca durdruvur mlecch

tyaktv sva sva raa param
bhtn palyitn mlecchn
na jaghntha nti-vit
tatasthen; caalso; durdruvurfled; mlecchthe

barbarians; tyaktvabandoning; sva svatheir own;
raabattlefield; paramvery;
bhtnafraid; palyitnfleeing; mlecchnbarbarians;
nanot; jaghnaattacked; athathen; ntimorality;
vitknowing.
Then the barbarians fled the battlefield. Aware of the code

of chivalry, Kasa did not attack the frightened, fleeing
barbarians.
Texts 24-26
ucca-pdo drgha-jnu
stambhorur laghim kai
kapaa-vaka pnsa
pua prur bhad-bhuja
padma-netro bhat-keo
'rua-varo 'sitmbara
kir kual hr
padma-ml layrka-ruk
khag niagi kavac

mudgarhyo dhanur-dhara
madotkao yayau jetu
devn kaso 'marvatm
uccaraised; pdofeet; drghalong; jnuknees;

stambhapillar; rurthighs; laghimslender; kaiwaist;
kapaaa great door; vakachest; pnabroad; asashoulders;
puabroad; prurtall; bhadbroad; bhujaarms;
padmalotus; netroeyes; bhatgreat; keohair; aruared;
varocolor; asitablack; ambaragarments; kirwearing a
helmet; kualwearing earrings; hrwearing a necklace;
padmaof lotuses; mlwearing a garland; layaat the time of
cosmic devastation; arkasun; ruksplendor; khagwielding a
sword; niagicarrying a quiver of arrows; kavaccarrying a
shield; mudgarhyocarrying a club; dhanur-dharacarrying a
bow; madotkaoproud; yayauwent; jetumto conquer; devnthe
demigods; kasoKasa; amarvatmto Amarvat.
Lifting his feet and knees, his thighs like pillars, his
waist slender, His chest a great door, his shoulders broad, His
arms massive, His eyes lotus flowers, his hair long, his
complexion ruddy, his garments black, wearing a helmet, earrings,
necklace, and lotus garland, effulgent as the sun at the time of
cosmic dissolution, wielding a sword, shield, quiver of
arrows, and club, proud Kasa went to Amarvat to conquer the
demigods.
Text 27
cra-muikria-
ala-toala-keibhi
pralambena bakenpi
dvividena samvta
tvartgha-kai ca
bhauma-bkhya-ambarai
vyoma-dhenuka-vatsai ca
rurudhe so 'marvatm
cra-muikriawith Cra, Muik, and Aria;

ala-toala-keibhiwith ala, Toala, and Ke;
pralambenawith Pralamba; bakenawith Baka; apialso;
dvividenawith Dvivida; samvtaaccompanied;
tvartghawith Tvarta and Agha; kaiswith Ka; caalso; bhauma-bkhya-
ambaraiwith Naraksura; Ba,
and ambara; vyoma-dhenuka-vatsaiwith Vyoma, Dhenuka, and
Vatsa; caalso; rurudhebesieged; sohe;
amarvatmAmarvat.
Aided by Cra, Muika, Aria, ala, Toala, Ke,

Pralamba, Baka, Dvivida, Tvarta, Agha, Ka, Naraksura,
Ba, ambara, Vyoma, Dhenuka, and Vatsa, he besieged the city
of Aamarvat.
Text 29
kasdn gatn dv
akro devdhipa svar
sarvair deva-gaai srdha
yoddhu kruddho viniryayau
kasaby Kasa; dnheaded; gatnarrived;

dvseeing; akroIndra; devaof the demigods; adhipathe
king; svarindependent; sarvairwith all; deva-gaaithe
hosts of demigods; srdhawith; yoddhuto fight; kruddhoangry;
viniryayauwent.
Seeing the demons headed by Kasa had come, Indra, the

sovereign king of the demigods became angry and, accompanied by
a great host of demigods, went to fight with them.
Texts 30 and 31
tayor yuddham abhd ghora

tumula roma-haraam
divyai ca astra-samptair
bais tknai sphurat-prabhai
astrndhakre sajte
rathrho mahevara
ckepa vajra kasya
ata-dhra taid-dyuti
tayorof them; yuddhambattle; abhdwas; ghoraterrible;

tumulamtumult; roma-haraammasking the hairs stand erect;
divyaiswith divine; caalso; astra-samptairweapons;
baiswith arrows; tknaisharp; sphurat-prabhaieffulgent;
astraof weapons; andhakreblinding darkness; sa
24jtemanifested; rathaon a chariot; rhoriding;
mahevaraking Indra; ckepathrew; vajrathunderbolt;
kasyaat Kasa; ataa hundred; dhrastreams;
taidlightning; dyutisplendor.
Then they fought a terrible, tumultuous battle that made

hairs stand up. When hosts of sharp and glistening
arrows and divine weapons created a blinding darkness, King
Indra, riding on a chariot, threw his thunderbolt, flowing with
a hundred streams and glittering with lightning, at Kasa.
Text 32
mudgarepi tad-vajra
tadu mahsura
papta kulia yuddhe
chinna-dhra babhva ha
mudgareawith his club; apialso; tad-vajrathe

thunderbolt; tadastruck; uat once; mahthe great;
asurademon; paptafell;
kuliamthe thunderbolt; yuddhein battle; chinnabroken;
dhrastreams; babhva habecame.
With his club the great demon Kasa struck the thunderbolt.
Its streams of lightning broken, it fell in the battle.
Text 33
tyaktv vajra tad vajr

khaga jagrha roata
kasa mrdhni tadu
nda ktvtha bhairavam
tyaktvabandoning; vajrathe thunderbolt; tadthen;

vajrIndra; khagasword; jagrhatook; roataangrily;
kasaKasa; mrdhnion the head; tadastruck; uat once;
ndaa sound; ktvmaking; athathen; bhairavamterrible.
Abandoning the thunderbolt, Indra took up a sword and

angrily struck Kasa on the head, making a terrible sound.
Text 34
sa kato nbhavat kaso

ml-hata iva dvipa
ghtv sa gad gurv
aa-dhtu-may dhm
sashe; katohurt; nanot; abhavatwas; kasoKasa;

mlby a garland; hatasstruck; ivalike; dvipaan elephant;
ghtvtaking; sashe; gadclub; gurvheavy; aaeight;
dhtumetals; maymmade;
dhmfirm.
Kasa remained unhurt, like an elephant struck by a flower

garland. Then he took a great and heavy club made of eight metals.
Text 35
laka-bhra-sam kasa
ckependrya daitya-r
t sampatat vkya
jagrhu purandara
lakaa hundred thousand; bhrabhras; samalike; kasasKasa; ckepa

threw; indryaat Indra; daitya-rthe
demon-king; tathat;
sampatatcoming; vkyaseeing; jagrhatook; uat
once; purandaraIndra.
Then the demon-king Kasa threw that club weighing a hundred

thousand bhras at Indra. Seeing it coming, Indra caught it.
Text 36
tata ckepa daityya

gad namuci-sdana
cacra yuddhe vidalann
arn mtali-srathi
tatasthen; ckepathrew; daityyaat the demon;

gadthe club; namuci-sdanaIndra, the killer of Namuci;
cacrawent; yuddhein the fight; vidalanbreaking; arnthe
enemies; mtali-srathiIndra, whose charioteer is Mtali.
Indra, the killer of Namuci, threw the club back at the

demon. Then Indra, cutting his enemies to pieces, and his chariot
driven by Mtali, went into the battle.
Text 37
kaso ghtv parigha
tadse 'sura-dvia
tat-prahrea devendra
kaa murchm avpa ha
kasoKasa; ghtvtaking; parighaan iron club;

tadastruck; aseon the shoulder; asura-dviaIndra, the
enemy of the demons; tat-prahreaby that blow; devendrathe
king of the demigods; kaafor a moment;
murchmunconsciousness; avpaattained; haindeed.
Taking an iron club, Kasa struck Indra on the shoulder.

Because of that blow, Indra, the king of the demigods and enemy
of the demons, became momentarily unconscious.
Text 38
kasa marud-ga sarve

ghra-pakai sphurat-prabhai
baughai chdaym su
pravt-sryam ivmbuda
kasaKasa; marud-gathe Maruts; sarveall; ghra-

pakaiwith the eagles' feathers; sphurat-prabhaisplendid;
baof arrows; aughaisa flood; chdaym sucovered;
pravtmonsoon; sryamsun; ivalike; ambudacloud.
Then all the Maruts coverd Kasa with a great and splendid
flood of gdhra-feathered arrows like a monsoon cloud covering the sun.
Text 39
do-sahasra-yuto vras
cps krayan muhu
tad tn klaym sa
bair bsuro bal
doof arms; sahasrathousands; yutoendowed;

vraswarrior; cpnbows; krayantwanging; muhuagain
and again; tadthen;
tnthem; klaym sapushed back; bairwith arrows;
bsuroBsura; balpowerful.
Making a great sound as he worked many bows with his

thousand arms, the powerful warrior Bnasura drove them back with
a host of arrows.
Text 40
ba ca vasavo rudr
dity bhava sur
jaghnur nn-vidhai astrai
sarvato 'dri yath gaj
bato Ba; caalso; vasavothe Vasus; rudrsthe

Rudras; ditysthe Adityas; bhavathe bhus; surthe
Suras; jaghnurstruck;
nn-vidhaiwith many kinds; astraiwith weapons;
sarvatoeverywhere; adrima mountain; yathas; gajelephants.
Surrounding him as a host of elephants might surround a

mountain, the Vasus, Rudras, Adityas, bhus, and Suras attacked
Bsura with a great variety of weapons.
Text 41
tato bhaumsura prpta

pralambdy-asurair nadan
tena ndena devs te
nipetur mrchit rae
tatothen; bhaumsuraNaraksura; prptaattained;

pralamba-diheaded by Pralamba; asurairby the demons;
nadansounding; tenaby that; ndenasound; devsdemigods;
tethe; nipeturfell; mrchitsunconscious; raein the
battleground.
Then, assisted by Pralamba and the other demons, Naraksura

came and made a great sound. That sound made the demigods fall
unconscious on the battleground.
Texts 42-45
utthyu tad skro

gajam ruhya rakta-dk
nodaym sa kasya
mattam airvata gajam
akusphalant kruddha
ptayanta padair dvia
u-daasya phtkarair
mrdayantam itas tata
sravan-mada catur-danta
himdrim iva durgamam
nadanta srkhala u
clayanta muhur muhu
ghahya kikin-jla-
ratna-kambala-maitam
go-stra-caya-sindra-
kastr-ptra-bhn-mukham
utthyarising; uquickly; tadthen; skroIndra;

gajaman elephant; ruhyamounting; raktared; dkeyes;
nodaym sacharged; kasyaat Kasa; mattamfurious;
airvataAirvata; gajamelephant; akuaof the goad;
sphalantby the blows; kruddhaangered; ptayantafalling;
padairwith feet; dviaof the enemy; u-daasyaof
the tusk; phtkarairwith loud sounds; mrdayantamattacking;
itas tatahere and there; sravatflowing; madamichor;
caturfour; dantatusks; himaof snow; drimmountain;
ivalike; durgamamunassailable; nadantamaking a sound;
srkhalachains; uatrunk; clayantamoving;
muhuragain; muhuand again; ghantwith bells;
ahyaopulent; kikinof tinkling ornaments; jlanet;
ratnajewel; kambalasaddle; maitamdecorated; go-mtra-
cayacow's urine; sindrared sindra; kastrmusk;
ptradesigns; bhtholding; mukhamface.
Quickly rising, and his eyes now red, Indra mounted his
furious four-tusked elephant Airvata, now provoked by the
striking of the goad, trumpeting with its trunk, crushing its
enemies under its moving feet, its rut flowing, unapproachable as
a mountain of snow, jingling its chains, moving its trunk again
and again, opulent with bells, decorated with a jewel saddle and
a network of tinkling ornaments, and its face decorated with
pictures and designs drawn in musk, sindra and gomtra, and made
it charge Kasa.
Text 46
dhena muin kasas

ta tada mah-gajam
dvitya-muin akra
sa jaghna ragane
dhenawith a hard; muinfist; kasasKasa; tamit; tadastruck; mah

great; gajamelephant; dvityawith a
second;
muinfist; akraIndra; sashe; jaghnastruck;
raganein the battleground.
With a hard punch Kasa struck the great elephant and with a
second punch he struck Indra in that battleground.
Text 47
tasya mui-prahrea
dre akra papta ha
jnbhy dhara spv
gajo 'pi vihvalo 'bhavat
tasyaof him; mui-prahreaby the punch; drefar

away; akraIndra; papta hafell;
jnbhywith both knees; dharathe ground;
spvtouching; gajothe elephant; apialso; vihvalotroubled;
abhavatbecame.
With that punch Indra fell far away and the elephant was
wounded and fell, its knees touching the ground.
Text 48
punar utthya ngendro
dantai chatya daityapam
u-daena coddhtv
ckepa laka-yojanam
punaragain; utthyarising; ngaof elephants; indrothe

king; dantaiswith tusks; caand; hatyastriking; daityapamthe
king of the demons; u-daenawith its trunk; caand;
uddhtvlifting; ckepathrew; laka-yojanameight hundred
thousand miles.
Again standing, the king of elephants attacked the demon-

king Kasa with its tusks, picked him up with its trunk, and
threw him eight-hundred thousand miles.
Text 49
patito 'pi sa vajrga

kicid-vykula-mnasa
sphurad-oho 'ti-rugi
yuddha-bhmi samyayau
patitofell; apialthough; sashe; vajralightning;

agabody; kicidsomewhat; vykulaupset; mnasaay
heart; sphuradtrembling; oholips; ati-rugivery angry;
yuddha-bhmito the battleground; samyayauwent.
His body hard as a thunderbolt, when he fell he was only a

little upset in his heart. Angry, and his lips trembling, he returned to the battleground.
Text 50
kaso ghtv ngendra

sannipatya ragane
nipya u tasypi
dants cr-cakra ha
kasoKasa; ghtvgrabbing; ngendrathe king of

elephants; sannipatyathrew; raganeonj the battleground;
nipyastrangled; uto the trunk; tasyaof him;
apialso; dantntusks; cr-cakrabroke into pieces;
hacertainly.
Kasa grabbed the elephant-king Airvata, threw him onto the

battleground, strangled its trunk, and broke its tusks into
pieces.
Text 51
atha cairvato ngo

dudrvu ragant
niptayan mah-vrn
devadhn pur gata
athathen; caalso; airvatoAirvata; ngoelephant;

dudrvafled; uquickly; ragantfrom the
battleground; niptayanknocking over;
mah-vrngreat heroes; devadhn purto the capitol of
the demigods; gatawent.
Knocking over many great heroes, the elephant Airvata fled

the battleground and went to the capitol of the demigods.
Text 52
ghtv vaiava cpa

sajja ktvtha daitya-r
devn vidrvaym sa
baughai ca dhanu-svanai
ghtvtaking; vaiavaof Lord Viu; cpamthe bow;

sajjapreparation; ktvhaving done; athathen; daitya-
rthe king of the demons; devnthe demigods;
vidrvaym sadrove away; baof arrows; aughaiswith
floods; caalso; dhanuhof the bow; svanaiwith sounds.
Taking the bow of Lord Viu and stringing it, with a flood
of arrows accompanied by the twanging sound of the bow, the
demon-king Kasa made the demigods flee.
Text 53
tata surs tena nihanyamn

vidudruvur dna-dhiyo dia te
kecid rae mukta-ikh babhvur
bht sma ittha yudhi vdinas te
tatathen; sursthe demigods; tenaby that;

nihanyamnsbeing killed; vidudruvurfled; dnaunhappy;
dhiyoat heart; diathe direction; tethey; kecidsome;
raein the battleground; muktaabandoned; ikhshelmets;
babhvurbecame; bhtfrightened; smaindeed; itthathus;
yudhiin the fight; vdinassaying; tethey.
As Kasa was attacking and killing them, the dispirited

demigods fled in all directions. Some, their helmets lost,
screamed in terror.
Text 54
kecit tath prjalayo 'ti-dna-vat

sannyasta-astr yudhi mukta-kacchak
sthtu rae kasa-n-deva-sammukhe
gatepsit kecid atva-vihval
kecitsome; tathso; prjalayowith folded

hands; ati-dna-vatas a poor and humble person;
sannyastadropped;
astrsweapons; yudhiin the battle; muktaabandoned;
kacchaklower garments; sthtumto stay; raein the battle; kasa-n-deva-
sammukhebefore King Kasa; gatagone; ipsitdesired;
kecidsome; atvavery; vihvalagitated.
Some, dropping their weapons and armor, humbly surrendered

with folded hands. Others, very troubled, had lost all desire to
stand before King Kasa.
Text 55
ittha sa devn pragatn nirkya tan
ntv ca sihsanam tapatravat
sarvais tad daitya-gaair jandhipa
sva-rjadhn mathur samyayau
itthamthus; sashe; devnthe demigods; pragatnfleeing;

nirkyaseeing; tnthem; ntvbringing; caalso;
sihsanamthrone; tapatravatas a parasol; sarvaisby all;
tadthen; daityaof demons; gaairby the hosts;
jandhipathe king; svaown; rjadhncapitol;
mathurto Mathur; samyayauwent.
Seeing that the demigods had fled, Kasa took (Indra's)

throne and parasol and returned with all the demons to his own
capitol Mathur.
Chapter Eight
r Rdhik-janma-varana
Description of r Rdhik's Birth
Text 1
r-garga uvca
rutv tad aunaka bhakti-yukta

r-maithilo jna-bhta variha
natv puna prha muni mahanta
devari-vrya hari-bhakti-niha
r-garga uvca - r Garga Muni said; rutv - hearig;

tad - then; aunaka - O aunaka; bhakti-yukta - full of devotion;
r-maithilo - the King of Mithil; jna-bht - of the
wise; variha - the best; natv - bowig doen; puna - again;
prha - said; muni - to the sage; mahanta - great; devari-
vrya - the best of the divine sages; hari - to Lord Hari;
bhakti - devotional service; niha - faith.
r Garga Muni said: O aunaka, when Bahulva, the king of

Mithil, who was filled wit faith and devotion to Lord Hari and
who was the best of the wise, heard this, he again bowed down and
spoke to the great sage Nrada, the best of the devaris.
Text 2
r-bahulva uvca
tvay kula kau viad-kta me

ubha harer yad yaasmalena
r-ka-bhakta-kaa-sagamena
jano 'pi sat syd bahun kim u svit
r-bahulva uvca - r Bahulva said; tvay - by you;

kula - the family; kau - bad; viad-kta - purified; me - of me;
ubha - auspicious; harer - of Lord Hari; yad - which; yaas - by
the fame; amalena - pure; r-ka - of r Ka; bhakta - of the
devotees; kaa - a moment's; sagamena - by the contact;
jano - a person; api - also; sat - saint; syd - becomes; bahun - more;
kim u svit - what?
r Bahulva said: By giving it the narrations of Lord

Hari's pure glories you purified my materialistic family and made it
auspicious. By a moment's touch with Lord Ka's devotee even an
ordinary person will become a saint. What more need I say?
Text 3
r-rdhay pratamas tu skd

gatv vraje ki carita cakra
tad brhi me deva e a
tri-tpa-dukht pariphi m tvam
r-rdhay - with r Rdh; pratamas - the Supreme

Personality of Godhead; tu - indeed; skd - directly;
gatv - having gone; vraje - to Vraja; ki - what?; carita - activities;
cakra - did; tad - that; brhi - please tell; me - to me; deva - lord;
e - O sage; i - of the sages; a - O lord; tri - three;
tpa - of the sufferings; dukht - from the miseries;
pariphi - protect; m - me; tvam - you.
What did the Supreme Personality of Godhead do when He came

with r Rdh to Vraja? O Lord, O great sage, please tell me. O
king of the sages, please save me from the three miseries.
Text 4
r-nrada uvca
dhanya kula yan nimin npena

r-ka-bhaktena parat-parea
pr-kta yatra bhavn prajta
uktau hi mukt-bhavana na citram
r-nrada uvca - r Nrada said; dhanya - fortunate;

kula - family; yat - what; nimin npena - by King Nimi; r-ka-
bhaktena - a devotee of r Ka; part parea - greater than the
greatest; pr-kta - perfected; yatra - where; bhavn - you;
prajta - born; uktau - in an oyster; hi - indeed; mukt - of a
pearl; bhavana - the birth; na - not; citram - surprising.
r Nrada said: The family of your birth is fortunate for

it was made perfect by King Nimi, who was a very great devotee of
Lord Ka. It is not surprising that a pearl is born in an
oyster.
Text 5
atha prabhos tasya pavitra-ll

su-magal saut parasya
abht sat yo bhuvi rakartha
na kevala kasa-vadhya ka
atha - then; prabhos - of the Lord; tasya - of Him; pavitra - pure;

ll - pastimes; su-magal - very auspicious;
saut - should be heard; parasya - of the Supreme;
abht - was; satm - of the devotees; yo - who; bhuvi - the earth;
rakartha - to protect; na - not; kevala - only; kasa-vadhya - to
kill Kasa; ka - Ka.
Please hear the purifying pastimes of the Supreme

Personality of Godhead. The Lord did not only come to kill Kasa.
He also came to protect the devotees.
Text 6
athaiva rdh vabhnu-patnym

veya rpa mahasa parkhyam
kalindaj-kula-nikuja-dee
su-mandire svatatra rjan
atha - then; eva - indeed; rdh - Rdh; vabhnu-patnym - in

the wife of Vabhnu; veya - entering; rpa - form; mahasa - of
glory; para - transcendental; khyam - named; kalindaj - of the
Yamun; kula - shore; nikuja-dee - in the forest grove;
su-mandire - in a great palace; s - She; avatatra - descended;
rjan - O king.
Then, placing Her glorious transcendental form in (the womb

of) King Vabhnu's wife, r Rdh descended into a great
palace in a garden by the Yamun's shore.
Text 7
ghanvte vyomni dinasya madhye

bhadre site nga-tithau ca some
avkiran deva-ga sphuradbhis
tan-mandire nandanajai prasnai
ghana - with clouds; vte - covered; vyomni - the sky;

dinasya - of the day; madhye - in the middle; bhdre - in the month of
Bhadra; site - during the bright fortnight; nga-tithau - on the
eighth day; ca - also; some - on the day of the moon (Monday);
avkiran - scattered; deva-ga - the demigods; sphuradbhis - with
blossoming; tan-mandire - on that palace; nandanajai - grown in the
Nandana gardens; prasnai - flowers.
In the month of Bhdra (August-September), on a Monday that

was the eighth day of the bright fortnight of the moon, at
midday, when the sky was covered with clouds, (to celebrate
Rdh's descent) the demigods scattered flowers that had
blossomed in the Nandana gardens.
Text 8
rdhvatrea tad babhvur
nadyo 'malmbha ca dia prasedu
vavu ca vt aravinda-rgai
su-tal sundara-manda-yn
rdh - of r Rdh; avatrea - by the descent; tad - then;

babhvur - became; nadyo - the rivers; amala - pure; ambhas - waters;
ca - and; dia - the directions; prasedu - became happy and
auspicious; vavus - blew; ca - also; vts - breezes; aravinda - of
lotus flowers; rgai - with pollen; su-tal - very cool;
sundara - beautiful; manda - slowly; yn - going.
Because of Rdh's descent the rivers became very pure and

clear, the directions became auspicious and happy, and graceful,
gentle, cooling breezes carried the pollen of lotus flowers.
Text 9
sut arac-candra-atbhirm
dvtha krtir mudam pa gop
ubha vidhyu dadau dvijebhyo
dvi-lakam nanda-kara gav ca
sut - daughter; arat - autumn; candra - moons; ata - hundred;

abhirma - beautiful; dv - seeing; atha - then; krtir - Krti;
mudam - happiness; pa - attained; gop - the gop;
ubha - auspicious; vidhya - giving; u - at once; dadau - gaving;
dvijebhyo - to the brhmaas; dvi-lakam - two hundred thousand;
nanda - bliss; kara - donation; gavn - cows; ca - also.
Gazing at her daughter beautiful as hundreds of moons, the

gop Krti became happy. To bring auspiciousness she gave two
hundred thousand cows in charity to please the brhmaas.
Text 10
prekhe khacid-ratna-maykha-pre
suvara-yukte kta-candange
andolit s vavdhe sakh-janair
dine dine candra-kaleva bhbhi
prekhe khacid-ratna-maykha-pre suvara-yukte kta-

candange andolit s vavdhe sakh-janair dine dine
candra-kaleva bhbhi
Text 11
yad-darana deva-varai su-durlabha

yajair na vpta jana-janma-koibhi
sa-vigraha ta vabhnu-mandire
lalanti lok lalan-prallanai
yad-darana deva-varai su-durlabha yajair na

vpta jana-janma-koibhi sa-vigraha ta vabhnu-
mandire lalanti lok lalan-prallanai
Text 12
r-rsa-ragasya vika-candrik
dpvalr y vabhnu-mandire
goloka-c-mai-kaha-bha
dhytv par t bhuvi paryamy aham
r-rsa-ragasya vika-candrik dpvalr y

vabhnu-mandire goloka-c-mai-kaha-bha
dhytv par t bhuvi paryamy aham
Text 13
r-bahulva uvca
vabhno raho-bhgya
ya rdh sutbhavat
kalvaty sucandrea
ki kta prva-janmani
r-bahulva uvca vabhno raho-bhgya ya

rdh sutbhavat kalvaty sucandrea ki kta prva-janmani
Text 14
r-nrada uvca
nga-putro mah-bhga
sucandro npatvara
cakravart harer aso
babhvtva-sundara
r-nrada uvca nga-putro mah-bhga sucandro

npatvara cakravart harer aso babhvtva-sundara
Text 15
pit manas-kanys
tisro 'bhuvan manohar
kalvat ratnaml
menak nma nmata
pit manas-kanys tisro 'bhuvan manohar

kalvat ratnaml menak nma nmata
Text 16
kalvat sucandrya
harer asya dhmate
vaidehya ratnaml
menak ca himdraye
pribarhea vidhin
svecchabhi pitaro dadu
kalvat sucandrya harer asya dhmate vaidehya

ratnaml menak ca himdraye pribarhea vidhin
svecchabhi pitaro dadu
Text 17
stbhd ratnamly
menaky ca prvat
dvayo caritra vidita
pureu mah-mate
stbhd ratnamly menaky ca prvat dvayo

caritra vidita pureu mah-mate
Text 18
sucandro 'tha kalvaty

gomat-traje vane
divyair dvdaabhir varais
tatpa brahmaas tapa
sucandro 'tha kalvaty gomat-traje vane divyair

dvdaabhir varais tatpa brahmaas tapa
Text 19
atho vidhis tam gatya

vara brhty uvca ha
rutv valmka-dec ca
niryayau divya-rpa-dhk
atho vidhis tam gatya vara brhty uvca ha rutv

valmka-dec ca niryayau divya-rpa-dhk
Text 20
ta natvovca me bhyd
divya moka parat-param
tac chrutv dukhit sdhv
vidhi prha kalvat
ta natvovca me bhyd divya moka parat-param tac

chrutv dukhit sdhv vidhi prha kalvat
Text 21
patir eva hi nr
daivata parama smtam
yadi mokam asau yti
tad me k gatir bhavet
patir eva hi nr daivata parama smtam yadi

mokam asau yti tad me k gatir bhavet
Text 22
etad vin na jvmi

yadi moka pradsyasi
tubhya pa pradsymi
pati-vkepa-vihval
etad vin na jvmi yadi moka pradsyasi tubhya

pa pradsymi pati-vkepa-vihval
Text 23
r-brahmovca tvac-chpd bhaya-bhto 'ha

me varo 'pi m na hi
tasmt tva pra-patin
srdha gaccha tripiapam
r-brahmovca tvac-chpd bhaya-bhto 'ha me varo 'pi

m na hi tasmt tva pra-patin srdha gaccha
tripiapam
Text 24
bhuktv sukhni klena

yuv bhmau bhaviyatha
gag-yamunayor madhye
dvparnte ca bhrate
bhuktv sukhni klena yuv bhmau bhaviyatha

gag-yamunayor madhye dvparnte ca bhrate
Text 25
yuvayo rdhik skt

paripratama-priy
bhaviyati yad putr
tad moka gamiyatha
yuvayo rdhik skt paripratama-priy bhaviyati

yad putr tad moka gamiyatha
Text 26
r-nrada uvca
ittha brahma-varetha
divyenmogha-rpi
kalvat-sucandrau ca
bhmau tau dvau babhvatu
r-nrada uvca ittha brahma-varetha divyenmogha-

rpi kalvat-sucandrau ca bhmau tau dvau babhvatu
Text 27
kalvat knyakuje
bhalandana-npasya ca
jti-smar hy abhd divy
yaja-kua-samudbhav
kalvat knyakuje bhalandana-npasya ca jti-

smar hy abhd divy yaja-kua-samudbhav
Text 28
sucandro vabhnv-khya
surabhnu-ghe 'bhavat
jti-smro gopa-vara
kmadeva ivpara
sucandro vabhnv-khya surabhnu-ghe 'bhavat

jti-smro gopa-vara kmadeva ivpara
Text 29
sambandha yojaym sa
nanda-rjo mah-mati
tayo ca jti-smarayor
icchator icchay dvayo
sambandha yojaym sa nanda-rjo mah-mati tayo ca

jti-smarayor icchator icchay dvayo
Text 30
vabhno kalvaty
akhyna ute nara
sarva-ppa-vinirmukta
ka-syujyam pnuyt
vabhno kalvaty akhyna ute nara sarva-

ppa-vinirmukta ka-syujyam pnuyt
Chapter Nine
Vasudeva-vivha-varaa
Description of Vasudeva's Wedding
Text 1
r-nrada uvca
tatraikad r-mathur-pure vare

purohita sarva-yaduttamai kta
surecchay garga iti pramika
samyayau sundara-rja-mandiram
r-nrada uvca tatraikad r-mathur-pure vare

purohita sarva-yaduttamai kta surecchay garga iti
pramika samyayau sundara-rja-mandiram
Text 2
hira-khacid-dhema-lasat-kapaka
dvipendra-karhata-bhrga-nditam
ibha-sravan-nirjhara-gaa-dhray
samardrita mandapa-khaa-maitam
hira-khacid-dhema-lasat-kapaka dvipendra-karhata-
bhrga-nditam ibha-sravan-nirjhara-gaa-dhray
samardrita mandapa-khaa-maitam
Text 3
mahodbhaair vra-janai sa-kacukair

dhanur-dharai carma-kpa-pibhi
ratha-dvipva-dhvajin-baldibhi
su-rakita mandapa-magaldibhi
mahodbhaair vra-janai sa-kacukair dhanur-

dharai carma-kpa-pibhi ratha-dvipva-dhvajin-
baldibhi su-rakita mandapa-magaldibhi
Text 4
dadara gargo npadevam huka

vaphalkin devaka-kasa-sevitam
r-akra-sihsana unnate pare
sthita vta cchtra-vitna-cmarai
dadara gargo npadevam huka vaphalkin devaka-kasa-

sevitam r-akra-sihsana unnate pare sthita vta cchtra-
vitna-cmarai
Text 5
dv muni ta sahassanayd
utthya rj praanma ydavai
sasthpya sampjya subhadra-phake
stutv parikramya nata sthito 'bhavat
dv muni ta sahassanayd utthya rj

praanma ydavai sasthpya sampjya subhadra-phake
stutv parikramya nata sthito 'bhavat
Text 6
dattvia garga-munir npya vai

papraccha sarva kuala npdiu
r-devaka prha mahtman ir
mahaujasa nti-vida yadttamam
dattvia garga-munir npya vai papraccha sarva

kuala npdiu r-devaka prha mahtman ir
mahaujasa nti-vida yadttamam
Text 7
r-garga uvca auri vin bhuvi npeu varas tu nsti

cintyo may bahu-dinai kila yatra tatra
tasmn n-deva vasudeva-varya dehi
r-devak tava sut vidhinodvahasva
r-garga uvca auri vin bhuvi npeu varas tu nsti

cintyo may bahu-dinai kila yatra tatra tasmn n-deva
vasudeva-varya dehi r-devak tava sut vidhinodvahasva
Text 8
r-nrada uvca
ktv tadaiva puri nicaya-ngavalli

r-devaka sakala-dharma-bht variha
gargecchay tu vasudeva-varya putr
ktvtha magalam ala pradadau vivhe
r-nrada uvca ktv tadaiva puri nicaya-ngavalli

r-devaka sakala-dharma-bht variha gargecchay tu
vasudeva-varya putr ktvtha magalam ala pradadau vivhe
Text 9
ktodvaha aurir atva-sundara

ratha prayne samalakta hayai
srdha tay devaka-rja-kanyay
samruhat kacana-ratna-obhay
ktodvaha aurir atva-sundara ratha prayne

samalakta hayai srdha tay devaka-rja-kanyay samruhat
kacana-ratna-obhay
Text 10
svasu priya kartum atva kaso

jagrha rams calat haynm
uvha vhs caturginbhir
vta kp-sneha-parau 'tha aurau
svasu priya kartum atva kaso jagrha rams

calat haynm uvha vhs caturginbhir vta
kp-sneha-parau 'tha aurau
Text 11
ds-sahasra tv ayuta gajann
sat-pribarha niyuta haynm
laka rathn ca gav dv-laka
pradd duhitre npa-devako vai
ds-sahasra tv ayuta gajann sat-pribarha

niyuta haynm laka rathn ca gav dv-laka pradd
duhitre npa-devako vai
Text 12
bheri-mdagoddhara-gomukhn
dhundhurya-vnnaka-veukn
mahat-svano 'bhc calat yadn
prayna-kle pathi magala ca
bheri-mdagoddhara-gomukhn dhundhurya-vnnaka-
veukn mahat-svano 'bhc calat yadn prayna-kle
pathi magala ca
Text 13
ka-vg ha tadaiva kasa

tvam aamo hi prasavo 'jassy
hanta na jnsi ca ya ratha-stha
rmi ghtv vahase 'budhas tvam
ka-vg ha tadaiva kasa tvam aamo hi prasavo

'jassy hanta na jnsi ca ya ratha-stha
rmi ghtv vahase 'budhas tvam
Text 14
kuga-niho 'ti-khalo hi kaso

hantu svasra dhiaa cakra
kace ghitv sita-khaga-pir
gata-trapo nirdaya ugra-karm
kuga-niho 'ti-khalo hi kaso hantu svasra

dhiaa cakra kace ghitv sita-khaga-pir gata-trapo
nirdaya ugra-karm
Text 15
vaditra-kr rahit babhvur

agre-sthit syus cakit hi pact
sarveu v veta-mukheu satsu
auris tam hu sat variha
vaditra-kr rahit babhvur agre-sthit syus cakit

hi pact sarveu v veta-mukheu satsu auris tam hu
sat variha
Text 16
r-vasudeva uvca
bhojendra bhoja-kula-krti-karas tvam eva

bhaumdi-mgadha-baksura-vatsa-bai
lghy gus tava yudhi pratiyoddhu-kmai
sa tva katha tu bhaginm asintra hanyt
r-vasudeva uvca bhojendra bhoja-kula-krti-karas tvam

eva bhaumdi-mgadha-baksura-vatsa-bai lghy
gus tava yudhi pratiyoddhu-kmai sa tva katha tu
bhaginm asintra hanyt
Text 17
jtv striya kila bak pratiyoddhu-km

yuddha kta na bhavat yaaso nivttya
s tu tvaypi bhaginva kt prantyai
skd iyantu bhagin kim u te vicrt
jtv striya kila bak pratiyoddhu-km

yuddha kta na bhavat yaaso nivttya s tu tvaypi
bhaginva kt prantyai skd iyantu bhagin kim u te
vicrt
Text 18
udvha-parvai gat ca tavnuj ca

bl suteva kpa ubhad sadai
yogyo 'si ntra mathurdhipa hantum et
tva dna-dukha-harae kta-citta-vtti
udvha-parvai gat ca tavnuj ca bl suteva

kpa ubhad sadai yogyo 'si ntra mathurdhipa
hantum et tva dna-dukha-harae kta-citta-vtti
Text 19
r-nrada uvca
nmanyathettha pratibodhito 'pi

kuga-niho 'ti-khalo hi kasa
tad hare kla-gati vicrya
auri prasanna punar ha kasam
r-nrada uvca nmanyathettha pratibodhito 'pi

kuga-niho 'ti-khalo hi kasa tad hare kla-gati
vicrya auri prasanna punar ha kasam
Text 20
r-vasudeva uvca
nsystu te deva bhaya kadcid

yad deva-vy kathita ca tac chu
putrn dadmti yato bhaya syn
m te vyathsy prasava-prajtt
r-vasudeva uvca nsystu te deva bhaya kadcid yad

deva-vy kathita ca tac chu putrn dadmti yato
bhaya syn m te vyathsy prasava-prajtt
Text 21
r-nrada uvca
rutv ca nicitya vaco 'tha aure

kasa praasyu gha gato 'bht
auris tad devaka-rja-putry
bhayvta san gham jagma
r-nrada uvca rutv ca nicitya vaco 'tha aure

kasa praasyu gha gato 'bht auris tad devaka-rja-
putry bhayvta san gham jagma
Chapter Ten
r-Balabhadra-janma-varaa
Description of the Birth of Lord Balarma
Text 1
r-nrada uvca
bhta palyate nya

yoddhra kasa-nodita
ayuta astra-samyukt
rurudhu auri-mandira
r-nrada uvca bhta palyate nya yoddhra kasa-

nodita ayuta astra-samyukt rurudhu auri-mandira
Text 2
auri klena devakym

aau putrn ajjanat
anuvara ctha kanym
eka my santanm
auri klena devakym aau putrn ajjanat
anuvara ctha kanym eka my santanm
Text 3
krtimanta suta hy dau

jtam nakadundubhi
ntv kasa-sabhm etya
dadau tasmai parrtha-vit
krtimanta suta hy dau jtam nakadundubhi ntv

kasa-sabhm etya dadau tasmai parrtha-vit
Text 4
satya-vkya-sthita auri
dv kaso gh tv abht
dukha sdhur na sahate
satye kasya kam na hi
satya-vkya-sthita auri dv kaso gh tv abht

dukha sdhur na sahate satye kasya kam na hi
Text 5
kasa uvca
ea blo ytu gham

etasmn na hi me bhayam
yuvayor aama garbha
haniymi na sasaya
kasa uvca ea blo ytu gham etasmn na hi me bhayam

yuvayor aama garbha haniymi na sasaya
Text 6
r-nrada uvca
ity ukto vasudevas tu

sa-putro gham gata
satya nmanyata mang
vkya tasya durtmana
r-nrada uvca ity ukto vasudevas tu sa-putro gham

gata satya nmanyata mang vkya tasya durtmana
Text 7
tadmbard gata m
natv pjyograsenaja
papraccha devbhiprya
prvoca ta nibodha me
tadmbard gata m natv pjyograsenaja papraccha

devbhiprya prvoca ta nibodha me
Text 8
nanddy vasava sarve

vabhnv-daya sur
gopyo veda-cdy ca
santi bhmau npevara
nanddy vasava sarve vabhnv-daya sur gopyo

veda-cdy ca santi bhmau npevara
Text 9
vasudevdayo dev
mathury ca vaya
devaky-dy striya sarv
devat santi nicay
vasudevdayo dev mathury ca vaya devaky-dy

striya sarv devat santi nicay
Text 10
sapta-vra-prasakhynd
aam sarva eva hi
te hantu sakhyayya vai
akn vmato gati
sapta-vra-prasakhynd aam sarva eva hi te

hantu sakhyayya vai akn vmato gati
Text 11
r-nrada uvca
ity uktv ta mayi gate

kte daitya-vadhodyame
kasa kopa-vta sadyo
yadn hantu mano dadhe
r-nrada uvca ity uktv ta mayi gate kte daitya-

vadhodyame kasa kopa-vta sadyo yadn hantu mano dadhe
Text 12
vasudeva devak ca
baddhvtha nigaair dhai
mamarda ta il-phe
devak-garbhaja ium
vasudeva devak ca baddhvtha nigaair dhai

mamarda ta il-phe devak-garbhaja ium
Text 13
jti-smaro viu-bhayj
jta jta jaghna ha
iti dua-vibhvc ca
bhmau bhta na saayam
jti-smaro viu-bhayj jta jta jaghna ha iti

dua-vibhvc ca bhmau bhta na saayam
Text 14
ugrasenas tad kruddho

ydavendro npevara
vraym sa kaskhya
vasudeva-sahya-kt
ugrasenas tad kruddho ydavendro npevara vraym sa

kaskhya vasudeva-sahya-kt
Text 15
kasasya durbhiprya
dvottasthur maha-bha
ugrasennug raka
cakrus te khaga-paya
kasasya durbhiprya dvottasthur maha-bha

ugrasennug raka cakrus te khaga-paya
Text 16
ugrasennugn dv
kasa-vr samutthit
tai srdham abhavad yuddha
sabh-maapa-madhyata
ugrasennugn dv kasa-vr samutthit tai

srdham abhavad yuddha sabh-maapa-madhyata
Text 17
dvra-dese 'pi vr
yuddha jta parapsparam
khaga-prahrair ayuta
jann nidhana gatam
dvra-dese 'pi vr yuddha jta parapsparam

khaga-prahrair ayuta jann nidhana gatam
Text 18
kaso ghtvtha gad

pitu sen mamarda ha
kasasya gaday spa
kecic chinna-lalak
kaso ghtvtha gad pitu sen mamarda ha kasasya

gaday spa kecic chinna-lalak
Text 19
bhinna-pd bhinna-mukh
chinnss chinna-bhava
adho-mukh rdhva-mukh
sa-astr patit kat
bhinna-pd bhinna-mukh chinnss chinna-bhava

adho-mukh rdhva-mukh sa-astr patit kat
Text 20
vamanto rudhira vr
mrchit nidhana gat
sabh-maapam rakta
dyate kataja-sravt
vamanto rudhira vr mrchit nidhana gat sabh-

maapam rakta dyate kataja-sravt
Text 21
ittha mahotkaa kasa

sa niptyodbhan ripn
krodhhyo rja-rjendro
jagrha pitara khala
ittha mahotkaa kasa sa niptyodbhan ripn

krodhhyo rja-rjendro jagrha pitara khala
Text 22
npsant saghtv
baddhv pai ca ta khala
tan-mitrai ca npai srdha
krgre rurodha ha
npsant saghtv baddhv pai ca ta khala

tan-mitrai ca npai srdha krgre rurodha ha
Text 23
madhn rasenn
den sarva-sampadm
sihsane copaviya
svaya rjya cakra ha
madhn rasenn den sarva-sampadm

sihsane copaviya svaya rjya cakra ha
Text 24
pit ydav sarve

sambandhasya miais tvaram
catur-dio 'ntara den
viviu kla-vedina
pit ydav sarve sambandhasya miais tvaram
catur-dio 'ntara den viviu kla-vedina
Text 25
devaky saptame garbhe

hara-soka-vivardhane
vraja prate rohiym
anante yogamyay
devaky saptame garbhe hara-soka-vivardhane vraja

prate rohiym anante yogamyay
Text 26
aho garbha kva vigata

ity cur mthur jan
aho garbha kva vigata ity cur mthur jan
Text 27
atha vraje paca-dineu bhdre

tithau ca ahy ca site budhe ca
uccair grahai pacabhir vte ca
lagne tulkhye dina-madhya-dee
Text 28
sureu varatsu su-pupa-vara

ghaneu mucatsu ca vri-bindn
babhva devo vasudeva-patny
vibhsayan nanda-gha sva-bhs
sureu varatsu su-pupa-vara ghaneu mu

24catsu ca vri-bindn babhva devo vasudeva-patny
vibhsayan nanda-gha sva-bhs
Text 29
nando 'pi kurvan chiu-jta-karma

dadau dvijebhyo niyuta gav ca
gopn samhya su-gyakn
sarvair mah-magalam tanoti
nando 'pi kurvan chiu-jta-karma dadau dvijebhyo niyuta

gav ca gopn samhya su-gyakn sarvair mah-
magalam tanoti
Text 30
dvaipyano devala-devart
vaiha-vcaspatibhir may ca
gatya tatraiva samsthito 'bht
padydibhir nanda-ktai prasanna
dvaipyano devala-devart vaiha-vcaspatibhir

may ca gatya tatraiva samsthito 'bht padydibhir nanda-
ktai prasanna
Text 31
r-nanda uvca
sundaro blaka ko 'ya

na dyo yat-sama kvacit
katha paca-dinj jtas
tan me brhi mah-mune
r-nanda uvca sundaro blaka ko 'ya na dyo yat-sama

kvacit katha paca-dinj jtas tan me brhi mah-
mune
Text 32
r-vyasa uvca
aho bhgya tu te nanda

iu ea santana
devaky vasudevasya
jto 'ya mathur-pure
r-vyasa uvca aho bhgya tu te nanda iu ea

santana devaky vasudevasya jto 'ya mathur-pure
Text 33
kecchay tad-udart
prato rohi ubhm
nanda-rja tvay dyo
durlabho yoginm api
kecchay tad-udart prato rohi ubhm nanda-

rja tvay dyo durlabho yoginm api
Text 34
tad-daranrtha prpto 'ha

devakysau mah-muni
tasmt tva daraysmka
iu-rpa part param
tad-daranrtha prpto 'ha devakysau mah-muni

tasmt tva daraysmka iu-rpa part param
Text 35
r-nrada uvca
atha nanda iu ea
daraym sa vismita
dv prekha-sthita prha
natv satyavat-suta
r-nrada uvca atha nanda iu ea daraym sa
vismita dv prekha-sthita prha natv satyavat-suta
Text 36
r-vyasa uvca
devdhideva bhagavan
kma-pla namo 'stu te
namo 'nantya eya
skd-rmya te nama
r-vyasa uvca devdhideva bhagavan kma-pla namo 'stu

te namo 'nantya eya skd-rmya te nama
Text 37
dhar-dharya prya
sva-dhmne sra-paye
sahasra-irase nitya
nama sakaraya te
dhar-dharya prya sva-dhmne sra-paye sahasra-

irase nitya nama sakaraya te
Text 38
revat-ramaa tva vai

baladevo 'cyutgraja
halyudha pralaba-ghna
phi m puruottama
revat-ramaa tva vai baladevo 'cyutgraja halyudha

pralaba-ghna phi m puruottama
Text 39
balya balabhadrya
tlkaya namo nama
nlmbarya gaurya
rauhieyya te nama
balya balabhadrya tlkaya namo nama nlmbarya

gaurya rauhieyya te nama
Text 40
dhenukrir muikri
krir balvalntaka
rukmy-ari kpakarri
kumbharis tvam eva hi
dhenukrir muikri krir balvalntaka rukmy-

ari kpakarri kumbharis tvam eva hi
Text 41
klind-bhedano 'si tva

hastinpura-karaka
dvividrir ydavendro
vraja-maala-maana
klind-bhedano 'si tva hastinpura-karaka

dvividrir ydavendro vraja-maala-maana
Text 42
kasa-bhrt-prahtsi
trtha-ytrkara prabhu
duryodhana-guru skt
phi phi prabho jagat
kasa-bhrt-prahtsi trtha-ytrkara prabhu

duryodhana-guru skt phi phi prabho jagat
Text 43
jaya jaycyuta deva part para

svayam ananta dig-anta-gata yaa
sura-munndra-phandra-varya te
musaline baline haline nama
jaya jaycyuta deva part para svayam ananta dig-anta-

gata yaa sura-munndra-phandra-varya te musaline
baline haline nama
Text 44
iha pahet satata stavana tu ya

sa tu hare parama padam vrajet
jagati sarva-bala tv ari-mardana
bhavati tasya jaya sa-jana dhanam
iha pahet satata stavana tu ya sa tu hare parama

padam vrajet jagati sarva-bala tv ari-mardana bhavati tasya
jaya sa-jana dhanam
Text 45
r-nrada uvca
bala parikramya ata praamya tai

dvaipyano deva parartmaja
vila-buddhir muni-bdaryaa
sarasvat satyavat-suto yayau
r-nrada uvca bala parikramya ata praamya tai

dvaipyano deva parartmaja vila-buddhir muni-
bdaryaa sarasvat satyavat-suto yayau
Chapter Eleven
r Kacandra-janma-varana
Description of r Kacandra's Birth
Text 1
paripratama skc
vivea vasudevasya
mana prva part para
paripratamathe Supreme Personality of Godhead;

sktdirectly; r-kar Ka; bhagavnthe
Lord; svayamHimself; viveaentered;
vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; manathe heart;
prvambefore; partthan the greatest; paragreater.
r Ka, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who

is greater than the greatest, personally entered Vasudeva's
heart.
Text 2
suryendu-vahni-sako
vasudevo mah-man
babhvtyanta-mahas
skd yaja ivpara
suryasun; indumoon; vahnifire;

sakaglorious; vasudevaVasudeva; mah-manthe
great soul; babhvabecame; atyanta-mahaswith great
splendor; sktdirectly; yajathe Supreme
Lord who is the master of all Vedic sacrifices;
ivalike; aparaanother.
The great soul Vasudeva shone with a glory like the sun,
moon, and fire. He was like a double of the Supreme Lord, the
master of all sacrifices.
Text 3
devakym gate ke
sarvem abhayakare
rarja tena s gehe
ghane saudamin yath
devakymin Devak; gatearrived; kewhen

Lord Ka; sarvemof everyone; abhayakaregiving
fearlessness; rarjashone; tenaby Him;
sshe; gehein the home; ghaneintense;
saudaminlightning; yathas.
When Lord Ka, who gives fearlessness to everyone, entered

Devak, she shone as if a great lightning flash had entered her
home.
Text 4
tejovat ca t vkya
kasa prha bhaytura
prpto 'ya pra-hant me
prvam e na ced
tejovatmeffulgent; caand; tmher;

vkyaseeing; kasaKasa; prhasaid; bhaya-
with fear; aturaovercome; prptaattained;
ayamthis; praof life; hantthe killer;
meof me; prvambefore; eshe; nanot;
caand; dlike this.
Seeing her so effulgent, Kasa became frightened. He said,

"Now the destroyer of my life has come. She was not like
this before.
Text 5
jta-mtra haniymty
uktvste bhaya-vihvala
payan sarvatra ca hari
prva-atru vicintayan
jtaborn; mtramonly; haniymiI will

kill; ititthus; uktvsayinh; steis;
bhaya-vihvalaovercome with fear; payanlooking;
sarvatraeverywhere; caalso; harimLord Hari;
prvabefore; atrumenemy; vicintayanthinking.
"As soon as He is born I will kill Him." Saying

this, looking in all directions, and thinking of his former enemy
Lord Hari, he became filled with fear.
Text 6
aho vairnubandhena
skt ko 'pi dyate
tasmd vaira prakurvanti
ka-prpty-rtham sur
ahaah; vaira-anubandhenawith hatred;

sktdirectly; kaKa; apieven;
dyateis seen; tasmtfrom that; vairamhatred; prakurvantido; kaKa; prpti-
rthamto
attain; surthe demons.
Even by hating Him one is able to see Ka. For this

reason, in order to attain the association of Lord Ka, the
demons hate Him.
Text 7
atha brahmdayo dev

munndrair asmad-dibhi
auri-gehopari prpt
stava cakru praamya tam
athathen; brahma-dayaheaded by Brahm;

devthe demigods; muni-indraiwith the kings of the
sages; asmad-dibhiheaded by me; auriof
Vasudeva; gehahome; upariabove;
prptattained; stavamprayers; cakrudid;
praamyabowing down; tamto Him.
Then the demigods headed by Brahm and the great sages

headed by me went to Vasudeva's home, bowed down before Lord
Ka, and offered many prayers.
Text 8
r-dev cu
yaj-jgardiu bhaveu para hy ahetur

hetu svid asya vicaranti gurayena
naitad vianti mahad-indriya-deva-saghs
tasmai namo 'gnim iva vistta-visphulig
r-dev cuthe demigods said; yatwhich;

jgarawaking; diubeginning with; bhaveuin states
of being; paramsupreme; hiindeed; ahetunot
the cause; hetuthe cause; svitwhether?;
asyaof Him; vicarantithink; guathe modes;
rayenaby the shelter; nanot; etatthis;
viantienter; mahatmahat; indriyasenses;
devademigods; saghmultitudes; tasmaito Him; namaobeisances; agnimfire;
ivalike;
visttaexpanded; visphuligsparks.
The demigods said: Taking shelter of the modes of nature,

the philosophers wonder, "Is the Supreme the origin of
consciousness and other states of being, or is not their origin?"
As sparks come from a fire (but do not enter it), so the mahat-
tattva, senses, and demigods (come from Him but) do not enter
Him. Obeisances to Him, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Text 9
naiveitu prabhur aya balin balyn

my na abda uta no viay-karoti
tad brahma pram amta parama pranta
uddha part paratara araa gat sma
nanot; evaindeed; itumto control;

prabhuable; ayamHe; balinmthan the strongest; balynstronger; myillusion;
nanot;
abdasound; utaindeed; nanot; uindeed; viay-karotibecome in the realm of
perception;
tatthat; brahmaSupreme; pramperfect and
complete; amtameternal; paramamsupreme;
prantampeaceful; uddhampure; part
parataramgreater than the greatest; araamshelter;
gatgone; smawe.
The strongest of the strong cannot conquer Him. The potency

of illusion cannot conquer Him. The Vedas cannot bring Him within
their realm of perception. Of Him, the perfect, complete,
eternal, peaceful, and pure Supreme Personality of Godhead, we
take shelter.
Text 10
aakaka-kaldy-avatra-vndir
vea-pra-sahitai ca parasya yasya
sargdaya kila bhavanti tam eva ka
prat para tu paripratama nat sma
aaof a part; aakaof a part; aakaof a

part; kala part; dibeginning; avatraof
incarnations; vndiwith hosts; veaentrance; prafull; sahitaiwith; caand;
parasyaof
the Supreme; yasyaof whom; sargacreation;
dayabeginning with; kilaindeed; bhavantiare; tamto Him; evacertainly;
kamto Ka;
pratthan the perfect; parambetter; tuindeed; paripratamammost merfect and
complete; natbowed
down; smawe are.
With His aa-avatra, aa-avatra, kal-avatra, vea-

avatra, pra-avatra, and many other avatras, He creates
(maintains, and destroys the material universes). To Him, Lord
Ka, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is
greater than the pra-avatra, we offer our respectful
obeisances.
Text 11
manvantareu ca yugeu gatgateu

kalpeu ca-kalay sva-vapur bibhari
adyaiva dhma paripratama tanoi
dharma vidhya bhuvi magalam tanoi
manvantareuin the manvantaras; caalso;

yugeuin the yugas; gatagone; gateucome;
kalpeuin the kalpas; caand; aa-kalayby a
part; svaown; vapuform;
bibharimanifest; adyanow; evaindeed;
dhmaabode; paripratamammost perfect; tanoiYou
manifest; dharmamreligion; vidhyaplacing;
bhuvion the earth; magalamauspicious; tanoiYou
give.
In manvantaras, yugas, and kalpas past and future You

manifest Your own form in partial incarnations, but now You
manifest Your original and most perfect form. Establishing the
real religion, You bring auspiciousness to the earth.
Text 12
yad durlabha viada-yogibhir apy agamya

gamya dravadbhir amalaya-bhakti-yogai
nanda-knda caratas tava manda-yna
pdravinda-makaranda-rajo dadhma
yatwhat; durlabhamdifficult to attain;

viadapure; yogibhiby the yogs; apieven;
agamyamunapproachable; gamyamapproachable;
dravadbhirunning; amalapure; aayaheart;
bhakti-yogaiby they who engage in the yoga of devotional
service; nandaof bliss; kndathe root;
caratamoving; tavaof You; mandaslow;
ynamgoing; pdafeet; aravindalotus;
makarandahoney; rajapollen; dadhmawe place.
O blissful Lord, we place (in our hearts) the nectar-pollen

gently blowing from Your lotus feet as You walk, rare pollen not
attained by even the purest yogs but only by they whose pure
hearts melt with love for You.
Text 13
prva tathtra kamanya-vapumaya tv

kandarpa-koi-ata-mohanam adbhuta ca
goloka-dhma-dhiaa-dyutim dadhna
rdh-pati dharai-dhurya-dhana dadhma
prvambefore; tathso; atrahere;

kamanyahandsome; vapumayamwith a form;
tvamYou; kandarpaof Kmadevas; koi-ataa hundred
million; mohanamcharming; adbhutamwonderful;
caand; golokaof Goloka; dhmathe abode;
dhiaaabode; dyutimsplendor; dadhnamtaking; rdh-patimthe master of Rdh;
dharaiof the
earth; dhuryato be held; dhanamwealth;
dadhmawe place.
(In our hearts) we place wonderful You, whose handsome form is more charming than a
hundred million Kmadevas, who are the glory of the realm of Goloka, who are the master of
Rdh and the wealth of the earth.
Text 14
r-nrada uvca
natv hari tad dev

brahmdy munibhi saha
gyantas ta praasanta
sva-dhmni yayur mud
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; natvoffering obeisances; harimto Lord Hari;

tadthen; devthe demigods; brahma-dyheaded by Brahm; munibhithe sages;
sahawith; gyantasinging; tamHim; praasantapraising; sva-dhmnito their
own abodes; yayuwent; mudhappily.
r Nrada said: Bowing down to Lord Hari and singing His praises, the demigods headed
by Brahm went with the sages to their own abodes.
Text 15
atha maithila-rjendra
janma-kle hare sati
ambara nirmala bhta
nirmal ca dio daa
athathen; maithila-rjendraO great king of Mithil; janmaof birth; kleat the time;
hareof Lord Hari; satibeing; ambaramthe sky; nirmalampure; bhtambecome;
nirmalpure; caalso; diadirections; daaten.
O great king of Mithil, at the time of Lord Hari's birth the sky and the ten directions
became very pure.
Text 16
ujjvals trak jt
prasanna bhmi-maalam
nad nadya samudr ca
prasannpa sarovar
ujjvalbrilliant; trakstars; jtborn; prasannamhappy; bhmi-maalam

the earth; nadrivers; nadyastreams; samudroceans; caand; prasannaclear;
pawaters; sarovarlakes.
The stars were bright, the earth happy, and the rivers, streams, oceans, and lakes filled
with pure waters.
Text 17
sahasra-dala-padmni
ata-patri sarvata
vicakni marut-sparai
patad-gandhi-rajsi ca
sahasrathousand; dalapetal;
padmnilotuses; atahundred; patrileaves;
sarvataeverywhere; vicakniblooming; marutof the
breeze; sparaiwith the touch; patatfalling; gandhifragrant; rajsipollen; caand.
The breezes' touch spreading their fragrant pollen, thousand-petal hundred-leaf lotuses
bloomed everywhere.
Text 18
teu nedur madhukar

nadanta citra-pakia
tal manda-yn ca
gandhkt vayavo vavu
teuamong them; nedusounded; madhukarbees; nadantahumming; citra

colorful; pakiabirds; talcool; manda-ynslowly moving; caand;
gandhktfragrant; vayavabreezes; vavublew.
Bees hummed, colorful birds sang, and fragrant cooling breezes gently blew.
Text 19
ddh janapad grm

ngar magalyan
dev vipr nag gvo
babhvu sukha-samvt
ddhwealthy; janapadcountries;
grmvillages; ngartowns;
magalyanauspicious; devdemigods;
viprbrhmaas; nagtrees; gvacows;
babhvubecame; sukha-samvtfilled with happiness.
The countries became wealthy, the towns and villages auspicious, and the demigods,
brhmaas, trees, and cows happy.
Text 20
deva-dundubhayo nedur
jaya-dhvani-samkul
yatra tatra mah-rja
sarve magala param
deva-dundubhayathe drums of the demigods; nedusounded; jayaof victory;

dhvaniwith sounds; samkulfilled; yatrawhere; tatrathere; mah-rjaO great
king; sarvemof all; magalamauspiciousness; paramgreat.
The drums of the demigods were filled with sounds of victory. Everywhere was great
auspiciousness.
Text 21
vidydhar ca gandharv
siddha-kinnara-cra
jagu sunyak devs
tuuvu stutibhi param
vidydharVidydharas; caalso;
gandharvGandharvas; siddhaSiddhas;
kinnaraKinnaras; craCaranas; jagusang;
sunyakgreat; devdemigods; tuuvupraised; stutibhiwith prayers; paramthe
Supreme.
The Vidydharas, Gandharvas, Siddhas, Kinnaras, and Craas sang, and the great
demigods offered prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Texts 22-24
nantur divi gandharv

vidydharyo mudnvit
prijtaka-mandra-
mlat-sumansi ca
mumucur deva-mukhy ca
garjanta ca ghan jale
bhdre budhe ka-pake
dhatrarke harae ve
kare 'amym ardha-rtre
nakatrea-mahodaye
andhakrvte kle
devaky auri-mandire
virsd dhari skd
raym adhvare 'gni-vat
nantudanced; diviin heaven; gandharvthe
Gandharvas; vidydharyathe Vidhyadharas; mud-
anvitwith happiness; prijtakaparijatas;
mandramandaras; mlatmalatis; sumansiand
sumanas; caand; mumucureleased; deva-
mukhythe great demigods; caand;
garjantaroaring; caand; ghanthe clouds;
jalein water; bhdrein the month of Bhadra;
budhemercury; ka-pakein the dark fortnight;
dhatra-kethe star Rohi; haraeharaa-yoga;
veTaurus; kareon the horizon; aamymon the
eighth day; ardhain the middle; rtreof the
night; nakatreaof the moon; mahgreat;
udayein the rising; andhakrawith darkness;
vtecovered; kleat the time; devakymin
Devak; auriof Vasudeva; mandirein the palace; virstappeared; hariLord Hari;
sktdirectly; raymon the arai stick;
adhvarein a yaja; agnifire; vatlike.
The happy Gandharvas and Vidydharas danced in heaven, the great demigods threw
many prijta, mandra, mlat, and sumana flowers, and the clouds thundered and
sprinkled water. Then, in the month of Bhdra (August-September), during the eighth tithi of
the dark fortnight, when Mercury, Taurus, and the Rohi star were on the horizon, and the
planets were in haraa-yoga, in the middle of the night, when everything was covered with
darkness and the moon was rising, in Vasudeva's palace Lord Hari appeared from Devak as
in a yaja fire appears from the arai wood.
Texts 25-29
sphurad-aka-vicitra-hria
vilasat-kaustubha-ratna-dhriam
paridhi-dyuti-npurgada
dhta-blrka-kira-kualam
calad-adbhuta-vahni-kakana
taid-rjita-gua-mekhalcitam
madhubhd-dhvani-padma-mlina
nava-jmbnada-divya-vsasam
sa-taid-ghana-divya-saubhaga
cala-nllaka-vnda-bhn-mukham
calad-au tamo-hara para
ubhada sundaram ambujekaam
kta-ptra-vicitra-maana
satata koi-manoja-mohanam
paripratama part para
kala-veu-dhvani-vdya-tat-param
tam avekya suta yadttamo

hari-janmotsava-phulla-locana
atha vipra-janeu cu vai
niyuta san manas gav dadau
sphuratglittering; akaof jewels; vicitracolorful; hriamwearing a necklace;

vilasatglittering; kaustubhaKaustubha; ratnajewel; dhriamwearing; paridhicircle;
dyutilight; npuraanklets; agadamarmlets; dhtaheld; blrkarising sun; kira
helmet; kualamearrings; calatmoving; adbhutawonderful; vahnifire; kakanam
bracelets; taitlightning; rjitaglorious; gua-mekhal-acitamwearing a belt;
madhubhtof bees; dhvaniwith the sounds; padmaof lotuses; mlinamwearing a
garland; navanew; jmbnadaof gold; divyasplendid; vsasamgarments; sawith;
taitlightning; ghanacloud; divyasplendid; saubhagamopulence; calamoving;
nladark; alaka-vndcurly locks of hair; bhtholding; mukhamface; calatmoving;
ausplendor; tamadarkness; haramremoving; paramsupreme; ubha
auspiciousness; damgiving; sundaramhandsome; ambujalotus; kaameyes; kta
done; ptrapictures; vicitrawonderful and colorful; maanamdecoration; satatam
always; koiof ten million; manojaKmadevas; mohanamcharming; paripratamam
the Supreme Personality of Godhead; partthan the greatest; paramgreater; kalasweet;
veuflute; dhvani-vdyamusic; tat-paramdevoted; tamHim; avekyaseeing; sutam
his son; yadttamathe best of the Ydavas; hariof Lord Hari; janmabirth; utsava
festival; phullablossomed wide; locanaeyes; athathen; vipra-janeuto the
brhmaas; caalso; uat once; vaiindeed; niyutama million; sanbeing; manasin
his mind; gavmcows; dadaugave.
As he gazed at his son, who wore a glittering and colorful jewel necklace, a glittering
Kaustubha gem, splendid armlets and anklets, earrings and a helmet like the rising sun,
bracelets like wonderful flickering flames, a belt splendid as lightning, a lotus garland filled
with the buzzing of bees, and splendid garments of new gold, and who was splendid as a dark
cloud with lightning, His face with moving black locks of hair, His splendor removing the
darkness, auspicious, handsome, His eyes lotus flowers, decorated with wonderful and
colorful pictures and designs, more charming than ten million Kmadevas, and who was the
Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest and fond of sweetly playing the
flute, then Vasudeva, the best of the Ydavas, his eyes blossomed wide with the festive joy of
seeing the birth of Lord Hari, in his heart at once gave a million cows in charity to the
brhmaas.
Text 30
harim nakadundubhi stavai

stavana ta praipatya vismita
akarod udita-prabhdayo
gata-bh sti-ghe ktjali
harimto Lord Hari; nakadundubhiVasudeva; stavaiwith prayers; stavanam

praise; tamto Him; praipatyabowing down; vismitafilled with wonder; akarotdid;
uditamanifested; prabhuof the Lord; udayaappearance; gatagone; bhfear; sti-
ghein the maternity room; kta-ajaliwith folded hands.
Standing before the Lord in the maternity-room, astonished Vasudeva bowed down. Now
fearless, with folded hands he glorified the Lord with many prayers.
Text 31
r-vasudeva uvca
eko ya prakti-guair anekadhsi

hart tva janaka utsya plakas tvam
nirlipta sphika ivdya deha-varais
tasmai r-bhuvana-pate nammi tubhyam
r-vasudeva uvcar Vasudeva said; ekaone; yawho; praktiof matter;

guaiwith the modes; anekadhmany; asiare; hartremover; tvamyou; janakaO
father; utaindeed; asyaof him; plakaprotector; tvamYou; nirlpitauntouched;
sphikacrystal; ivalike; adyatoday; dehaof the body; varaiwith the colors;
tasmaito Him; r-bhuvana-pateO master of the world; nammiI offer my respectful
obeisances; tubhyamto You.
Although You are one, the modes of material nature make You (seem to be) many. You are
the creator, maintainer, and destroyer (of the worlds). As crystal is colorless, You are
untouched by material qualtities. O master of the worlds, I bow down before You.
Text 32
edhasu tv anala ivtra vartamno

yo 'nta-stho bahir api cmbara yath hi
adharo dharair ivsya sarva-sk
tasmai te nama iva sarva-go nabhasvn
edhasuin fuel; tuindeed; analafire; ivalike; atrahere; vartamnabeing;

yawho; antawithin; sthasituated; bahiwithout; apialso; caalso; ambaram
the sky; yathas; hiindeed; adharamaintainer; dharaithe earth; ivalike; asya
of that; sarvaof all; skthe witness; tasmaito Him; teto You; namaobeisances;
ivalike; sarva-gaall-pervading; nabhasvnthe air.
Your are inside, like fire in fuel. You are outside, like the sky. You are the maintainer, like
the earth. You see everything. You are present everywhere, like the air. Obeisances to You!
Text 33
bh-bhrodbhaa-harartham eva
jto go-deva-dvija-nija-vatsa-plako 'si
gehe me bhuvi puruottamottamas tva
kasn m bhuvana-pate praphi ppt
bhof the earth; bhraburden;

udbhaasoldiers; haraaremoval; arthamfor the
purpose; evaindeed; jtaborn; gaof the
cows; devademigods; dvijabrhmaas;
nijaown; vatsachildren; plakaprotector;
asiare; gehein the home; memy; bhuvion the
earth; purua-uttama-uttamaO most exalted of exalted
persons; tvamYou; kastfrom Kasa;
mmme; bhuvana-pateO master of the worlds;
praphiplease protect; pptsinful.
You are the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the

protector of the cows, demigods, brhmaas, and Your own
children, who has taken birth in my home on earth in order to
remove the great armies that now burden the earth. O master of
the worlds, please protect me from sinful Kasa.
Note: The "children" here are the Vaiavas.
Text 34
r-nrada uvca
paripratama skc
chr-ka yma-sundaram
jtv natvtha ta prha
devak sarva-devat
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; paripratamam

sktthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; r-
kamr Ka; ymadark; sundaramhandsome; jtvunderstanding; natv
bowing down;
athathen; tamto Him; prhasaid;
devakDevak; sarva-devatwho was equal to all the
demigods.
r Nrada said: Understanding that handsome and dark r
Ka was the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Devak,
who was equal to all the demigods, bowed before Him and spoke.
Text 35
r-devaky uvca
he ka he vigaita-pate parea
goloka-dhma-dhiaa-dhvaja di-deva
prea pra paripratama prabho m
tva phi phi paramevara kasa-ppt
r-devak uvcar Devak said; heO;

kaKa; heO; vigaitacountless; aaof
universes; pateO master; pareaO Supreme Lord; goloka-dhma-dhiaa-dhvajaO flag
of the abode of Goloka; di-devaO original Lord; preaO master of the
perfect; praO perfect; paripratamaO most
perfect, original Supreme Personality of Godhead; prabhaO
Lord; mmme; tvamYou; phiplease
protect; phiplease protect; paramevaraO Supreme
Lord; kasaof Kasa; pptfrom the atrocities.
r Devak said: O Ka, O master of countless universes, O

Supreme Lord, O flag of Goloka-dhma, O original Lord, O master
of the perfect, O perfect one, O most perfect original Supreme
Personality of Godhead, O Supreme Controller, please protect,
please protect me from Kasa's atrocities!
Text 36
r-nrada uvca
tac chrutv bhagavn ka

paripratama svayam
sa-smito devak auri
prha sa vjinrdana

rutvhearing; bhagavnLord; kaKa;
paripratama svayamthe original Supreme Personality of
Godhead; sa-smitawith a smile; devakmto
Devak; aurimand Vasudeva; prhasaid;
saHe; vjina-ardanathe destroyer of sins.
r Nrada said: Hearing this, Lord Ka, the original
Supreme Personality of Godhead, the destroyer of sins, smiled and
spoke to Vasudeva and Devak.
Text 37
r-bhagavn uvca
iya ca pni pati-devat ca

tva prva-sarge sutap prajrth
brahmjay divya-tapo yuvbhy
kta para nirjala-bhojanbhym

said; iyamshe; caalso; pniPni;
pati-devatthe chaste wife; caalso; tvamyou;
prva-sargein the previous creation; sutapSutap;
praj-arthdesiring children; brahmaof Brahm;
ajayby the order; divyasplendid;
tapaausterity; yuvbhymby you both; ktamwas
done; paramgreat; nirjalawithout water;
bhojanbhymor food.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: In the previous

creation she was chaste Pni, who worshiped her husband as if he
were a god, and you were Sutap, who desired to create children.
By Brahm's order you both performed great and splendid
austerities, fasting from food and drink.
Text 38
kleu manvantarake vyatte

tapa para tat tapasa prajrthi
tad prasanno yuvayor abhva
vara para brta may tadoktam
kleuin time; manvantarakewhen the manvantara; vyattehad passed; tapa

austerity;
paramgreat; tatthat; tapasaof austerity;
prajchildren; arthdesiring; tadthen;
prasannahappy; yuvayowith you both; abhvamI
became; varambenediction; paramgreat;
brtaplease speak; mayby Me; tadthen;
uktamsaid.
When in time the manvantara had passed, your austerity to
attain children continued. Then I became pleased with you and I
said, "Ask a benediction."
Text 39
rutv yuvbhy kathita tadaiva

bhyas sutas tvat-sda kilvayo
tathstu coktvtha gate mayi praj-
pat hy abhta sva-ktena dam-pat
rutvheard; yuvbhymby you both;

kathitamsaid; tadthen; evaindeed;
bhyawill be; sutason; tvatYou;
sdalike; kilaindeed; avayoof us;
tathso; astube it; caalso; uktvsaying; athathen; gategone; mayiwhen I; praj-
patprajpatis; hiindeed; abhtabecame; sva-
ktenaby that deed; dam-patman and wife.
Hearing this, you both said, "May we have a son like

You." I said, "So be it," and left. Then you became a
prajpati couple.
Text 40
na mat-sama ko 'pi suto jagaty ala

vicrya tad vm abhava parevara
r-pnigarbho bhuvi viruta punar
dvitya-kle 'ham upendra-vmana
nanot; matto Me; samaequal; ka

apianyone; sutason; jagatiin the universe;
alamgreatly; vicryathinking; tatthen; vmof
you; abhavamI became; parevarathe Supreme
Lord; r-pnigarbhar Pnigarbha; bhuviin the
world; virutafamous; punaagain; dvityaa
second; kletime; ahamI; upendrathe younger
brother of Indra; vmanaVmana.
Thinking, "No one is like Me," I, the Supreme

Personality of Godhead, became your son, famous in the world as
r Pnigarbha. Then a second time I again became your son as
Indra's younger brother Vmana.
Text 41
tathbhava hy adyatane part paro

ntvtha m prpaya nanda-mandiram
ato na bhyd bhayam augrasenata
suta samdya sukh bhaviyatha
tathso; abhavamI became; hiindeed;

adyatanetoday; partthan the greatest;
paragreater; ntvbringing; athanow;
mmMe; prpayagive; nandaof Nanda;
mandiramthe palace; atathen; nanot;
bhytmay be; bhayamfear; augrasenataof Kasa; sutamthe daughter; samdya
attaining;
sukhhappy; bhaviyathawill be.
Now I, the Supreme Lord, greater than the greatest, have

again become your son. Take Me to Nanda's palace. Don't fear
Kasa. Take (Nanda's) daughter and you will become happy.
Text 42
r-nrada uvca
tu bhtv haris tatra

tad bhya payatos tayo
dya hy aprakaa ktv
blo 'bht kau yath nata
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; tumsilent; bhtvbecoming; hariLord Hari;

tatrathere; tatthat; bhyawill be; payatolooking;
tayoof them both; dyamvisible; hiindeed;
aprakaamunmanifest; ktvbecome; blaa child; abhtbecame; kauon the earth;
yathas;
naaan actor;
r Nrada said: Now silent, Lord Hari became invisible and,

as an actor does, reappeared as an infant on the ground.
Text 43
prekhe dhtvtha ta aurir

yvad gantu samudyata
tvad vraje nanda-patyn
yogamyjani svata
prekheon the cradle; dhtvtaking;
athathen; tamHim; auriVasudeva;
yvatas; gantumto go; samudyataabout;
tvatthen; vrajein Vraja; nandaof Nanda;
patynmin the wife; yogamyYogamy; ajaniwas
born; svataherself.
As Vasudeva was placing the infant in a cradle and was about

to depart, goddess Yogamy was born in Vraja from Nanda's wife.
Text 44
tay ayne vivasmin

rakakeu svapatsu ca
dvr udghait sarv
prasphuac-chrkhalrgal
taywith her; ayneon the bed;

vivasmineverywhere; rakakeuas the guards;
svapatsuslept; caalso; dvrby the doors;
udghaitopened; sarvall; prasphuatopened; rkhalashackles; argaland
bolts.
Goddess Yogam y put all the guards to sleep, unfastened the

shackles and locks, and opened all the doors.
Text 45
nirgate vasudeve ca
mrdhni r-ka-obhite
sryodaye yath sadyas
tamo-no 'bhavat svata
nirgategone; vasudeveVasudeva; caalso;

mrdhnion the head; r-kawith r Ka;
obhitebeautified; srya-udayein the sunrise;
yathas; sadyaat once; tamaof the darkness; nadestruction; abhavatbecame;
svataspontaneously.
When, his head decorated with r Ka, Vasudeva left, the

darkness became at once destroyed, as if the sun had suddenly
risen.
Text 46
ghaneu vyomni varatsu
sahasra-vadana svar
nivrayan drgha-phair
sra aurim anvagt
ghaneuas the clouds; vyomniin the sky;

varatsurained; sahasra-vadanathousand-faced Lord
Ananta; svarindependent; nivrayanwarding
off; drghalong; phaiwith hoods;
sramtorrents of rain; aurimVasudeva;
anvagtfollowed.
As the clouds in the sky rained, thousantheaded Ananta ea,

His great hoods giving protection from the torrents of rain,
followed Vasudeva.
Text 47
rmy-vartkulvegai
siha-sarpdi-vhin
sadyo mrga dadau tasmai
klind sarit var
rmiwaves;vartwhirlppols; kulafilled; vegaiwith turbulence; sihalions;

sarpaand
snakes; dibeginning with; vhinriver;
sadyaat once; mrgama path; dadaugave;
tasmaito him; klindthe Yamun; sarit varthe
best of rivers.
Filled with great waves and whirlpools and (its shores)

filled with lions, snakes, and other wild creatures, the Yamun,
the best of rivers, gave a path to Vasudeva.
Text 48
nanda-vraja sametysau
prasupta sarvata param
iu ysod-ayane
nidhyu dadara tm
nanda-vrajamNanda's Vraja; sametyaattaining;

asauhe; prasuptamasleep; sarvataall;
paramtranscendental; iuminfant; ysod-ayaneon
Yaod's bed; nidhyaplacing; uat once;
dadarasaw; tmher.
Entering Nanda's Vraja, he placed the sleeping infant on

Yaod's bed and glanced at Yogamy.
Text 49
tat-sut samupdya
punar gehj jagma sa
trtv r-yamun auri
svgre prvavat sthita
tat-sutmher daughter; samupdyataking;

punaagain; gehtfrom the house; jagmawent;
sahe; trtvcrossing; r-yamunmr Yamun; auriVasudeva; svgreto his
own prison cell;
prvavatas before; sthitasituated.
Picking up the infant Yogamy, Vasudeva left the house,

crossed the Yamun, entered his prison cell, and became as he had
been before.
Text 50
suta sut v jta c-

jtv gop yaomat
parirnt sva-ayane
suvpnanda-nidray
sutama son; sutma daughter; vor;

jtamborn; caalso; ajtvnot knowing; gopthe gop; yaomatYaod;
parirntexhausted; sva-ayaneon her bed;
suvpaslept; nandaof bliss; nidraywith a sleep.
Not knowing whether a son or daughter had been born,

exhausted Yaod-gop slept in bed with a sleep of bliss.
Text 51
atha bla-dhvani rutv

rakak samupasthit
cu kasya vrya
gatv tad-rja-mandiram
athathen; blaof an infant; dhvanimthe
sound; rutvhearing; rakakthe guards;
samupasthitstanding by; cusaid; kasyato
Kasa; vryathe warrior; gatvhaving gone;
tad-rja-mandiramto his royal palace.
Hearing the sounds of an infant, the guards went to the

royal palace and told the warrior Kasa.
Text 52
sti-gha tvara prgt

kaso vai bhayaktura
svastha bhrtara prha
rudat dnavat sat
sti-ghamto the maternity room; tvaramquickly; prgtwent; kasaKasa;

vaiindeed;
bhayakawith fear; turaovercome; svasthe
sister; athathen; bhrtaramto the brother;
prhasaid; rudatweeping; dnavatlike a wretched
person; satthe chaste woman.
Overcome with fear, Kasa rushed to the maternity room.

Weeping like the most wretched person, the chaste sister (Devak)
spoke to her brother (Kasa).
Text 53
r-devaky uvca
sutm eka dehi me tva

putreu pramteu ca
striya hantu na yogyo 'si
bhrtas tva dna-vatsala
r-devak uvcar Devak said; sutmdaughter; ekmone; dehigive; meto me;

tvamyou; putreusons; pramteudied; caand;
striyama woman; hantumto kill; nanot;
yogyais right; asiyou are; bhrtaO brother; tvamyou; dnato they who suffer;
vatsalakind.
r Devak said: Now that my sons are dead, please give me

this one daughter. O brother, it is not right for you to kill a
girl. You are kind to they who are miserable.
Text 54
te 'nujha hata-sut
krgre niptit
dtum arhasi kalya
kaly tanuj ca me
teof you; anujthe younger sister; ahamI

am; hatakilled; sutsons; krgrein a
prison cell; niptitthrown; dtumto give;
arhasiyou deserve; kalyaO noble one;
kalymbeautiful; tanujmdaughter; caalso;
meto me.
I am your younger sister. You killed my sons and threw me in

a prison cell. O noble one, please give this beautiful daughter
to me.
Text 55
r-nrada uvca
aru-mukhy mohitay
samcchdytmaja bahu
prrthito 'kd vinirbhartsya
t sa acicchide khala
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; arutears;

mukhyface; mohitaybewildered;
samcchdyacovering; tmajmdaughter; bahumany
times; prrthitabegged; aktfrom the lap;
vinirbhartsyarebuking; tmher; sahe;
cicchideattacked; khalathe demon.
r Nrada said: Bewildered, and her face covered with

tears, Devak pleased and tried to hold the child in her lap. The
demon Kasa rebuked her and grabbed the child.
Text 56
kusaga-nitara ppa
khalo yadu-kuldhama
svasu sut il-phe
ghtvghryor nyaptayat
ku-saga-nitarawhose friends were demons;

ppasinful; khalademon; yadu-kuldhamathe lowest
of the Ydavas; svasuof his sister; sutmthe
daughter; il-pheon a stole slab;
ghtvabrabbing; aghryoby the feet;
nyaptayatthrew.
Then the sinful demon Kasa, the lowest of the Ydavas, his
friends all demons, holding his sister's daughter by her feet,
threw her against a stone slab.
Text 57
kasa-hastt samutpatya
tvara s cmbare gat
ata-patre rathe divye
sahasra-haya-sevite
kasaof Kasa; hasttfrom the hand;

samutpatyarising; tvaramquickly; sshe;
caalso; ambareto the sky; gatwent; ata-
patrea hundred-petal lotus; ratheon a chariot;
divyesplendid; sahasrathousand; hayahorses;
seviteserved.
Form Kasa's hand the girl flew into the sky and entered a
splendid hundred-petal-lotus chariot pulled by a thousand horses.
Text 58
cmarndolite ubhre
sthitdyata divya-dk
syudha-bhuj my
pradai parisevit
ata-srya-pratk
kasam ha ghana-svan
cmarawith cmaras; ndolitemoved;

ubhresplendid; sthitasituated; adyatawas
seen; divyadivine; dkappearance;
sawith; yudhaweapons; aaeight;
bhujarms; mythe goddess Yogamy; pradaiby
associates; parisevitserved; ataa hundred;
sryasuns; pratksplendor; kasamto Kasa; hasaid; ghana-svanwith a voice
like thunder.
He saw her standing on a splendid chariot with moving

cmaras. Then Goddess Yogamy, served by many attendants, her
glorious form splendid as a hundred suns, her eight arms holding
weapons, and her voice like thunder, spoke to Kasa.
Text 59
r-yogamyovca
paripratama skc
jta kva v tu te hant
vth dn dunoi vai
r-yogamy uvcar Yogamy said; paripratama

sktthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; r-
kar Ka bhagavnLord; svayampersonally;
jtaborn; kvawhere?; vor; tuindeed;
teof you; hantthe killer; vthuselessly;
dnmthis poor girl; dunoiyou trouble;
vaicertainly.
r Yogamy said: Lord r Ka, the original Supreme

Personality of Godhead, is already born. Where is He born? He
will kill you. You torture this poor girl in vain.
Text 60
r-nrada uvca
ity uktv ta tato dev

gat vindhycale girau
yogamy bhagavat
bahu-nm babhva ha

uktvspeaking; tamto him; tatathen; devthe
goddess; gatwent; vindhycaleto the Vindhya
Hills; girauon a hill; yogamyYogamy;
bhagavatgoddess; bahumany; nmnames;
babhvabecame; haindeed.
r Nrada said: After saying this, the goddess went to the
Vindhya hills. There goddess Yogamy assumed many names.
Text 61
atha kaso vismito 'bhc

chrutv mt-vaca param
devak vasudeva ca
mocaym sa bandhant
athathen; kasaKasa; vismitaastonished; abhtbecame; rutvhearing;

mtof his
mother; vacathe words; paramthen;
devakmDevak; vasudevamVasudeva; caand;
mocaym sareleased; bandhantfrom bondage.
At this Kasa became astonished. Listening to his mother's

words, he released Vasudeva and Devak from their bonds.
Text 62
kasa uvca
ppo 'ha ppa-karmha

khalo yadu-kuldhama
yumat-putra-prahantra
kamadhva me kta bhuvi
kasa uvcaKasa said; ppasinful; ahamI

am; ppasinful; karmdeeds; ahamI am;
khalaa demon; yadu-kulaof the Yadu family;
adhamathe lowest; yumatof you; putrathe sons; prahantramthe killer;
kamadhvamplease forgive;
meby me; ktamdone; bhuviin the world.
Kasa said: I am a sinner. I have done many sins. I am a

demon. I am the lowest of the Ydavas. Please forgive what I have
done in this world. (Please forgive) the killer of your sons.
Text 63
he svasa nu me aure
manye kla-kta tv idam
yena nicalyamno v
vyuneva ghanvali
he svasaO sister; nulisten; meto me;
aureO Vasudeva; manyeI think; klaby time;
ktamdone; tucertainly; idamthis; yenaby
which; nicalyamnaimmovable; vor;
vyunby the wind; ivalike; ghanaof clouds;
valia host.
O sister, hear me. O Vasudeva, I think this was all done by

time, which, as the wind moves the clouds, moves what cannot be
moved.
Text 64
vivasto 'ha deva-vkye

devs te 'pi m-gira
na jnmi kva me atrur
jta kau kathito 'nay
vivastabelieved; ahamI; devaof the

demigods; vkyein the words; devthe demigods; tethey; apialso; mfalse;
girawords; nanot; jnmiI know;
kvawhere; meof me; atruthe enemy;
jtaborn; kauon the earth; kathitasaid;
anayby her.
I believed the words of the demigods. The demigods also lie.

She said my enemy is already born on the earth. Where? I don't
know.
Text 65
r-nrada uvca
ittha kasas tad-aghryo ca

patito 'ru-mukho rudan
cakra sev param
sauhda darayas tayo
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; itthamin this

way; kasaKasa; tad-aghryoat his feet;
caalso; patitafallen; arutears;
mukhaface; rudanweeping; cakradid;
sevmservice; parammgreat; sauhdamfriendship; darayashowing; tayoto
them.
r Nrada said: Weeping, and his face covered with tears,
Kasa fell at their feet. He rendered great service to them and
he showed friendship to them.
Text 66
aho r-kacandrasya
paripratama-prabho
dna-dakai kakai ca
ki na syd bhmi-maale
ahaoh; r-kacandrasyaof r Kacandra;

paripratama-prabhothe Supreme Personality of Godhead;
dnacharity; dakaiexpert; kakaiwith sidelong
glances; caalso; kimwhether; nanot;
sytmay be; bhmi-maaleon the circle of the earth.
Ah, will the charitable glances of r Kacandra, the

Supreme Personality of Godhead, not come to the circle of the
earth?
Text 67
prta-kle tad kasa

pralambdn mahsurn
samhya khalas tebhyo
'vadad ukta ca myay
prtamorning; kleat the time; tadthen; kasaKasa; pralamba-dnheaded

by Pralamba;
mahgreat; asurndemons; samhyacalling;
khalathe demon; tebhyato them; avadatspoke; uktamsaid; caand; myayby
Yogamy.
Early in the morning the demon Kasa called together the

great demons headed by Pralambsura and told them what Yogamy
said.
Text 68
kasa uvca
jto me hy anta-kd bhmau

kathito yogamyay
anirdan nidars ca
in yya haniyatha
kasa uvcaKasa said; jtaborn; meof

me; hiindeed; antathe end; ktdoing;
bhmauon the earth; kathitaspoken; yogamyayby
Yogamy; anirdanyounger than ten days;
nidarnolder than ten days; caand;
ininfants; yyamyou; haniyathashould kill.
Kasa said: Yogamy said the person that will bring my end
is already born on the earth. Therefore all of you please kill
all infants, whether they are younger or older than ten days.
Text 69
daity cu
sajjasya dhanuo yuddhe

bhavat dvandva-yodhin
tkrenodgat dev
manyase tai katha bhayam
daitythe demons; cusaid;

sajjasyapreparing; dhanuabows; yuddhein the
battle; bhavatby you; dvandva-yodhinin a
duel; tkrenawith the sound of the bow udgatcome; devthe demigods;
manyaseyou think; taiby
them; kathamhow?; bhayamfear.
The demons said: When you ready your bow for a fight, the
twang of its string makes the demigods flee. Why do you fear
them?
Text 70
go-vipra-sdhu-rutayo
dev dharmdaya pare
vio ca tanavo hy e
ne daitya-bala smtam
gathe cows; viprabrhmaas;

sdhudevotees; rutayaand Vedas; devthe
demigods; dharmathe principles of religion;
dayabeginning with; pareothers; vioof Lord
Viu; caalso; tanavabodies; hiindeed; emof them; nein the destruction;
daityaof
the demons; balamthe power; smtamremembered.
The cows, brhmaas, devotees, Vedas, demigods, and others

headed by the principles of religion, are the limbs of Lord
Viu. When they are destroyed, the power of the demons will be
remembered.
Text 71
jto yadi mah-vius

te atrur yo mah-tale
aya caitad vadhopyo
gavdn vihisanam
jtaborn; yadiif; mah-viuLord Mah-

Viu; teyour; atruenemy; yawho;
mahof the earth; taleon the surface; ayamHe; caalso; etatthis; vadhakilling;
upyameans; gavacows; dnmbeginning with;
vihisanamviolence.
If your enemy Lord Mah-Viu is indeed born on the earth

then the way to kill Him is to attack the cows and these others.
Text 72
r-nrada uvca
ittha mahodbha du
daitey kasa-nodit
dudruvu kha gavdibhyo
jaghnur jts ca blakn
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; itthamthus;

mahgreat; udbhapowerful; duwicked;
daiteydemons; kasaby Kasa; noditsent;
dudruvuran; khamto the sky; gavaby the cows; dibhyaheaded; jaghnukilled;
jtnborn;
caalso; blakninfants.
r Nrada said: Sent by Kasa, these powerful and sinful

demons flew in the sky. They killed many newborn infants and many
cows and other pious beings.
Text 73
-samudrd bhmi-tale
vianta ca ghe ghe
kma-rpa-dhara-daity
ceru sarpa ivbhavan
-samudrtfrom the ocean; bhmi-taleto the land; viantagoing; caalso; ghe

ghefrom house to
house; kmaaccording to their own desire;
rpaforms; dharaaccepting; daitydemons;
ceruwent; sarpserpents; ivalike;
abhavanbecame.
From sea to sea traveling over the earth and entering house
after house, these demons, who could assume any form they wished,
moved about like so many snakes.
Text 74
utpath udbha daitys

tatrpi kasa-nodit
kapi surpo 'li-hato
bhta-grasta ivbhavan
utpathleft the path; udbhagreat;

daitydemons; tatrathere; apialso; kasa-
noditsent by Kasa; kapia monkey; surpaa
drunkard; aliby drink; hatadestroyed;
bhtaby a ghost; grastahaunted; ivalike;
abhavanbecame.
The great demons sent by Kasa were far from the path (of
religion). They were like a monkey, or a drunkard destroyed by
drink, or a man possessed by a ghost.
Text 75
vaideha maithila narendra upendra-bhakta

dharmiha-mukhya sutapo janaka pratpin
etat sat ca bhuvi helanam aga rjan
sarva chinatti bahulva catupadrthn
vaidehaO king of Videha; maithilaO king of

Mithil; naraof men; indraO lord; upendraof
Lord Upendra; bhaktaO devotee; dharmihaof they
who follow the principles of religion; mukhyaO first; sutapaO austere one; janakaO
father; pratpinO
powerful one; etatthis; satmof the devotees; caalso; bhuvion earth; helanam
harassment;
agaO pious one; rjanO king; sarvameverything; chinattibroke; bahulvaO
Bahulva; catupada-
arthnthe four goals of life.
O king of Videha, O king of Mithil, O lord of men, O

devotee of Lord Upendra, O first of the pious, O austere one, O
father, O powerful one, in this way (the demons) harassed the
devotees on the earth. O pious king Bahulva, (the demons) broke
apart the four goals of pious life.
Chapter Twelve
r Nanda-mahotsava-varana
Description of r Nanda's Festival
Text 1
atha putrotsava jta

rutv nanda ua-kae
brhma ca samhya
kraym sa magalam
athathen; putraof his son;

utsavamfestival; jtamborn; rutvhearing;
nandaNanda; ua-kaeat dawn; brhmanthe
brhmaas; caalso; samhyacalling; kraym
samade; magalamauspciousness.
Hearing the happy news of his son's birth, Nanda called the
brhmaas at dawn and had them perform the auspicious ceremonies.
Text 2
sa-vidhi jtaka ktv
nanda-rjo mah-man
viprebhyo dakibhi ca
mud laka gav dadau
sa-vidhifollowing tradition; jtakamthe birth

ceremony; ktvhaving done; nanda-rjaKing
Nanda; mah-manwho had a noble-heart;
viprebhyato the brhmaas; dakibhiwith priestly
rewards; caalso; mudhappily; lakama
hundred thousand; gavmcows; dadaugave.
When the traditional birth-ceremony was performed, noble-

hearted King Nanda happily gave the brhmaas a hundred thousand
cows as daki.
Text 3
kroa-mtra rtna-snn
suvara-ikharn girn
sa-rasn sapta-dhanyn
dadau viprebhya nata
kroatwo miles; mtramsize; rtnaof

jewels; snnmountain peaks; suvaraof gold;
ikharnmountain peaks; girnmountains; sa-
rasnwith nectar; saptaseven; dhanynmof
wealth; dadaugave; viprebhyato the brhmaas; natahis head bowed.
With bowed head he gave many hills of seven grains with

peaks of jewels and gold to the brhmaas.
Text 4
mdaga-v-akhdy
nedur dundubhayo muhu
gyak ca jagur dvre
nantur vra-yoita
mdaga-v-akhdybeginning with mdagas, vs, and
akhas; nedusounded; dundubhayadrums;
muhuagain and again; gyaksingers; caalso; jagusang; dvreat the door;
nantudanced; vra-yoitavragans.
Mdagas, vs, akhas, dundubhis, and other instruments

sounded again and again, singers sang, and at the entrance
vragans danced.
Text 5
patkair hema-kalaair
vitnais toraai ubhai
aneka-varai citrai ca
babhau r-nanda-mandiram
patkaiwith flags; hemagolden; kalaaiwith

pots; vitnaiwith awnings; toraaiwith
arches; ubhaiglorious; anekamany;
varaicolors; citraiwonderful; caalso;
babhaushone; r-nanda-mandiramr Nanda's palace.
Decorated with beautiful and wonderfully colorful flags,

awnings, gateways, and golden pots, r Nanda's palace was
glorious.
Text 6
rathy vthy ca dehlyo

bhitti-pragana-vedik
tolik-maapa-sabh
rejur gandha-jalmbarai
rathyhighways; vthyfootpaths; caalso; dehalyaentranceways; bhittiwalls;

praganacourtyards; vedikplatforms; tolik-
maapa-sabhgazebos and assembly-halls; rejushone; gandhafragrant; jala-
ambaraiwith water.
The highways, footpaths, entanceways, walls, courtyards,
platforms, gazebos, and assembly-halls glistened with drops of
fragrant water.
Text 7
gva suvara-agya ca
hema-ml-lasad-gal
gha-majra-jhakr
rakta-kambala-mait
gvathe cows; suvaragold; agyawiith

horns; caalso; hemaof gold; mlwith
necklaces; lasatshining; galnecks;
ghabells; majraand tinkling ornaments;
jhakrthinking; raktared; kambalablankets; maitdecorated.
The cows were decorated with red cloths and their horns were
covered with gold. Their necks glistened with golden necklaces
and they tinkled with many bells and ornaments.
Text 8
pta-pucch sa-vats ca
taru-kara-cihnik
haridra-kuakumair yukts
citra-dhtu-vicitrit
ptayellow; pucchtails; sa-vatswith

calves; caalso; taruof young girls; karaof
the hand; cihnikwith the marks; haridrawith
turmeric; kuakumaiand kuakuma; yuktendowed; citracolorful; dhtuwith mineral
pigments;
vicitritdecorated with pictures and designs.
Their tails were yellow, their calves were by their sides,

they were decorated with taru-karas, they were anointed with
turmeric and kuakuma, and they were decorated with designs and
pictures drawn in mineral colors.
Text 9
barhi-pucchair gandha-jalair
v dharma-dhurandhar
itas tato vireju r-
nanda-dvri manohar
barhipeacock; pucchaiwith feathers;

gandhascented; jalaiwith water; vbulls;
dharma-dhurandharbearing the principles of religion;
itas tatahere and there; virejushone; r-nanda-
dvriat Nanda's door; manoharhandsome.
Decorated with peacock feathers and sprinkled with scented

water, many bulls bearing the principles of religion shone
gloriously at r Nanda's door.
Text 10
go-vats hema-mlhy
mukt-hra-virjit
itas tato vilaghanto
majra-cara sit
go-vatscalves; hemagold; mlnecklaces; dhyopulent; muktof pearls;

hranecklaces; virjitsplendid; itas tatahere
and there; vilaghantaleaping; majratinkling ornaments; carahooves;
sitwhite.
Opulent with golden necklaces, spkendid with strands of

pearls, and their hooves decorated with tinkling ornaments, white
calves jumped here and there.
Text 11
rutv putrotsava tasya

vabhnu-varas tath
kalvaty gajrho
nanda-mandiram yayau
rutvhearing; putraof the son; utsavamthe

festival; tasyaof him; vabhnu-varaKing
Vabhnu; tathso; kalvatywith kalvat;
gaja-rhaon an elephant; nanda-mandiramto Nanda's
palace; yayauwent.
Hearing of the festival celebrating a son's birth, King

Vabhnu and Kalvati came, riding on an elephant, to Nanda's
palace.
Text 12
nand navopanand ca
tath a vabhnava
nnopyana-samyukt
sarve te 'pi samyayu
nandNandas; navanine;
upanandUpanandas; caalso; taththen;
asix; vabhnavaVabhnus; nnvarious;
upyanagifts; samyuktbearing; sarveall;
tethey; apialso; samyayucame.
The nine Nandas and Upanandas and the six Vabhnus all
came, bringing many gifts.
Text 13
uopari mlhy
pta-kacuka-obhit
barha-guja-baddha-ke
vana-ml-vibha
uaturban; upariabove; mlwith

garlands; hyopulent; ptayellow; kacukaupper garment; obhitdecorated;
barhapeacock feather; gujand gunja;
baddhatied; kehair; vanaforest;
mlgarlands; vibhadecorated.
Their turbans opulent with flower garlands and their hair

tied with gu and peacock feathers, they were decorated
with forest garlands and handsome with yellow garments.
Text 14
vas-dhr vetra-hast
su-ptra-tilakrcit
baddha-var parkr
gops te 'pi samyayu
vasflutes; dhrholding; vetrasticks; hastin hand; su-ptrawith beautiful

pictures and
designs; tilakawith tilaka; arcitanointed;
baddha-barhwith peacock feathers;
parkrmultitudes; gopgopas; tethey;
apialso; samyayucame.
Carrying flutes, sticks in hand, and decorated with peacock

feathers and tilaka decorations, many cowherd men came.
Text 15
ntyanta parigyanto
dhunvanto vasanni ca
nnopyana-samyukt
smarul iava pare
ntyantadancing; parigyantasinging;
dhunvantashaking; vasannigarments; caand;
nnvarious; upyanagifts; samyuktwith;
smarulbearded men; iavachildren; pareothers.
Dancing, singing, and shaking their garments, many bearded

men, accompanied by their sons, brought many different gifts.
Text 16
haiyagavina-dugdhn
dadhy-ajyn baln bahn
ntv vddh yai-hast
nanda-mandiram yayu
haiyagavinaof fresh butter; dugdhnmmilk;

dadhiyogurt; ajynmand ghee; balnofferings; bahnmany; ntvbringing;
vddhelderly;
yaisticks; hastin hand; nandaof Nanda;
mandiramto the palace; yayucame.
Sticks in hand, and bringing many offerings of butter, ghee,

milk, and yogurt, many elder cowherd men came to Nanda's palace.
Text 17
putrotsava vrajeasya
kathayanta parasparam
prema-vihvala-bhvai svair
nandru-samkul
putra-utsavamthe festival of a son; vrajeasyaof the

king of Vraja; kathayantatalking; parasparamamong
themselves; prema-vihvala-bhvaiovercome with love; svaiown; nandaof bliss;
aruwith tears;
samkulfilled.
Overcome with love and their eyes filled with tears of

bliss, they talked about the birth-festival of the king of
Vraja's son.
Text 18
jte putrotsave nanda
svnandrv-kulekaa
pujaym sa tn sarvs
tilakdyair vidhnata
jtemanifested; putrotsavethe festival of a son; nandaNanda; svnandaof bliss;

aruwith
tears; kulafilled; kaaeyes; pujaym
saworshiped; tnthem; sarvnall;
tilakdyaibeginning with tilaka; vidhnataby placing.
His eyes filled with tears of bliss, Nanda worshiped

everyone with tilaka and other gifts during the festival
celebrating his son's birth.
Text 19
r-gop cu
he vrajevara he nanda
jta putrotsavas tath
anapatyasyecchato 'lam
ata ki magala param
r-gop cuthe cowherd men said; heO;

vrajevaraking of Vraja; heO; nandaNanda;
jtaborn; putrotsavathe festival of a son;
tathso; anapatyasyaof one who is childless;
icchatadesiring; alamgreatly; atathen;
kimwhat?; magalamauspiciousness; paramgreater.
The cowherd men said: O king of Vraja, O Nanda, for a

chuldless man who desires a son, what can be more auspicious than
this festival of a son's birth?
Text 20
daivena darita ceda

dina vo bahubhir dinai
kta-kty ca bht smo
dv r-nanda-nandanam
daivenaby fate; daritam-shown; caalso;

idamthis; dinamday; vaof us; bahubhiwith
many; dinaidays; kta-ktysuccessful;
caalso; bhtbecome; smawe;
dvseeing; r-nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda.
After many days, destiny shows this day to us. As we gaze at

Nanda's son, our lives have attained success.
Text 21
he mohaneti drt tam

aka ntv gadiyasi
yad llana-bhvena
bhavit nas tad sukham
heO; mohanacharming one; itithus;

drtfrom far away; tamHim; akamon the lap;
ntvtaking; gadiyasiYou will say; yadwhen; llana-bhvenawith fondling;
bhavitwill be;
naof us; tadthen; sukhamhappiness.
When, placing Him on your lap, you fondle Him and say, {.sy
168}O my charming one," then we will be happy.
Text 22
r-nanda uvca
bhavatm ia puyj
jta saukhyam ida ubham
j-vrt hy aha gop
gopn vraja-vsinm
r-nanda uvcar Nanda said; bhavatmof you; iathe blessings; puytfrom

piety;
jtamborn; saukhyamhappiness; idamthis;
ubhamauspiciousness; jthe order;
vrtspeaking; hiindeed; ahamI; gopO
cowherd men; gopnmof the cowherd men; vraja-
vsinmof the residents of Vraja.
r Nanda said: Your pious blessings make me very happy. O

cowherd men, I am a servant obedient to the orders of the cowherd
men of Vraja.
Text 23
r-nrada uvca
r-nanda-rja-suta-sambhavam adbhuta ca
rutv visjya gha-karma tadaiva gopya
tra yayu sa-balayo vraja-rja-gehn
udyat-pramoda-pariprita-hn-mano-'ag
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; r-nanda-rjaof

King Nanda; sutaof the son; sambhavamthe birth; adbhutamwonderful; caalso;
rutvhearing;
visjyaabandoning; ghahousehold; karmaduties; tadthen; evaindeed; gopya
the gops;
tramquickly; yayuwent; sa-balayawith
offerings; vraja-rja-gehnto the palace of the king of
Vraja; udyatrising; pramodahappiness;
paripritaflooded; hthearts; manaminds;
'agand limbs.
r Nrada said: Hearing of the wonderful birth of King

Nanda's son, the gops at once abandoned their household duties.
Their hearts, minds, and limbs flooded with rising happiness,
they rushed with gifts to the palace of Vraja's king.
Text 24
-nanda-mandira-purt sva-ghd vrajantya

sarv itas tata uta tvaram vrajantya
yna-lathad-vasana-bhaa-kea-bandh
rejur narendra pathi bhpari mukta-mukt
up to; nanda-of Nanda; mandira-purtthe

palace; svaown; ghatfrom the home;
vrajantyagoing; sarvall; itas tatahere and
there; utaindeed; tvaramquickly;
vrajantyacoming; ynafrom coming;
lathatloosened; vasanagarments;
bhaaornaments; kea-bandhand hair;
rejushone; narendraO king; pathion the path; bhparion the ground; mukta
released;
muktpearls.
O king, running from their own homes to Nanda's palace,

their garments, ornaments, and hair becoming loose as they went,
and dropping pearls on the ground, they all were splendidly
beautiful.
Text 25
jhakra-npura-navagada-hema-cra-
majra-hra-mai-kuala-mekhalbhi
r-kaha-stra-bhuja-kakana-bindukbhi
prendu-maala-nava-dyutibhir vireju
jhakrajingling; npuraanklets; navanew; agadaarmlets; hemagolden; cra

garments;
majraornaments; hranecklaces;
maijewels; kualaearrings; mekhalbhiwith
belts; r-kaha-stranecklaces; bhuja-kakanawith
bracelets; bindukbhiwith dots; prafull;
indumoon; maalacircle; navanew;
dyutibhiwith splendor; virejushone.
Decorated with tinkling anklets, armlets, gold cras,

anklebells, necklaces, jewel earrings, sashes, kaa-stras,
bracelets, and binduks, they shone with the glory of a host of
full moons.
Text 26
r-rjika-lavaa-rtri-viea-crair
go-dhma-sarapa-yavai kara-llanai ca
uttrya blaka-mukhopari cis t
sarv dadur npa jagur jagadur yaodm
r-rjika-lavaa-rtri-viea-craiwith ground mustard

and salt; go-dhma-sarapa-yavaiwith wheat and barley
flour; karaof the hand; llanaiwith gentle
strokes; caalso; uttryalifting; blakaof
the child; mukhaface; upariabove; caand; ibenedictions; tthey; sarvall;
dadugave; npaO king; jaguthey sang;
jagaduthey spoke; yaodmto Yaod.
With gentle strokes they anointed the child's face with a

paste of wheat and barley flours, black mustard, and salt. They
all gave many blessings. O king, they sang, and then they spoke
to Yaod.
Text 27
r-gopya cu
sdhu sdhu yaode te

diy diy vrajevari
dhany dhany par kukir
yayy janita suta
r-gopya cuthe gops said; sdhuwell done;

sdhuwell done; yaodeO Yasod; teto you;
diyby good fortune; diyby good fortune;
vrajaof Vraja; variO queen; dhanyfortunate; dhanyfortunate; parexalted;
kukiwomb;
yayby which; ayamHe; janitaborn; sutason.
The gops said: O Yaod, well done! Well done! O queen of

Vraja, your fortune is very great! Your fortune is very great!
Your noble womb, which gave birth to such a son, is very
fortunate, very fortunate!
Text 28
icch-yukta kta te vai

devena bahu-klata
raka bla padma-netra
su-smita yma-sundaram
icchdesire; yuktamendowed; ktamdone;

teby you; vaiindeed; devenaby the Lord;
bahu-klataafter a long time; rakaplease protect;
blamthe child; padmalotus; netrameyes; su-
smitamwith a charming smile; ymadark; sundaramand
handsome.
After a long time the Lord fulfilled your desire. (O Lord,)

please protect this lotus-eyed, sweetly smiling, handsome, dark
boy.
Text 29
r-yaodovca
bhavadya-dayrbhir
jta saukhya para ca me
bhavatnm api para
diy bhyd ata param
r-yaod uvcar Yaod said; bhavadyayour; dayof mercy; rbhiwith

blessings;
jtamcreated; saukhyamhappiness; paramgreat;
caalso; meof me; bhavatnmof you;
apialso; paramthen; diyby good fortune;
bhytmay be; ata paramthen.
r Yaod said: Your kind blessings bring me great

happiness. May you always be very fortunate.
Text 30
he rohii mah-buddhe
pjana tu vrajaukasm
gatn sat-kuln
yathea hpsita kuru
he rohiiO Rohi; mahvery;

buddheintelligent; pjanamworship; tuindeed;
vraja-okasmof the people of Vraja; gatnmarrived; sat-kulnmof good families;
yathas;
iamdesired; hiindeed; psitamdesire;
kuruplease fulfill.
O very intelligent Rohi, please worship the noble people

of Vraja who have come here. Please fulfill their desires.
Text 31
r-nrada uvca
rohi rja-kanypi
tat-karau dna-linau
tatrpi nodit dne
dadv ati-mah-man
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; rohiRohi; rjaof a king; kanythe daughter;

apieven; tatthat; karauhands; dna-linaugenerous; tatrathere; apialso; nodit
sent;
dnecharity; dadaugave; ati-mah-manvery noble-
hearted.
r Nrada said: Even though she was a princess, when asked

in this way noble-hearted Rohi gave charity with two generous
hands.
Text 32
garua-var divya-vs
ratnbharaa-bhit
vyacarad rohi skt
pjayant vrajaukasa
garuafair; varcolor; divyaglistening;

vsgarments; ratnajewel; bharaaornaments;
bhitdecorated; vyacaratdid; rohiRohi;
sktdirectly; pjayantworshiping; vraja-
okasathe people of Vraja.
Then fair-complexioned, splendidly dressed, jewel decorated

Rohi worshiped the people of Vraja.
Text 33
paripratame skc
chr-ke vrajam gate
nadatsu nara-tryeu
jaya-dhvanir abhn mahn
paripratamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead;

sktdirectly; r-ker Ka; vrajamto
Vraja; gatecame; nadatsusounding; nara-
tryeuthe four kinds of men; jayaof victory;
dhvanisound; abhtbecame; mahngreat.
When r Ka, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead,

came to Vraja Village, many tryas sounded and a great cry of
"Victory!" rose up.
Text 34
dadhi-kra-ghtair gop
gopyo haiyagavair navai
iicur harits tatra
jagur uccai parasparam
dadhiwith yogurt; kramilk; ghtaiand

ghee; gopthe gopas; gopyagops;
haiyagavair navaiwith fresh butter;
iicusprinkled; haritjubilant; tatrathere; jagusang; uccailoudly;
parasparamtogether.
Then the happy gopas and gops sprinkled each other with
fresh butter and loudly sang.
Text 35
bahir anta-pure jte

sarvato dadhi-kardame
vddh ca sthla-deh ca
petur hsya kta parai
bahioutside; anta-pureinside their homes;

jtecreated; sarvatacompletely; dadhiwith
yogurt; kardamemud; vddhelder; caand; sthlalarge; dehbodies; caalso;
petufell; hsyamlaughter; ktamdone;
paraiby the others.
When a large elder gopa fell in the yogurt-mud that was

everywhere, inside and outside the homes, the others laughed.
Text 36
st pauraik prokt
mgadh vasa-saak
vandinas tv amala-praj
prastva-sadoktaya
stthe stas; pauraikthe pauraikas;

proktsaid; mgadhthe mgadhas; vaa-
saakthe reciters of genealogies; vandinathe
vandis; tualso; amalapure; prajchildren; prastavaprayers; sadalike
that; uktayawords.
Then many intelligent and pure stas, paurikas, mgadhas,

vaa-asakas, and vands recited many prayers.
Text 37
tebhyo nando mah-rjo

sahasra g pthak pthak
vaso-'lakra-ratnni
hayebhn akhiln dadau
tebhyato them; nandaNanda; mah-rjathe

great king; sahasrama thousand; gcows;
pthak pthakto each; vasagarments;
alakraornaments; ratnnijewels; hayahorses; ibhnand elephants; akhilnall;
dadaugave.
To each one Nanda Mahrja gave a thousand cows and many

garments, ornaments, jewels, horses, and elephants.
Text 38
vandibhyo mgadhebhya ca
sarvebhyo bahula dhanam
vavara dhanavad-gopo
nanda-rjo vrajevara
vandibhyato the vandis; mgadhebhyato the

magadhas; caand; sarvebhyato everyone;
bahulamabundant; dhanamwealth; vavarashowered; dhanavatwealthy; gopagopa;
nanda-rjaKing
Nanda; vrajevarathe ruler of Vraja.
King Nanda, the wealthy gopa ruler of Vraja, showered great

wealth on the vands, mgadhas, and everyone else.
Text 39
nidhi siddhi ca vddhi ca

bhuktir muktir ghe ghe
vthy vthy luhantva
tad-icch kasyacin na hi
nidhiwealth; siddhimystic perfection;

caand; vddhiglory; caand; bhuktisense
gratification; muktiliberation; ghe gheat every
home; vthy vthymon every pathway; luhantiroll
on the ground; ivaas if; tad-icchthe desire; kasyacinof someone; nanot; hiindeed.
Wealth, mystic powers, glory, sense gratification, and

liberation rolled about on the ground in every home and on every
pathway. No one had any desires left to be fulfilled.
Text 40
sanat-kumra-kapila-
uka-vysdibhi saha
hasa-datta-pulastydyair
may brahma jagma ha
sanat-kumra-kapila-uka-vysdibhiheaded by Sanat-kumra,
Kapila, uka, and Vysa; sahawith; hasa-datta-
pulastydyaithose headed by Hasa, Datta, and Pulastya;
maywith me; brahmaBrahm; jagma hawent.
Then, accompanied by me and by the great sages headed by

Sanat-kumra, Kapila, ukadeva, Vysa, Hasa, Datta, and
Pulastya, the demigod Brahm went there.
Text 41
hasrho hema-varo
muku kual sphuran
catur-mukho veda-kart
dyotayan maala diam
hasaon a swan; rhariding; hema-

varagolden color; mukuwearing a crown;
kualwearing earrings; sphuransplendid; catur-
mukhawith four faces; vedaof the Vedas; kartthe
author; dyotayanilluminating; maala diamthe
directions.
Wearing a crown and earings, his complexion the color of

gold, and filling the directions with light, four-faced Brahm,
the author of the Vedas, came, riding on a swan.
Text 42
tath tam anu bhthyo

vrho mahevara
rathrho ravi skd
gajrha purandara
tathso; tamhim; anuafter; bhtaby

ghosts and demons; hyaaccompanied; va-
rhariding on a bull; mahevaraLord iva;
ratha-rhariding on a chariot; ravithe sun-god;
sktdirectly; gaja-rhariding on an elephant;
purandaraIndra.
Accompanied by many ghosts and demons, Lord iva came,

riding on a bull. The sun-god came riding on a chariot. Indra
came riding on an elephant.
Text 43
vyu ca khajanrho
yamo mahia-vhana
dhanada pupakrho
mgrho kapevara
vyuVyus; caalso; khajana-

rhariding on a khanjana bird; yamaYama;
mahia-vhanariding on a buffalo; dhanadaKuvera;
pupaka-rhariding on a flower chariot; mga-
rhariding on a deer; kapevarathe moon-god.
Vyu came riding on a khajana bird. Yamarja came
riding on a buffalo. Kuvera came riding on a flower chariot. The
moon-god came riding on a deer.
Text 44
ajrho vtihotro
varuo makara-sthita
mayra-stha krttikeyo
bhrat hasa-vahin
aja-rhariding on a ram; vtihotraAgni;

varuaVarua; makara-sthitariding on a shark;
mayra-sthariding on a peacock;
krttikeyaKrttikeya; bhratSarasvat; hasa-
vahinriding on a swan.
Agni came riding on a ram. Varua came riding on a shark.

Krttikeya came riding on a peacock. Sarasvat came riding on a
swan.
Text 45
lakm ca garurh
durgkhy siha-vhin
go-rpa-dhri pthv
vimna-sth samyayau
lakmLakm; caand; garua-rhriding on

Garua; durg-khyDurg; siha-vhinriding on a
lion; go-rpa-dhrimanifesting the form of a cow;
pthvthe earth-goddess; vimna-sthriding in a
airplane; samyayaucame.
Lakm came riding on Garua. Durg came riding on a lion.

Manifesting the form of a cow, the earth-goddess came riding in
an airplane.
Text 46
dolrh divya-var
mukhy oaa-mtik
ah ca ibikrh
khagin yai-dhri
dola-rhriding in a swing; divyasplendid;

varcolors; mukhythe most important; oaa-
mtikthe sixteen Mtiks; ahah;
caalso; ibika-rhriding on a palanquin;
khaginholding a sword; yai-dhriholding a stick.
The sixteen Mtks came riding on a swing, and Goddess

ath, holding a sword and club, came riding on a palanquin.
Text 47
magalo vanarrho
bhsrho budha smta
gpati kasra-stha
ukro gavaya-vhana
magalathe ruler of the planet mars; vnara-

rhariding on a gorilla; bhsa-rhariding on a
rooster; budhathe ruler of the planet mercury;
smtaconsidered; gpatithe ruler of the planet
jupiter; kasra-sthariding on a black-deer;
ukrathe ruler of the planet Venus; gavaya-vhanariding
on an ox.
The ruler of the planet Mars came riding on a gorilla. The

ruler of the planet Mercury came riding on a rooster. The ruler
of the planet Jupiter came riding on a black stag. The ruler of
the planet Venus came riding on an ox.
Text 48
ani ca makarrha
ura-stha sihika-suta
koi-blrka-saka
yayau nanda-mandiram
anithe ruler of the planet Saturn; caalso;

makara-rhariding on a shark; ura-sthariding on a
camel; sihik-sutathe ruler of the planet Rahu;
koimillions; blrkaof rising suns;
saksplendid; yayauthey came; nandaof
Nanda; mandiramto the palace.
The ruler of the planet Saturn came riding on a shark. The

ruler of the planet Rhu came riding on a camel. Splendid as
millions of suns, they came to Nanda's palace.
Text 49
kolhala-samyukta
gopa-gop-gakulam
nanda-mandiram abhyetya
kaa sthitv yayu sur
kolhalawith a tumult; samyuktamendowed;

gopaof gopas; gopand gops; gaawith
multitudes; kulamfilled; nanda-mandiramNanda's
palace; abhyetyaattaining; kaamfor a moment; sthitvstanding; yayuwent;
surthe dmeigods.
Finally coming to Nanda's palace, which was filled with many

gopas and gops making a great tumult, the demigods paused for a
moment, and then entered.
Text 50
paripratama skc
chr-ka bla-rpiam
natv dv tad devs
cakrus tasya stuti parm
paripratamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;

sktdirectly; r-kamr Ka; bla-rpiamin
the form of a child; natvoffering obeisances;
dvseeing; tadthen; devthe demigods;
cakrudid; tasyato Him; stutimprayers;
parmexcellent.
After offering obeisances to Him and gazing at Him, the

demigods offered many eloquent prayers to r Ka who, although
manifesting the form of a child, was the original Supreme
Personality of Godhead.
Text 51
vkya ka tad dev

brahmdy ibhi saha
sva-dhmni yayu sarve
harit prema-vihval
vkyaseeing; kamLord Ka; tadthen; devthe demigods; brahmdy

headed by Brahm;
ibhithe sages; sahawith; svaown;
dhmnito the abodes; yayuwent; sarveall;
harithappy; premawith love; vihvalovercome.
After gazing at Lord Ka, Brahm and the demigods and

sages, now very happy and overwhelmed with feelings of love, went
to their own abodes.
Chapter Thirteen
Ptan-moka
The Liberation of Ptan
Texts 1 and 2
r-nrada uvca
aury-anmaya-pcchrtha
kara dtu npasya ca
putrotsava kathayitu
nande r-mathura gate
kasena preit du
ptan ghta-kri
pureu grma-ghoeu
carant gharghara-svan
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; auriof

Vasudeva; anmayathe welfare; pcchquestion; arthamfor the purpose; karamtax;
dtumto
give; npasyato the king; caalso; putraof
his son; utsavamthe festival; kathayitumto
describe; nandewhen Nanda; r-mathuramto r
Mathur; gatewent; kasenaby Kasa;
preitsent; dudemon; ptanPtan;
ghta-krimurderess; pureu in cities;
grmatowns; ghoeuand cowherd villages;
carantgoing; gharghara-svanmaking a rumbling sound.
While, to ask about Vasudeva's welfare, to pay his tax to

the king, and to describe his son's birth-festival, Nanda was in
r Mathur, the murderess Ptan, sent by Kasa, was traveling
among cities, towns, and cowherd villages, making a menacing
rumbling sound.
Text 3
atha gokulam sdya

gopa-gop-gakulam
rpa dadhra s divya
vapu oaa-varikam
athathen; gokulamGokula; sdyaattaining; gopaof gopas; gopand gops;
gaawith
multitudes; kulamfilled; rpama form;
dadhraassumed; sshe; divyamglorious;
vapuform; oaasixteen; varikamyears.
Coming to Gokula, which was filled with many gopas and

gops, the demoness assumed the form of a splendid sixteen-year
old girl.
Text 4
na ke 'pi rurudhur gop

sundar t ca gopik
ac v ram rambh
rati ca kipatm iva
nanot; ke apianyone; rurudhustopped;

gopgopas; sundarmbeautiful; tmher;
caalso; gopikgops; acmac;
vmSarasvat; ramlakm; rambhmRambh;
ratimRati; caalso; kipatmeclipsing; ivaas
if.
No gopa or gop stopped this beautiful girl, who seemed to

eclipse the goddesses ac, Sarasvat, Lakm, Rambh, and Rati.
Text 5
rohiy ca yaody
dharity sphurat-kuc
akam dya ta bla
llayant puna puna
rohiymwhen Rohi; caalso;

yaodymYaod; dharitymwere arrogantly ignored; sphuratmanifest; kuc
breasts; akamon her
lap; dyataking; tamHim; blamthe
infant; llayantfondling; puna punaagain and
again.
Ignoring Rohi and Yaod, she took the infant on her lap,
fondled Him again and again, and then exposed her breasts.
Text 6
dadau ior mah-ghor

klktvta stanam
prai srdha papau dugdha
kau rovto hari
dadauplaced; ioof the infant; mahvery; ghorterrible; klktawith poison;

vtamcovered; stanambreast; prailife
breath; srdhamwith; papaudrank;
dugdhammilk; kaumbitter; roawith anger;
vtafilled; hariLord Hari.
When the very horrible demoness gave her poison-covered

breast to Him, infant Lord Hari became angry and drank her life-
breath along with the bitter milk.
Text 7
muca muca vadantttha

dhavant piita-stan
ntv bahir gat ta vai
gata-my babhva ha
mucaleave!; mucaleave!;
vadantsaying; itthamthus; dhavantrunning;
piitatortured; stanbreasts; ntvbringing;
bahioutside; gatgone; tamHim;
vaiindeed; gatagone; myillusion;
babhvabecame; haindeed.
Screaming "Leave me! Leave me!", and her breast

filled with pain, she ran outside, bringing the infant with her
and her magical illusion now gone.
Text 8
patan-netr veta-gtr
rudant patit bhuvi
nanda tena brahma
sapta lokair bilai saha
patatfalling; netreyes; vetaperspiring; gtrlimbs; rudantscreaming; patit

fallen; bhuvito the ground; nandamade a sound; tenaby
that; brahmamthe universe; sapta-lokaithe seven
planetary systems; bilaiand the expanses of outer
space; sahawith.
Screaming, her eyes bulging and limbs perspiring, she fell

to the ground, making a sound that filled the universe with its
seven planetary systems and empty regions of outer space.
Texts 9 and 10
cacla vasudh dvpais

tad adbhutam ivbhavat
a-kroa s dhn drghn
vkn pha-tale gatn
cr-cakra vapu
vajragena npevara
vadantas te gopa-ga
vkya ghora vapur mahat
caclamoved; vasudhthe earth; dvpaiwith its

continents; tatthat; adbhutama wonder;
ivalike; abhavatwas; a-kroamtwelve miles;
sshe; dhnhard; drghntall;
vkntrees; pha-taleto the ground;
gatnwent; cr-cakrabroke into pieces;
vapuwith the body; vajragenalightning bolt;
npevaraO king of kings; vadantasaying;
tethey; gopa-gathe gopas; vkyaseeing;
ghoramhorrible; vapuform; mahatgreat.
A great wonder happened. The earth and all its continents

moved. She became twelve mils long and her thunderbolt body broke
many tall and strong trees and made them fall to the ground. O
king of kings, when the gopas saw her horrible gigantic body,
they said:
Texts 11 and 12
asy aguli-go blo

na jvati kadcana
tasy urasi snanda
kranta su-smita ium
dugdha pitv jmbhamna

ta dv jaghu striya
yaoday ca rohiy
nidhyorasi vismit
asyof her; aguli-gagone on a finger;

blainfant; nanot; jvatilives;
kadcanaever; tasyof her; urasion the breast; snandamhappily; krantam
playing; su-
smitamsmiling; iumchild; dugdhammilk;
pitvhaving drunk; jmbhamnamyawning; tamHim; dvseeing; jaghu
grabbed; striyathe
women; yaodayby Yaod; caalso; rohiyby
Rohi; nidhyaplacing; urasion the breast;
vismitastonished.
"The child was crushed by her fingers. He could not

have remained alive." Then, seeing the smiling infant yawn after
drinking the demoness' milk, and then play on her breast, the
astonished women, along with Yaod and Rohiia, grabbed Him, and
pulled Him down from the breast.
Text 13
sarvato blaka ntv
rak cakrur vidhnata
klind-puya-mt-toyair
go-puccha-bhramadibhi
sarvatacompletely; blakamthe infant;

ntvtaking; rakmprotection; cakrudid;
vidhnataproperly; klindof the Yamun;
puyasacred; mtwith mud; toyaiand water;
gaof the cows; pucchatails; bhramaawith the
movements; dibhibeginning.
Then they took the child and acted to give Him protection by
anointing Him with the Yamun's sacred water and clay, by having
a cow wave its tail before Him, and by doing other things also.
Text 14
go-mtra-go-rajobhi ca
snpayitv tv ida jagu
gacow; mutraurine; gacow;

rajobhiwith dust; caand; snpayitvbathing;
tuindeed; idamthis; jagusang.
Bathing Him with cow dust and cow urine, they chanted:
Text 15
r-gopya cu
r-kas te ira ptu

vaikuha kaham eva hi
vetadvpa-pati karau
nsika yaja-rpa-dhk
r-gopya cuthe gops said; r-kamay r

Ka; teYour; irahead; ptuprotect; vaikuhamay Lord Vaikuha; kaham
neck;
evacertainly; hiindeed; vetadvpa-patithe Lord od
vetadvpa; karauears; nsikamnose; yaja-rpa-dhkHe who has the form of Lord
Yaja.
The gops said: May r Ka protect Your head. May Lord

Vaikuha protect Your neck. May the Lord of vetadvpa protect
Your ears. May Lord Yaja protect Your nose.
Text 16
nsiho netra-yugma ca
jihv daarathtmaja
adharv avat te tu
nara-nryanv
nsihaNsiha; netraeyes; yugmampair;

caand; jihvmtongue; daarathtmajaLord Rma, the
son of Daaratha; adharaulips; avatmmay
protect; teYour; tuindeed; nara-nryanau
Nara-Nryaa i.
May Lord Nsiha protect Your two eyes. May Lord Rma
protect Your tongue. May Lord Nara-Nryaa i protect Your
lips.
Text 17
kapolau pntu te skt

sanakdy kal hare
bhala te sveta-vrho
nrado bhr-late 'vatu
kapolaucheeks; pntumay protect; tethey; sktdirectly; sanakdythe four

Kumras;
kalkal expansions; hareof Lord Hari;
bhalamforehead; teYour; sveta-vrhaveta
Varha; nradaNrada; bhr-latethe two vines of
Your eyebrows; avatumay protect.
May the four Kumras. who are Lord Hari's kal expansions,
protect Your cheeks. May Lord veta Varha protect Your forehead.
May Lord Nrada protect the two vines of Your eyebrows.
Text 18
cibuka kapila ptu

datttreya uro 'vatu
skandhau dvv abha ptu
karau matsya praptu te
cibukamchin; kapilaKapila; ptumay

protect; datttreyaDatttreya; urachest;
avatumay protect; skandhaushoulders; dvautwo; abhaabha; ptumay protect;
karauhands; matsyaMatsya; praptumay protect; teYour.
May Lord Kapila protect Your chin. May Lord Datttreya

protect Your chest. May Lord abha protect both Your shoulders.
May Lord Matsya protect Your hands.
Text 19
dor-daa satata raket

pthu pthula-vikrama
udara kamaha ptu
nbhi dhanvantari ca te
dor-daamarms; satatamalways; raketmay

protect; pthuPthu; pthula-vikramavery
powerful; udarambelly; kamahaLord Krma;
ptumay protect; nbhimnavel;
dhanvantariDhanvantari; caand; teYour.
May powerful Lord Pthu always protect Your arms. May Lord
Krma protect Your abdomen. May Lord Dhanvantari protect Your
navel.
Text 20
mohin guhya-dea ca
kai te vmano 'vatu
pha paraurma ca
tavor bdaryaa
mohinMohin; guhya-deamprivate parts;

caalso; kaimhips; teYour;
vmanaVmana; avatumay protect; phamback; paraurmaParaurma; ca
also; tavaYour;
rthighs;' bdaryaaVysa.
May rmat Mohin protect Your private parts. My Lord

Vmana protect Your hips. May Lord Paraurma protect Your back.
May Lord Vysa protect Your thighs.
Text 21
balo jnu-dvaya ptu

jaghe buddha praptu te
padau ptu sa-gulphau ca
kalkir dharma-pati prabhu
balaBalarma; jnu-dvayamtwo knees; ptumay

protect; jaghelegs; buddhaBuddha;
praptumay protect; teYour; padaufeet;
ptumay protect; sawith; gulphauankles;
caalso; kalkiKalki; dharmaof religion;
patithe master; prabhuthe Lord.
May Lord Balarma protect Your knees. May Lord Buddha

protect Your shins. May Lord Kalki, the master of religion,
protect Your ankles and feet.
Text 22
sarva-rak-kara divya
r-ka-kavaca param
ida bhagavat datta
brahmae nbhi-pakaje
sarva-rak-karamall protection; divyamglorious; r-kaof r Ka; kavacam

the armor;
paramgreat; idamthis; bhagavatby the Lord;
dattamgiven; brahmaeto Brahm; nbhinavel;
pakajeon the lotus.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead gave this glorious and

transcendental r Ka-kavaca (armor of Lord Ka), which
gives all protection, to the demigod Brahm on the lotus flower
of His navel.
Text 23
brahma ambhave datta

ambhur durvsase dadau
durvs r-yaomatyai
prdc chr-nanda-mandire
brahmaby Brahm; ambhaveto Lord iva;

dattamgivem; ambhuLord iva; durvsaseto
Durvs; dadaugave; durvsDurvs; r-
yaomatyaito r Yaod; prdtgave; r-nandaof
r Nanda; mandirein the palace.
Then Brahm gave it to Lord iva. Lord iva gave it to

Durvs Muni. Durvs Muni gave it to r Yaod in r Nanda's
palace.
Text 24
anena rak ktvsya

gopbhi r-yaomat
pyayitv stana dna
viprebhya pradadau mahat
anenaby it; rakmprotection; ktvdoing; asyaof Him; gopbhiby the gops;
r-
yaomatr Yaod; pyayitvcausing to drink;
stanambreast; dnamcharity; viprebhyato the
brhmaas; pradadaugave; mahatgreat.
In this way r Yaod and the gops gave protection to

(infant Ka). Then r Yaod gave Him her breast milk to
drink, and then she gave great charity to the brhmaas.
Text 25
tad nanddayo gop

gat mathur-purt
dv ghora ptankhya
babhvur bhaya-vihval
tadthen; nanda-dayaheaded by Nanda;

gopthe gopas; gatarrived; mathur-purtfrom
the city of Mathur; dvseeing;
ghoramhorror; ptan-khyamnamed Ptan;
babhvubecame; bhayawith fear;
vihvaloverwhelmed.
When, just returned from Mathur City, the gopas headed by

Nanda saw horrible Ptan, they were overcome with fear.
Text 26
chitv kuhrais tad-deha

gop r-yamun-tae
anek ca cit ktv
dahaym sur eva tam
chitvcutting; kuhraiwith axes; tad-

dehamher body; gopthe gopas; r-yamun-taeon
the Yamun's shore; anekmany; caalso;
citpyres; ktvmaking; dahaym suburned;
evaindeed; tamit.
Cutting it up with axes, and making many pyres by r
Yamun's shore, the gopas burned her body.
Text 27
el-lavaga-rkhaa-
tagarguru-gandhi-bht
dhmo dagdhasya dehasya
pavitrasya samutthita
el-lavaga-rkhaaof el, lavaga, and rkhaa;

tagaraof tagara; guruand of aguru; gandhithe
scent; bhtmanifesting; dhmasmoke;
dagdhasyaof the burned; dehasyabody;
pavitrasyapurified; samutthitarisen.
The smoke that rose from her now purified burning body was
fragrant as el, lavaga, rkhaa, tagra, and aguru.
Text 28
aho kam te ka v
vrajma araa tv iha
ptanyai moka-gati
dadau patita-pvana
ahaoh; kamfor Ka; teexcept;

kamto whom?; vor; vrajmawe go;
araamshelter; tucertainly; ihahere;
ptanyaito Ptan; moka-gatimthe destination of
liberation; dadaugave; patitaof the fallen;
pvanathe purifier.
Of whom else but Ka will we take shelter? The purifier of

the fallen, He gave liberation to Ptan.
Text 29
r-bahulva uvca
keya v rakas prva

ptan bla-ghtin
via-stan dua-bhv
para moka katha gat
r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; kwho?; iyamshe; vor; rakasthe

demoness;
prvambefore; ptanPtan; blaof children;
ghtinthe murderess; viapoison; stanbreast; dua-bhvwicked; paramultimate;
mokamlibreation; kathamhow?; gatattained.
r Bahulva said: Who was this demoness in her previous

birth? Why did evil Ptan, who murdered children by giving them
her poisoned breast, attain ultimate liberation?
Text 30
r-nrada uvca
bali-yaje vmanasya
dv rpam ata param
bali-kany ratnaml
putra-sneha cakra ha
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; baliof Bali Mahrja; yajein the sacrifice;
vmanasyaof Lord Vmana; dvseeing; rpamthe
form; ata paramthen; baliof Bali; kanythe
daughter; ratnamlRatnaml; putrato a son;
snehamaffection; cakra hadid.
Seeing the form of Lord Vmana in Bali Mahraja's yaja, Bali's daughter Ratnaml felt
for the Lord (a mother's)
love for her son.
Text 31
etdo yadi bhaved
blas ta hi uci-smitam
pyaymi stana tena
prasanna me manas tad
etdalike that; yadiif; bhavetwould be; blaboy; tamHim; hicertainly;

ucipure; smitamsmile; pyaymiI give to drink; stanambreast; tenaby that;
prasannamhappy; memy; manaheart; tadthen.
(She thought:) If I had a son like Him, then I would give

that gloriously smiling son the milk from my breast to drink. In
that way my heart would become happy.
Text 32
bale parama-bhaktasya
sutyai vmano hari
manorathas tu te bhuyn
manasy api vara dadau
baleof Bali Mahrja; paramagreat;

bhaktasyadevotee; sutyaito the daughter;
vmanaVmana; harithe Supreme Personality of
Godhead; manorathathe desire; tucertainly;
teof you; bhuytmay be; manasiin His heart;
apialso; varamthe benediction; dadaugave.
"may your desire be fulfilled." In this way the

Personality of Godhead, Lord Vmana, gave a blessing in his heart
to the daughter of His great devotee Bali Mahrja.
Text 33
sbhavad dvparnte vai

ptan nma virut
r-ka-spara-sambht
para prpta-manorath
sshe; abhavatbecame; dvpara-anteat the end
of Dvpara-yuga; vaiindeed; ptanPtan;
nmanamed; virutfamous; r-kaof r
Ka; sparaby the touch; sambhtmanifested; paramthen; prptaattained;
manorathdesire.
At the end of Dvpara-yuga she became known as Ptan. Then,

by Lord Ka's touch, she attained her desire.
Text 34
ya ptan-mokam ima oti

kasya devasya part parasya
bhaktir bhavet prema-yutpi tasya
tri-varga-uddhi kim u maithilendra
yawho; ptanof Ptan; mokamliberation; imamthe; otihears; kasya

devasyaof Lord
Ka; part parasyagreater than the greatest;
bhaktidevotion; bhavetis; prema-yutwith love; apialso; tasyaof Him; tri-varga
in the three
goals of life; uddhipurification; kim uwhat to
speak of?; maithila-indraO king of Mithil.
O king of Mithil, a person who hears of Ptan's liberation

will become purified of the three material desires and will
attain pure love and devotion for Lord Ka, the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest.
Chapter Fourteen
akasura-tvarta-moka
The Liberation of akasura and Tvarta
Text 1
r-garga uvca
ity eva kathita divya
r-ka-carita varam
ya oti naro bhakty
sa ktrtho na saaya
r-garga uvcar Garga Muni said; itithus;

evamin thjis way; kathitamsaid;
divyamtranscendental; r-kaof r Ka;
caritampastimes; varamexcellent; yahone who;
otihears; naraa person; bhaktywit
devotion; sahe; ktrthasuccessful;
nanot; saayadoubt.
r Garga Muni said: A person who with devotion hears Lord

Ka's transcendental pastimes becomes perfect and successful.
Of this there is no doubt.
Text 2
r-aunaka uvca
sudh-kt para mia

r-ka-carita ubham
rutv tan-mukhata skt
ktrth smo vaya mune
r-aunaka uvcar Garga said; sudh-ktthan

nectar; parammore; miamsweet; r-ka-
caritamr Ka's pastimes; ubhambeautiful;
rutvhearing; tan-mukhatafrom his mouth;
sktdirectly; ktrthsuccessful;
smabecome; vayamwe; muneO sage.
r aunaka said: O sage, hearing from your mouth r

Ka's beautiful pastimes, which are sweeter than nectar, we
have now become successful.
Text 3
r-ka-bhakta nttm
bahulava sat vara
atho muni ki papraccha
tan me brhi tapo-dhana
r-ka-bhaktaa devotee of r Ka;

ntapeaceful; tmat heart;
bahulavaBahulva; satmof the pious; varathe
best; athathen; munimthe sage;
kimwhat?; papracchaasked; tatthat; meto
me; brhiplease tell; tapaausterity;
dhanawealth.
What did Bahulva, who was a peaceful-hearted devotee of

Lord Ka, and who was the best of the pious, ask the sage then?
O saint wealthy in austerity, please tell me this.
Text 4
r-garga uvca
atha rj maithilendro
harita prema-vihvala
nrada prha dharmtm
paripratama smaran
r-garga uvcar Garga said; athathen; rj

maithilendrathe kin gof Mithil; haritahappy;
premawith love; vihvalaovercome; nradamto
Nrada; prhasaid; dharmaof religion;
tmthe heart; paripratamamthe Supreme Personality of
Godhead; smaranremembering.
r Garga Muni said: Happy, overcome with love, and

meditating on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the saintly-
hearted king of Mithil spoke to Nrada.
Text 5
r-bahulva uvca
dhanyo 'ha ca ktrtho 'ha

bhavat bhri-karma
sago bhagavadyn
durlabho durghao 'sti hi

dhanyafortunate; ahamI am; caand;
ktrthasuccessful; ahamI; bhavatby you;
bhrigreat; karmadeeds; sagaassociation;
bhagavadynmof the great devotees of the Lord;
durlabhadifficult to attain; durghaadifficult to
be; astiis; hiindeed.
r Bahulva said: Because of you, whose devotional service

is very great, I have become fortunate and successful.
Association with the Lord's great devotees is very rare and
difficult to attain.
Text 6
r-kas tv arbhaka skd

adbhuto bhakta-vatsala
agre cakra ki citra
carita vada me mune
r-kar Ka; tuindeed;

arbhakainfant; sktdirectly;
adbhutawonderful; bhaktato the devotees;
vatsalaaffectionate; agrein the first;
cakradid; kimwhat?; citramwonderful;
caritamactivities; vadaplease tell; meme;
muneO sage.
What wonderful activities did wonderful infant Ka, who

loves His devotees, do? O sage, please tell me.
Text 7
r-nrada uvca
sdhu pa tvay rjan

bhavat ka-dharmi
sagama khalu sdhn
sarve vitanoti am
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; sdhuwell;

pamasked; tvayby you; rjanO king;
bhavatby you; ka-dharmia devotee of Lord Ka; sagamaassociation; khalu
indeed; sdhnmof
saintly devotees; sarvemall; vitanotigives; amhappiness and auspiciousness.
r Nrada said: O king, as a devotee of Lord Ka, you

have asked a very good question. Association with saintly
devotees brings happiness and auspicious to everyone.
Text 8
ekad ka-janmarke
yaod nanda-gehin
gop-gopn samhya
magala ckarod dvijai
ekadone day; ka-janma-keon the day of Ka's

birth-star; yaodYaod; nanda-gehinNanda's
wife; gopthe gops; gopnand gopas;
samhyacalling; magalamauspiciousness;
caalso; akarotdid; dvijaiby the brhmaas.
On the day of Ka's birth-star, Nanda's wife Yaod called

together the gopas and gops and had the brhmaas perform
auspicious ceremonies.
Text 9
raktmbara kanaka-bhaa-bhitga
bla praghya kalitjana-padma-netram
yma sphurad-dhari-nakhvta-candra-hra
devn praamya su-dhana pradadau dvijebhya
raktared; ambaramgarments; kanakagolden; bhaaornaments; bhita

decorated;
agambody; blamboy; praghyataking;
kalitadecorated; ajanablack ajana; padmalotus; netrameyes; ymamdark;
sphuratglittering; harilion; nakhanails;
vtafilled; candramoon; hramneclace;
devnto the demigods; praamyabowing down; su-
dhanamgreat wealth; pradadaugave; dvijebhyato the
brhmaas.
Taking her dark boy, who was dressed in red garments and
who, His limbs decorated with golden ornaments and His lotus eyes
with black ajana, wore a glittering moon necklace of
lion's nails, she offered respectful obeisances to the demigods
and gave great wealth to the brhmaas.
Text 10
prekhe nidhya nijam tmajam u gop

sampjya magala-dine prati gopiks t
naivot su-ruditasya sutasya abda
gopeu magala-gheu gatgateu
prekheon the cradle; nidhyaplacing;

nijamown; tmajamson; uat once; gopthe
gop; sampjyarespectfully greeting; magala-dineon
that auspicious day; pratito; gopikgops;
tthe; nanot; evaindeed; aotheard; su-ruditasyacrying; sutasyason;
abdamthe
sound; gopeuamong the gopas;
magalaauspicious; gheuin the homes;
gatagoing; gateuand coming.
On that auspicious day she placed her son in His cradle, and
quickly greeted the gops. As the cowherd people came and went in
the auspicious rooms, the gop Yaod did not hear the sound of
her crying son.
Text 11
tatraiva kasa-khala-nodita utkackhyo

daitya prabhajana-tanu akaa sa etya
blasya mrdhni pariptayitu pravtta
ko 'pi ta kila tata padruena
tatraithere; evaindeed; kasa-khalaby the

demon Kasa; noditasent; utkaca-khyanamed
Utkaca; daityaa demon; prabhajanamade of the wind; tanua body; akaamthe
cart;
sahe; etyaentering; blasyaof the boy;
mrdhnion the head; pariptayitumto throw to the
ground; pravttaengaged; kaKa;
apieven; tamhim; kilaindeed;
tatastruck; padwith a foor; aruenared.
Then, when a demon named Utkaca, who had been sent by the
demon Kasa, and who had a body made of air, went to a cart and
tried to make it fall on Ka's head, infant Ka kicked the
cart with the red sole of His foot.
Text 12
cre gate 'tha akae patite ca daitye

tyaktv prabhajana-tanu vimalo babhva
natv hari ata-hayena rathena yukto
goloka-dhma nija-lokam ala jagma
creto pieces; gategone; athathen;

akaewhen the cart; patitefell; caalso;
daityethe demon; tyaktvabandoning; prabha
24janaof air; tanumbody; vimalapure;
babhvabecame; natvoffering obeisances; harimto
Lord Hari; ataa hundred; hayenahorses;
rathenawith a chariot; yuktaendowed; goloka-
dhmato the abode of Goloka; nija-lokamHis own abode; alamgreatly; jagmawent.
When the cart broke into pieces the demon fell. Leaving his
body of air, he attained a pure spiritual body and, after
respectfully bowing down before Lord Hari, in a chariot pulled by
a hundred horses went to the Lord's own abode of Goloka.
Text 13
nanddayo vraja-jan vraja-gopik ca

sarve sametya yugapat pthuks tad hu
ea svaya ca patita sakaa katha hi
jntha he vraja-sut su-gat ca yyam
nandawith Nanda; dayabeginning; vraja-

janthe people of Vraja; vraja-gopikthe gops of
Vraja; caand; sarveall; sametyagoing;
yugapatat the same moment; pthuknto the children;
tatthis; husaid; eathis; svayamby
itself; caand; patitafallen;
sakaacart; kathamhow?; hiindeed;
jnthayou know; hehe; vrajaof Vraja; sutO
children; su-gatpresent; caalso; yyamyou
all.
Headed by Nanda, the men and gops of Vraja at once

converged on that place and asked the children, "How
could this cart have fallen by itself? O children of Vraja, you were here. You know."
Text 14
r-bl cu
prekha-stho 'ya kipan pdau

rudan dugdhrtham eva hi
tata pda akae
teneda patita khalu
r-bl cuthe children said; prekhaon the

cradle; sthasituated; ayamHe;
kipankicking; pdauboth feet; rudancrying;
dugdhamilk; arthamfor the purpose; evaindeed; hicertainly; tatastruck; pdam
on foot;
akaeon the cart; tenaby that; idamit;
patitamfell; khalucertainly.
The children said: Staying in the cradle, crying for milk,

and kicking His feet, the child hit the cart with one foot and it
fell.
Text 15
raddh na cakrur blokte

gop gopya ca vismit
traimsika kva blo 'ya
kva caitad bhra-bht tv ana
raddhmfaith; nanot; cakrudid; blaof

the children; uktein the words; gopthe gopas; gopyagops; caand; vismit
amazed;
traimsikathree months old; kvawhere?;
blainfant; ayamHe; kvawhere?; caand; etatthis; bhraa great burden; bht
holding; tuindeed; anacart.
Astonished, the gopas and gops did not believe the

childrens' words. "What is this three-month old infant in
comparison to this heavily-burdened cart?"
Text 16
blam ake s ghtv

yaod graha-akit
kraym sa vidhi-vad
yaja viprai su-tarpitai
blamthe infant; akeon the lap; sshe;

ghtvtaking; yaodaYaod; grahaa ghost;
akitfearing; kraym sacaused to be done;
vidhi-vataccording to the rules; yajama
sacrifice; vipraiby the brhmaas; su-
tarpitaipleased.
Fearing a ghost had come, Yaod took the infant on her lap,
gave offerings to the brhmaas and had them perform a
traditional yaja.
Text 17
r-bahulva uvca
ko 'ya prva tu kual

daitya utkaca-nma-bhk
aho ka-pda-spard
gato moka mah-mune
r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; kawho?; ayamhe; prvambefore; tu

indeed;
kualfortunate; daityademon; utkaca-nma-
bhknamed Utkaca; ahaoh; kaof Lord Ka; pdaof the foot; spartfrom the
touch;
gataattained; mokamliberation; mahgreat;
muneO sage.
O great sage, in his previous birth who was this fortunate

demon named Utakaca, who attained liberation by the touch of Lord
Ka's foot?
Text 18
r-nrada uvca
hirayka-suto daitya
utkaco nma maithila
lomaasyrame gacchan
vk cr-cakra ha
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; hiranyka-sutathe

son of Hiranyka; daityathe demon; utkaco
nmanamed Utkaca; maithilaO king of Mithil;
lomaasyaof Lomaa Muni; ramein the hermitage;
gacchangoing; vkntrees; cr-cakra habroke.
r Nrada said: O king of Mithil, one day the demon named

Utkaca, who was Hirayka's son, went to Lomaa Muni's hermitage
and broke some trees.
Text 19
ta dv sthla-dehhya
utkackhya mah-blam
apa roa-yug vipro
videho bhava durmate
tamhim; dvseeing; sthlabig;

dehabody; hyamopulent; utkaca-khyamnamed
Utkaca; mah-blamvery powerful; apacursed; roa-yukangry; viprabrhmaa;
videhawithout a
body; bhavabecome; durmateO evil-hearted one.
Seeing the powerful giant named Utkaca, the brhmaa became

angry and cursed him, "O evil-hearted one, become
bodyless!"
Text 20
sarpa-kacukavad-deho
'patat karma-vipkata
sadyas tac-caraopante
patitv prha daitya-r
sarpaa snake; kacukavatlike the skin;

dehabody; apatatfell; karmaof deeds;
vipkataby the fruition; sadyaat once; tatof
him; caraa-upanteat the feet; patitvfalling; prhasaid; daitya-rthe king of
demons.
From this deed his body at once fell away as a snake's old
skin also falls away. The king of demons then fell at the
brhmaa's feet and spoke.
Text 21
utkaca uvca
he mune he kp-sindho
kp kuru mamopari
te prabhva na jnmi
deha me dehi he prabho
utkaca uvcaUtkaca said; heO; munesage; heO; kpof mercy; sindhaocean;
kpmmercy; kurudo; mama uparito me;
teyour; prabhvampower; nanot; jnmiI
know; dehama body; meto me; dehiplease
give; heO; prabhalord.
Utcaka said: O sage, O ocean of mercy, please be kind to me.

I did not know your power. O lord, please give me a body.
Text 22
r-nrada uvca
tad prasanna sa munir

da naya-ata vidhe
sat roo 'pi varado
varo mokrtha-da kim u
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; tadthen;

prasannapleased; sathat; munisage;
damseen; nayamorals; atama hundred; vidhefrom Brahm; satmof saintly
persons;
roaanger; apieven; varablessing;
dagiving; varablessing; moka-artha-dagiving
liberation; kim uindeed.
r Nrada said: Then the sage, who had studied a hundred

lessons in morality from the demigod Brahm, became pleased. The
anger of saintly persons brings a blessing. How great is that
blessing, which brings liberation?
Text 23
r-lomaa uvca
vta-dehas tu te bhyd
vyatte cakuntare
vaivasvatntare muktir
bhavit ca pad hare
r-lomaa uvcar Lomaa said; vtaof air;

dehaa body; tuindeed; teof you; bhytmay
be; vyattepassed; cakuntarethe cakua-
manvantara; vaivasvatntarein the vaivasvata-
manvantara; muktiliberation; bhavitwill be; caalso; padby the foot; hareof
Lord Hari.
r Lomaa said: You may have a body made of air. When the
caku-manvantara is over and the vaivasvata-manvantra has come,
Lord Hari's foot will give you liberation.
Text 24
r-nrada uvca
tasmd utkaca-daityas tu
mukto lomaa-tejas
sadbhyo namo 'stu ye nna
samarth vara-payo
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; tasmtfrom

that; utkaca-daityathe demon Utkaca; tuindeed; muktaliberated; lomaa-tejasby
the power of
Lomaa; sadbhyato the saintly devotees;
namaobeisances; astushould be; yewho;
nnamindeed; samarthare able; varato bless; payoor curse.
r Nrada said: In this way the power of Lomaa Muni gave

liberation to the demon Utkaca. I offer my respectful obeisances
to the saintly devotees of the Lord, who have the power both to
bless and to curse.
Text 25
utsage krita bla

llayanty ekad npa
giri-bhra na sehe s
vohu r-nanda-gehin
utsageon the lap; kritamplaying;

blaminfant; llayantfondling; ekadonce;
npaO king; giriof a mountain; bhramthe
weight; nanot; sehewas able; sshe;
vohumto carry; r-nanda-gehinNanda's wife.
O king, one day, as He played on her lap and she fondled

Him, Nanda's wife could not longer hold her infant boy, for he
had become as heavy as a mountain.
Text 26
aho giri-samo bla
katha syd iti vismit
bhmau nidhya ta sadyo
neda kasmai jagda ha
ahaOh; girito a mountain; samaequal;

blainfant; kathamhow?; sytmay be;
itithus; vismitastonished; bhmauon the
ground; nidhyaplacing; tamHim; sadyaat
once; nanot; idamthis; kasmaifor what
reason?; jagda hasaid.
She was astonished, "How has my infant boy become

heavy as a mountain?" She placed Him on the ground at once.
How has this happened?" she said.
Text 27
kasa-praodito daityas
tvarto mah-bla
jahra bla kranta
vta-vartena sundaram
kasa-praoditasent by Kasa; daityademon;

tvartaTvarto; mah-blavery powerful;
jahratook; blamthe infant boy;
krantamplaying; vta-vartenawith a whirlwind;
sundaramhandsome.
The powerful demon Tvarta, who had been sent by Kasa,

with a circling whirlwind grabbed the handsome, playing infant
boy.
Text 28
rajo-'ndha-kro 'bht tatra

ghora-abda ca gokule
rajasvalni caki
babhvur ghaik-dvayam
rajaof dust; andha-kraa blinding darkness;

abhtwas; tatrathere; ghoraterrible;
abdasound; caalso; gokulein Gokula;
rajasvalnifilled with dust; cakieyes;
babhvubecame; ghaik-dvayamfor an hour.
In Gokula there was blinding darkness and a terrible roar.

For an hour the dust stopped everyone's vision.
Text 29
tato yaod npayat

putra ta mandirjire
mohit rudat ghon
payant gha-ekharn
tatathen; yaodYaod; nanot;

payatsaw; putramson; tamHim; mandiraof the
house; ajirein the courtyard; mohitbewildered; rudatcrying; ghonof Vraja;
payantlooking; ghaof the houses; ekharnat the
tops.
Yaod did not see her son in the courtyard. Bewildered and
crying, she gazed at the roofs of the houses in Vraja.
Text 30
ade ca yad putre

patit bhuvi mrchit
uccai ruroda karua
mta-vats yath hi gau
adenot seen; caalso; yadwhen;

putreher son; patitfallen; bhuvion the ground; mrchitfainted; uccailoudly;
rurodacried; karuapitifully; mtadied; vatswhose calf; yathas; hiindeed;
gaua cow.
When she did not see her son, she fell to the ground
unconscious. She loudly and pitifully wept, like a cow whose calf
has died.
Text 31
rurudu ca tad gopya

prema-sneha-samkul
aru-mukhyo nanda-snu
payantyas t itas tata
ruruduwept; caalso; tadthen;

gopyathe gops; prema-sneha-samkulfilled with
love; arutears; mukhyafaces; nanda-
snumthe son of Nanda; payantyalooking; tthey; itas tatahere and there.
Filled with love, and their faces covered with tears, the
gops also wept as here and there they searched for Nanda's son.
Text 32
tvarto nabha prpta

rdhva vai laka-yojanam
skandhe sumeruvad bla
manyamna prapita
tvartaTvarta; nabhathe sky;

prptaattained; rdhvamhigh; vaiindeed;
laka-yojanameight hundred thousand miles; skandheon his
shoulder; sumeruvatlike Mount Sumeru; blamthe
infant; manyamnaconsidering; prapitatormented.
Going eight hundred thousand miles into outer space,

Tvarta was troubled, thinking the infant on his shoulder was
as heavy as Mount Sumeru.
Text 33
atha ka patayitu
daityas tatra samudyata
gala jagrha tasypi
paripratama svayam
athathen; kamKa; patayitumto drop; daityathe demon; tatrathere;

samudyatawas
eager; galamthe neck; jagrhagrasped;
tasyaof him; apialso; paripratama svayamthe
Supreme Personality of Godhead.
The demon wanted to drop Ka right there, but the tiny

Supreme Personality of Godhead steadfastly held his neck.
Text 34
muca muceti gadite

daitye ko 'dbhuto 'rbhaka
gala-grhea mahat
vyasu daitya cakra ha
mucalet go!; mucalet go!;

itithus; gaditepoken; daityethe demon;
kaKa; adbhutaastonishing;
arbhakainfant; galaneck; grheaby pulling;
mahatgreat; vyasumdead; daityamthe demon;
cakra hamade.
When the demon cried "Let go! Let go!" the wonderful
infant Ka strangled and killed him.
Text 35
taj-jyoti r-ghanayme
lna saudmin yath
daityo 'mbarn niptita
ily iun saha
tatof Him; jyotithe effulgence; r-

ghanaymedark as a monsoon cloud; lnamentered;
saudminlighting; yathas; daityathe demon; ambartfrom the sky; niptitafell;
ilymon a
boulder; iunthe infant; sahawith.
Then the demon merged in Lord Ka's effulgence as

lightning merges in a dark monsoon cloud. Then the demon and the
infant fell from the sky onto a boulder.
Text 36
vira-vayavasypi
patitasya svanena vai
vinedu ca dia sarv
kampita bhmi-maalam
virabroken; avayavasyaof the body;

apialso; patitasyafallen; svanenaby the sound; vaicertainly; vineduresounded;
caalso;
diathe directions; sarvall;
kampitamtrembled; bhmi-maalamthe earth.
The sound of the fallen body breaking into pieces filled all
the directions and make the earth tremble.
Text 37
tat-pha-stha iu tu
rudantyo gopiks tata
dadur yugapat sarv
ntv mtre dadur jagu
tat-pha-sthamon the back; iumthe infant;

tumsilent; rudantyawailing; gopikgop;
tatathen; dadusaw; yugapatat once;
sarvall; ntvbringing; mtreto His mother; dadugave; jaguspoke.
The weeping gops saw the infant sitting silently on the

demon's back. They quickly brought Him to His mother, gave Him to
her, and then spoke.
Text 38
r-gopya cu
na yogysi yaode tva

bla llayitu mank
na gh te kvacid d
kruddhsi kathitena vai
r-gopya cuthe gops said; nanot;

yogysuitable; asiyou are; yaodeO Yaod;
tvamyou; blaminfant; llayitumto love;
mankat all; nanot; ghkindness; teof
you; kvacitat all; dseen;
kruddhcruel; asiyou are; kathitenaby the
words; vaiindeed.
The gops said: Yaod, you have no right to embrace this

child. You have no kindness. Your own words show how cruel you
are.
Text 39
prpte 'ndhakare svroht

ko 'pi bla jahti hi
tvay nirghay bhmau
dhto blo mah-bhaye
prpteattained; andhakareblinding darkness;
svaown; rohtfrom the lap; kawho?;
apiindeed; blaman infant; jahtiputs down;
hiindeed; tvayby you; nirghaymerciless;
bhmauon the ground; dhtaplaced; blainfant; mahgreat; bhayein fear.
In that blinding darkness who took an infant from their lap

and abandoned it? You were so merciless that in that terrifying
moment you placed your own infant boy on the ground.
Text 40
r-yaodovca
na jnmi katha blo

bhra-bhto girndra-vat
tasmn may kto bhmau
cakravte mah-bhaye
r-yaod uvcar Yaod said; nanot;

jnmiI know; kathamhow?; blainfant;
bhra-bhtabecome very heavy; giri-indra-vatas the king
of mountains; tasmtbecause of that; mayby me; ktadone; bhmauon the ground;
cakravtein the
whirlwind; mah-bhayeterrifying.
r Yaod said: How did my child become as heavy as the

king of mountains? I don't know. That is why during the terrible
whirlwind I placed Him on the ground.
Text 41
r-gopya cu
m m vada kalyi
he yaode gata-vyathe
aya dugdha-mukho blo
laghu kusuma-tla-vat
r-gopya cuthe gops said; mdon't;

mlies; vadatell; kalyiO beautiful one;
heO; yaodeYaod; gatagone;
vyatheanxiety; ayamHe; dugdhamilk; mukhain
His mouth; blainfant; laghulight; kusuma-
tla-vatas a flower.
The gops said: O beautiful one, don't lie! O Yaod now

free from all trouble, this infant, the milk still in His mouth,
is as light as a flower!
Text 42
r-nrada uvca
tad gopyo 'tha gop ca

nanddy gate iau
atva-moda samprpur
vadanta kuala janai

gopyathe gops; athathen; gopthe gopas;
caand; nanda-dyheaded by Nanda; gatecame; iauchild; atva-modamgreat
happiness;
samprpuattained; vadantaspeaking;
kualamauspicious words; janaiby the people.
r Nrada said: When infant Ka was returned the gops

and gopas headed by Nanda became very happy and happily spoke
among themselves.
Text 43
yaod blaka ntv

pyayitv stana muhu
ghryorasi vastrea
rohi prha mohit
yaodYaod; blakamthe infant;

ntvbringing; pyayitvmade drink;
stanambreast; muhuagain and again;
ghryasmelling; urasion the chest; vastreawith
garments; rohimto Rohi; prhasaid;
mohitbewildered.
Yaod took the infant, made Him again and again drink from
her breast, smelled His head, and dressed Him in nice clothes. Then, bewildered, she spoke to
Rohi.
Text 44
r-yaodovca
eko daivena datto 'ya

na putr bahava ca me
tasypi bahavo '
gacchanti kaena vai
r-yaod uvcar Yaod said; ekaone;

daivenaby fate; dattagiven; ayamHim;
nanot; putrsons; bahavamany; caaslo; meof me; tasyaof Him; apialso;
bahavamany; adangers; gacchanticome;
kaenaat every moment; vaicertainly.
r Yaod said: Fate has given me only one son. I do not

have many sons. But to that one son many dangers come at every
moment.
Text 45
adya mtyu-mukhn mukto

bhaviyat kim ata para
ki karomi kva gacchmi
kutra vso bhaved ata
adyatoday; mtyuof death; mukhnfrom the

mouth; muktafreed; bhaviyatwould be;
kimwhat?; ata paramthen; kimwhat?; karomiI
do; kvawhere?; gacchmiI go;
kutrawhere?; vsaresidence; bhavetwould be;
atathen.
Today He escaped from death's mouth. If He had died what

would have happened? What would I do? Where would I go? Where
would I live then?
Text 46
vajra-sr ca ye daity
nirday ghora-daran
vaira kurvanti me ble
daiva daiva kuta sukham
vajraas a thunderbolt; srstrong;

caaslo; yewhich; daitydemons;
nirdaymerciless; ghoraterrible; daranto
see; vairamhatred; kurvantido; meto my; bleson; daivaO fate; daivaO fate;
kutawhere?; sukhamhappiness.
Many demons who are strong as thunderbolts and terrible to see hate my son. O fate, fate,
how will we be happy?
Text 47
dhana deho gha saudho

ratnni vividhni ca
sarve tu hy avaya vai
bhyn me kual iu
dhanamwealth; dehabody; ghamhome;

saudhaa palace; ratnnijewels;
vividhnivarious; caand; sarvemof all;
tucertainly; hiindeed; avayaminevitably;
vaiindeed; bhytmay become; meof me;
kualhappy; iuchild.
My wealth, body, palace, and many jewels are all only so my

son will be happy.
Text 48
harer arc dnam ia

prta devlaya atam
kariymi tad blo
'riebhyo vijay yad
hareof Lord Hari; arcmworship;

dnamcharity; iam prtampublic welfare activities; devlayamtemples; atama
hundred; kariymiI
will do; tadthen; blaboy; ariebhyaover
dangers; vijayconquering; yadwhen.
I will worship Lord Hari, give charity, do great public

welfare works, and build a hundred temples. Then my boy will be
victorious over all dangers.
Text 49
eka-blena me saukhyam
andha-yair iva priye
bla ntv gamiymi
dee rohi nirbhaye
ekawith one; blenachild; meof me;

saukhyamof happiness; andhaa blind;
yaistick; ivaas if; priyeO dear one;
blamboy; ntvbringing; gamiymiI will go;
deein the country; rohiiO Rohi; nirbhayewithout
fear.
My son will make me happy. I will become like a blind stick

immobile with bliss. O dear Rohi, I will take my son and go to
the kingdom of fearlessness.
Text 50
r-nrada uvca
tadaiva vipr vidvsa

gat nanda-mandiram
yaoday ca nandena
pjit sana-sthit

evacertainly; viprthe brhmaas;
vidvsawise; gatcame; nanda-mandiramto Nanda's
palace; yaodaywith Yaod; caand;
nandenawith Nanda; pjitworshiped; sanaon a
seat; sthitsituated.
r Nrada said: Then many learned brhmaas came to Nanda's

palace. Nanda and Yaod worshiped them and gave them seats.
Text 51
r-brhma cu
m oca kuru he nanda

he yaode vrajevari
kariyma io rak
cira-jv bhaved ayam
r-brhma cuthe brhmaas said; mdon't;

ocamlamentation; kurudo; heO;
nandaNanda; heO; yaodeYaod; vrajevariO
queen of Vraja; kariymawe will do; ioof the
boy; rakmprotection; cirata long time;
jvliving; bhavetwill be; ayamHe.
The brhmaas said: O Nanda, O Yaod queen of Vraja, don't

lament. We will protect your son. He will live for a long time.
Texts 52 and 53
r-nrada uvca
ity uktv dvija-mukhys te

kugrair nava-pallavai
pavitra-kualais toyair
g-yaju-sma-jai stavai
parai svasty-ayanair yaja

krayitv vidhnata
agni sampjya vidhi-vad
rak vidadhire io

uktvsaying; dvija-mukhythe great brhmaas;
tethey; kua-agraiwith tips of kua grass; nava-
pallavaiand new twigs; pavitrapure; kualaiauspicious; toyaiwith water; g-yaju-
sma-jaifrom the g, Sma, and Yajur Vedas; stavaiwith
prayers; paraitranscendental; svasty-ayanaiwith
blessings; yajamsacrifice;
krayitvperforming; vidhnataaccording to proper
procedure; agnimfire; sampjyaworshiping;
vidhi-vatproperly; rakmprotection;
vidadhiredid; ioof the child.
After saying this, the great brhmaas, with new twigs, kua
grass, pure sacred water, prayers from the g, Sma, and Yajur
Vedas, and many auspicious blessings, properly performed a
yaja and properly worshiped the sacred fire. In this way
they established the protection of child Ka.
Text 54
r-brhma cu
dmodara ptu pdau

jnni vistara-rav
r ptu harir nbhi
paripratama svayam
r-brhma cuthe brhmaas said; dmodaraLord

Dmodara; ptumay protect; pdaufeet;
jnniknees; vistara-ravLord Vistara-rav;
rthighs; ptumay protect; hariLord Hari;
nbhimnavel; paripratama svayamthe Supreme Personality
of Godhead.
The brhmaas said: May Lord Dmodara protect Your feet. May
Lord Vistararav protect Your knees. May Lord Hari protect Your
thighs. May the Supreme Personality of Godhead protect Your
navel.
Text 55
kai rdh-pati ptu

pta-vsas tavodaram
hdaya padma-nbha ca
bhujau govardhanoddhara
kaimhips; rdh-patithe Lord of Rdh;

ptumay protect; pta-vsawho wears yellow garments; tavaYour; udaramabdomen;
hdayamchest;
padma-nbhathe Lord whose navel is a lotus; caand;
bhujauarms; govardhana-uddharathe lifter of Govardhana
Hill.
May the Lord of Rdh protect Your hips. May the Lord who
wears yellow garments protect Your abdomen. May the Lord whose
navel is a lotus flower protect Your chest. May the Lord who
lifted Govardhana Hill protect Your arms.
Text 56
mukha ca mathur-ntho
dvrakea iro 'vatu
pha ptv asura-dhvas
sarvato bhagavn svayam
mukhamface; caand; mathur-nthathe Lord of

Mathur; dvrakeathe Lord of Dvrak;
irahead; avatumay protect; phamback;
ptumay protect; asura-dhvasthe killer of the
demons; sarvatacompletely; bhagavn svayamthe
Supreme Personality of Godhead.
May the Lord of Mathur protect Your face. May the Lord of
Dvrak protect Your head. May the Lord who kills the demons
protect Your back. May the Supreme Personality of Godhead give
You all protection.
Text 57
loka-trayam ida stotra

ya pahen mnava sad
mah-saukhya bhavet tasya
na bhaya vidyate kvacit
loka-trayamthree verses; idamthis;

stotramprayer; yaone who; pahet-recites;
mnavaa human being; sadregularly; mah-
saukhyamgreat happiness; bhavetwill be; tasyaof
him; nanot; bhayamfear; vidyateis;
kvacitat any time.
A human being who regularly recites this prayer of three

verses will always be very happy. He will never fear.
Text 58
r-nrada uvca
nandas tebhyo gav laka

suvara daa-lakakam
sahasra nava-ratnn
vastra-laka dadau param
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; nandaNanda;

tebhyato them; gavmof cows; lakama hundred
thousand; suvaramgold; daa-lakakama million; sahasrama thousand; navanew;
ratnnmjewels; vastraof garments; lakama hundred thousand;
dadaugave; paramthen.
r Nrada said: To them Nanda gave a hundred thousand cows,

a million gold coins, a thousand new jewels, and a hundred
thousand opulent garments.
Text 59
gateu dvija-mukhyeu
nando gopn niyamya ca
bhojaym sa sampjya
vastrair bhair manoharai
gateuwere gone; dvija-mukhyeuwhen the great

brhmaas; nandaNanda; gopnthe gopas;
niyamyaattaining; caalso; bhojaym safed;
sampjyaworshiping; vastraiwith garments;
bhaiwith ornaments; manoharaibeautiful.
When the great brhmaas had gone, Nanda invited the gopas,
fed them sumptuously, honored them, and gave them many beautiful
garments and ornaments.
Text 60
r-bahulva uvca
tvarta prva-kle
ko 'ya sukta-kn nara
paripratame skc
chr-ke lnat gata

tvartaTvarta; prva-klein his previous time; kawho?; ayamhe; sukta-kt
performer of pious
deeds; naraperson; paripratame sktin the
Supreme Personality of Godhead; r-ker Ka;
lnatmmerging; gataattained.
r Bahulva said: What pious deeds did Tvarta perform

in his previous birth that he merged into Lord Ka, the Supreme
Personality of Godhead?
Text 61
r-nrada uvca
pu-deodbhavo rj
sahasrka pratpavn
hari-bhakto dharma-niho
yaja-kd dna-tat-para
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; pu-deain the

country of Pu; udbhavaborn; rjking;
sahasrkaSahasrkaeyes; pratpavnpowerful;
hariof Lord Hari; bhaktaa devotee; dharma-nihaa
follower of religion; yaja-ktperformer of
sacrifices; dna-tat-paradevoted to giving charity.
r Nrada said: He was Sahasrka, a powerful king of Pu-dea. He was a devotee of

Lord Hari, a follower of
religion, a performer of yajas, and a giver of charity.
Text 62
rev-tae mah-divye
lat-vetra-samkule
nr ca sahasrea
ramamo cakra ha
revof the Rev; taeon the bank; mah-

divyevery splendid; lat-vetra-samkulefilled with
vines; nrmof women; caalso;
sahasreawith a thousand; ramamaenjoying; cakra
hadid.
On the shore of the Rev, in a very splendid place filled

with flowering vines, he enjoyed pastimes with a thousand
beautiful women.
Text 63
durvsasa muni skd

gata na nanma ha
tad munir dadau pa
rkaso bhava durmate
durvsasam munimDurvs Muni; sktdirectly;

gatamarrived; nanot; nanma haoffered
obeisances; tadthen; munithe sage;
dadaugave; pama curse; rkasaa demon;
bhavabecome; durmateO evil-hearted one.
When Durvs Muni came there the king did not bow down to
offer respects to him. Then the sage cursed him, "O evil-
hearted one, become a demon!"
Text 64
punas tad-aghryo patita

npa prdd vara muni
r-ka-vigraha-sparn
muktis te bhavit npa
punaagain; tatof him; aghryoat the

feet; patitamfallen; npamto the king;
prdtgave; varama blessing; munithe sage;
r-kaof r Ka; vigrahaof the body;
spartby the touch; muktiliberation; teof
you; bhavitwill be; npaO king.
When the king fell at his feet, the sage gave a blessing,
"O king, the touch of r Ka's form will give you
liberation."
Text 65
r-nrada uvca
so 'pi durvsasa pt
tvarto 'bhavat bhuvi
r-ka-vigraha-spart
para mokam avpa ha
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; sahe;

apialso; durvsasaof Durvs; ptfrom the
curse; tvartaTvarta; abhavatbecame;
bhuvion earth; r-kaof r Ka; vigrahaof the
form; spartby the touch; para
mokamliberation; avpaattained; hacertainly.
r Nrada said: Because of Durvs's curse he became

Tnvarta on the earth and by the touch of r Ka's form he
attained liberation.
Chapter Fifteen
Nanda-patny viva-rpa-daranam
Revelation of the Universal Form to Nanda's Wife
Text 1
r-nrada uvca
prekhe hari kanaka-ratna-maye ayna

yma iu jana-mano-hara-manda-hsam
dyrti-hri mai-bindu-dhara yaod
svke cakra dhta-kajjala-padma-netram
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; prekheon the

cradle; harimLord Hari; kanakaof gold;
ratnaand jewels; mayemade; aynamresting;
ymamdark; iuminfant; janaof the people;
manathe hearts; haraenchanting; mandagentle;; hsamsmile; dyby a glance;
artisufferings; hriremoving; maiof mai;
bindua dot; dharamwearing; yaodYaod;
svakeon her lap; cakradid; dhtaheld;
kajjalaof black kajjala; padmalotus; netrameyes.
r Nrada said: Yaod took dark Lord Hari, whose gentle

smile enchants the people's hearts, whose glance takes away their
troubles, who was decorated with dots of mai, whose lotus eyes
were anointed with black kajjala, and who was resting in a cradle
of gold and jewels, on her lap.
Text 2
pada pibantam ati-cacalam adbhutga

vakrair vinla-nava-komala-kea-bandhai
rman-nkeari-nakha-sphurad-ardha-candra
ta llayanty ati-gh mudam pa gop
padamfoot; pibantamdrinking; ati-ca 24calamvery restless; adbhutawonderful;

agamlimbs; vakraiwith curly; vinlablack;
navanew; komalasoft; kea-bandhaihair;
rmathandsome; nkearilion's; nakhanails;
sphuratglistening; ardhahalf; candrammoon;
tamHim; llayantfondling; ati-ghwith
kindness; mudamhappiness; paattained;
gopthe gop.
Filled with tender motherly love, the gop attained great

happiness as she caressed the restless child now licking His
foot, decorated with a glittering half-moon necklace of lion's
nails, His limbs very wonderful, and handsome with curly new
black hairs.
Text 3
blasya pta-payaso npa jmbhitasya

tattvni csya vadane sakale 'virjan
mt surdhipa-mukhai prayuta ca sarva
dv para bhayam avpa nimlitak
blasyaof the infant; ptadrunk;

payasamilk; npaO king; jmbhitasyayawned;
tattvnithe truths; caand; asyaof Him;
vadanein the mouth; sakaleall;
avirjanmanifested; mtthe mother; surdhipa-
mukhaiby the great leaders of the demigods;
prayutamjoined; caalso; sarvamall;
dvseeing; paramgreat; bhayamfear;
avpaattained; nimlitaclosed; akeyes.
O king, when the child, finished with drinking milk, yawned,

all the elements of the universe suddenly appeared in His mouth.
Seeing the entire universe and all the demigods suddenly present
in her son's mouth, mother Yaod, now closing her eyes, became
very afraid.
Text 4
rjan parasya paripratamasya skt

kasya vivam akhila kapaena s hi
naa-smti punar abht sva-sute ghrt
ki varaymi sutapo bahu nanda-patny
rjanO king; parasya paripratamasya skt

kasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Ka;
vivamthe universe; akhilamthe entire; kapaenaas a
trick; sshe; hiindeed; naadestroyed; smtimemory; punaagain; abht
became;
sva-sutefor her son; ghwith material kindness;
rtoverwhelmed; kimwhat?; varaymiI say;
sutapathe great austerities; bahumany; nanda-
patnyof Nanda's wife.
O king, her memory of seeing the entire universe destroyed

by the Supreme Lord Ka's illusory potency, she became
overpowered with maternal love for her son. How can I describe
the many great austerities Nanda's wife must have performed?
Text 5
r-bahulva uvca
nando yaoday srdha

ki cakra tapo mahat
yena r-kacandro 'pi
putr-bhto babhva ha

nandaNanda; yaodayYaod; srdhamwith; kimwhat?; cakradid; tapa
austerities;
mahatgreat; yenaby which; r-kacandraLord
Kacandra; apieven; putrson; bhto
babhva habecame.
r Bahulva said: What great austerities did Nanda and

Yaod do that r Kacandra became their son?
Text 6
r-nrada uvca
an vai vasn ca
droo mukhyo dhar-pati
anapatyo viu-bhakto
deva-rjya cakra ha
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; anmeight; vaicertainly; vasnmof the

Vasus; caalso; droaDroa; mukhyathe first; dhar-patithe
husband of Dhar; anapatyawithout children; viu-
bhaktadevoted to Lord Viu; deva-rjyamkingdom;
cakra hadid.
r Nrada said: Nanda, Dhar's husband, was the best of the

eight Vasus. Childless, and a great devotee of Lord Viu, he
ruled a kingdom in the realm of the demigods.
Text 7
ekad putra-kak ca
brahma nodito npa
mandardri gatas taptu
dharay bharyay saha
ekadone day; putraa son; kakdesiring; caalso; brahmaby Brahm;

noditasent;
npaO king; mandardrimto Mount Mandara;
gatagone; taptumto perform austerities;
dharayDhar; bharyayhis wife; sahawith.
He desired a child. Sent by the demigod Brahm, he went with

his wife Dhar to Mount Mandara to perform austerities.
Text 8
kanda-mla-phalhrau
tata paranau tata
jala-bhakau tatas tau tu
nirjalau nirjane sthitau
kanda-mlaof roots; phalaand fruits;

hraueating; tatathen; paraleaves;
aanaueating; tatathen; jalawater;
bhakaueating; tatathen; tauthey; tucertainly; nirjalauwithout water; nirjanein
a
secluded place; sthitaustayed.
First they ate only fruits and roots. Then they ate only
leaves. Then they only drank water. Then, staying in a secluded
place, they did not even drink water.
Text 9
arm arbude yte

tapas tat tapator dvayo
brahma prasannas tv etya
vara brhty uvca ha
varmof years; arbudea hundred million;

ytepassed; tapaausterities; tatthat;
tapatoperforming; dvayoboth; brahmBrahm;
prasannapleased; tauboth; etyagoing;
varambenediction; brhiplease ask; itithus;
uvcasaid; haindeed.
After they has spent a hundred million years performing

these austerities, the demigod Brahm, pleased with them,
approached and said, "Ask a benediction".
Text 10
valmkn nirgato droo

dhray bharyay saha
natv vidhi ca sampjya
harita prha ta prabhum
valmknfrom an anthill; nirgataemerged;

droaDroa; dhrayDhar; bharyayhis wife;
sahawith; natvbowing down; vidhimBrahm;
caand; sampjyaworshiping; haritahappy;
prhasaid; tamto him; prabhummaster.
Emerging from an anthill with his wife, Dhar, jubilant

Droa, bowing down and worshiping him, spoke to Lord Brahm.
Text 11
r-droa uvca
paripratame ke
putr-bhte janrdane
bhakti syd vayor brahman
satata prema-laka
r-droa uvcar Droa said; paripratameto the

Supreme Personality of Godhead; keKa; putr-
bhteas a son; janrdanethe Lord who removes His devotees'
sufferings; bhaktidevotion; sytmay be;
vayoof us; brahmanO Brahm; satatameternally; premaby love; laka
characterized.
r Droa said: O Brahm, may Lord Ka, the Supreme

Personality of Godhead, become our son, and may we both always
have love and devotion for him, the Lord who removes the
sufferings of His devotees.
Text 12
yayjas tarantha
dustara bhava-sgaram
nnya para vchita syd
vayos tapator vidhe
yayby whom; ajasquickly;

taranticross; ihahere; dustaramdifficult to
cross; bhavaof repeated birth and death; sgaramthe
ocean; nanot; anyamanother;
paramsuperior; vchitamdesired;
sytis; vayoof us; tapatoperforming
austerities; vidheO Brahm.
Love and devotion for Him enables the living entities to

cross the impassable ocean of repeated birth and death. O Brahm,
we two who are performing austerities desire nothing else.
Text 13
r-brahmovca
yuvbhy ycita yan me

durghaa durlabha varam
tathpi bhyt sa-phala
yuvayor anya-janmani
r-brahm uvcar Brahm said; yuvbhymby you

two; ycitamrequested; yatwhat; mefor
me; durghaamimpossible; durlabhamdifficult;
varambenediction; tathpistill; bhytmay
become; sa-phalamfruitful; yuvayofor you both; anyain another; janmanibirth.
r Braham said: Although I myself cannot attain the

benediction you request, I grant that your desire will be
fulfilled in another birth.
Text 14
r-nrada uvca
droo nando 'bhavad bhmau

yaod s dhar smt
ko brahma-vaca kartu
prpto ghoe pitu purt
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; droaDroa;

nandaNanda; abhavatbecame; bhmauon the earth; yaodYaod; sshe; dhar
Dhar;
smtremembered; kaKa; brahma-vacathe words
of Brahm; kartumto do; prptaattained;
ghoein Vraja; pituof the father; purtfrom the
city.
r Nrada said: Droa was born as Nanda on the earth and

Dhar was born as Yaod. To fulfill Brahm's words, Lord Ka
went from His father's palace to the village of Vraja.
Text 15
sudh-khat para mia

r-ka-carita ubham
gandhamdana-ge vai
nryaa-mukhc chrutam
sudh-khatthan nectar; parammore;

miamsweet; r-ka-caritamr Ka's pastimes;
ubhambeautiful; gandhamdana-geon the summit of Mount
Gandhamdana; vaiindeed; nryaa-mukhtfrom the
mouth of Lord Nryaa; rutamheard.
On the summit of Mount Gandhamdana I heard these beautiful,

sweeter than nectar pastimes of Lord Ka from the mouth of
Nryaa i.
Text 16
kpay ca ktrtho 'ha

nara-nryaasya ca
may tubhya ca kathita
ki bhya rotum icchasi
kpayby mercy; caalso;

ktrthasuccessful; ahamI; nara-nryaasyaof Lord
Nara-Nryaa; caalso; mayby me; tubhyamto
you; caand; kathitamspoken; kimwhat?;
bhyamore; rotumto hear; icchasido you wish.
By the mercy of Lord Nara-Nryaa I attained the goal of
life. I have told you what They said. What more do you wish to
hear?
Text 17
r-bahulva uvca
nanda-gehe hari skc

chiu-rpa santana
ki cakra balenpi
tan me brhi mah-mune
r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; nandaof

Nanda; gehein the home; hariLord Hari;
sktdirectly; iuof a child; rpathe form; santanaeternal; kimwhat?;
cakradid;
balenawith Balarma; apialso; tatthat; meto
me; brhitell; mah-muneO great sage.
r Bahulva said: When He displayed His eternal form of a

child in Nanda's home, what pastimes did Lord Hari enjoy with
Balarma. O great sage, please tell me this.
Text 18
r-nrada uvca
ekad iya-sahito
gargcryo mah-muni
auri nodita skd
yayau nanda-mandiram
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; ekadone day; iyadisciples; sahitawith;

gargcryaGarga
Acrya; mah-munithe great sage; auriby
Vasudeva; noditasent; sktdirectly;
yayaucame; nanda-mandiramto Nanda's palace.
One day, sent by Vasudeva, the great saint Garga Muni came
with his disciples to Nanda's palace.
Text 19
nanda sampjya vidhivat

pdydyair muni-sattamam
tata pradaki-ktya
sga praanma ha
nandaNanda; sampjyaworshiping;
vidhivataccording to the rules of tradition; pdya-
dyaibeginning with offering water to wash the feet;
muni-sattamamthe great sage; tatathen; pradaki-
ktyacircumambulating; sga praanma haoffered
daavat obeisances.
Following the rules of tradition, Nanda worshiped the great

sage, washing his feet and offering him many things. Then he
circumambulated him and offered obeisances, falling down like a
stick.
Text 20
r-nanda uvca
adya na pitaro dev

santu agnaya ca na
pavitra mandira jta
yumac-caraa-reubhi
r-nanda uvcar Nrada said; adyatoday;

nawith us; pitarathe Pits; devthe demigods; santupleased; agnayathe
fire-gods;
caalso; naour; pavitrampurified;
mandiramhouse; jtamborn; yumatof you;
caraaof the feet; reubhiby the dust.
r Nanda said: Today the pious forefathers, demigods, and

fire-gods are all pleased with us. Our home is now purified by
the dust of your feet.
Text 21
mat-putra-nma-karaa
kuru dvija mah-mune
puyais trthai ca duprpya
bhavad-gamana prabho
matmy; putrason's; nma-karaamname-giving

ceremony; kuruplease perform; dvijaO brhmaa; mah-muneO great sage; puyai
sacred; trthaiby
pilgrimages; caalso; duprpyamdifficult to
attain; bhavatof you; gamanamthe arrival;
prabhaO lord.
O great brhmaa sage, please perform my son's name-giving

ceremony. O lord, even by many sacred pilgrimages one cannot
attain what is attained by your visit.
Text 22
r-garga uvca
te putra-nma-karaa
kariymi na saaya
prva-vrt gadiymi
gaccha nanda raha-sthalam
r-garga uvcar Garga said; teyour;

putrason's; nma-karaamname-giving ceremony;
kariymiI will perform; nano; saayadoubt; prvaprevious; vrtmstory;
gadiymiI will
tell; gacchago; nandaO Nanda; raha-
sthalamto a secluded place.
r Garga Muni said: I will perform your son's name-giving

ceremony. Of this there is no doubt. I will tell who He was
before. O Nanda, go to a secluded place.
Text 23
r-nrada uvca
utthya gargo nandena

blbhy ca yaoday
eknte go-vraje gatv
tayor nma cakra ha
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; utthyarising; gargaGarga; nandenawith

Nanda; blbhymwith the
two boys; caand; yaodaywith Yaod;
eknteto a secluded place; go-vrajein the barn;
gatvgoing; tayoof Them; nmathe name;
cakra hadid.
Garga Muni rose and went with Nanda, Yaod, and the two
boys, to a secluded place in the cow shed. There he performed the
name-giving ceremony.
Text 24
sampjya gaanthdn
grahan saodhya yatnata
nanda prha prasanngo
gargcryo mah-muni
sampjyaworshiping; gaantha-dnbeginning with

Gaea; grahnthe planets; saodhyaappeasing; yatnatacarefully; nandamto
Nanda;
prhasaid; prasannapleased; again every limb; gargcryaGarga Muni; mah-
munithe great sage.
After worshiping the deities headed by Gaea, and after

carefully appeasing the deities of the planets, the great saint
Garga Muni, happy in every limb, spoke to Nanda.
Texts 25 and 26
r-garga uvca
rohi-nandanasysya
nmoccara uva ca
ramante yogino hy asmin
sarvatra ramatti v
gunai ca rmayan bhakts

tena rma vidu pare
garbha-sakarad asya
sakaraa iti smta
r-garga uvcar Garga said; rohi-

nandanasysyaRohi's son; nmaname;
uccaramdeclaration; uvaplease hear; caalso; ramanteare delighted; yoginathe
yogs;
hiindeed; asminwith Him; sarvatrain all
respects; ramatienjoys; itithus; vor; gunaiwith His transcendental qualities; ca
also;
rmayandelighting; bhaktnthe devotees; tenaby this; rmamRma; viduknow;
pareothers; garbhafrom the womb; sakaratbecause of being
pulled; asyaof Him; sakaraaSakaraa;
itithus; smtaremembered.
r Garga Muni said: Please hear the explanation of Rohi's

son's name. The yogs find their happiness (ramante) in Him, or
he is the greatest enjoyer (ramati), or with His transcendental
qualities He delights (rmayati) the devotees. For these reasons
the sages know Him as Rma. Because He was pulled (sakaraa)
from the womb He is also known as Sakaraa.
Text 27
sarvvasedya ea
baldhikyd bala vidu
sva-putrasypi nmni
u nanda hy atandrita
sarvaeverything; avasearemaining;
dyambeginning; eamea; bala-dhikytbecause of
great strength; balamBala; viduknow; sva-
putrasyaof your own son; apialso; nmnithe
names; uplease hear; nandaO Nanda;
hiindeed; atandritawithout being fatigued.
Because when the universe is annihilated He alone remains

(avaea), the sages know Him as ea. Because He is extremely
strong (bala), they know Him as Bala. O Nanda, please be
attentive and hear the names of your son.
Text 28
sadya pri-pavitri
jagat magalni ca
ka-kra kamal-knta
-kro rma ity api
sadyaat once; prithe living entities;

pavitripurifying; jagatmof the universes;
magalnithe auspiciousness; caalso; ka-krathe
letter k; kamal-kntathe lover of the goddess of
fortune; -krathe letter ; rmathe enjoyer; itithus; apialso;
His names at once purify the living entities. His names are
the auspiciousness of all the universes. In His name the letter K
stands for Kamal-knta (the husband of the goddess of fortune).
stands for Rma (the supreme enjoyer).
Text 29
a-kra a-gua-pati
vetadvpa-nivsa-kt
a-kro nrasiho 'yam
a-karo hy akaro 'gni-bhuk
a-krathe letter ; a-gua-patithe master of six

opulences; vetadvpa-nivsa-ktwho resides at
vetadvpa; a-krathe letter ; nrasihaLord
Nr siha; ayamthis; a-karathe letter a;
hiindeed; akarathe immortal; agnithrough the
fire; bhukeats.
stands for a-gua-pati (the master of six opulences) or

vetadvpa-nivsa-kt (The Lord who resides in vetadvpa).
stands for Lord Nsiha. A stands for Akara (the immortal) or
Agni-bhuk (the Lord who enjoys the offerings of agni-hotra
yajas).
Text 30
visargau ca tath hy etau

nara-nryav
sampraln ca a pr
yasmin cchuddhe mahtmani
visargauthe letter ; caalso; tathso;

hiindeed; etauThey; nara-nryaauNara-Nryaa
is; sampralnentered; caalso;
asix; prfull; yasminin whom;
uddhepure; mahtmaniSupreme Person.
The letter stands for Nara-Nryaa i. In this way these

six letters combine to become the name of the pure Supreme
Person.
Note: In the Sanskrit alphabet the letter is represented

by two dots. An example follows in parenthesis (:). The two dots
stand for the two sages Nara-Nryaa.
Text 31
paripratame skt
tena ka prakrtita
uklo raktas tath pto
varo 'synu-yuga dhta
paripratamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead;

sktdirectly; tenaby this; kaKa;
prakrtitais said; uklawhite; raktared;
tathso; ptayellow; varacolor; asyaof
Him; anufollowing; yugamthe yugas;
dhtaheld.
In this way the Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as

Ka. In white, red, and yellow forms He appears in the yugas
one after another.
Text 32
dvparnte kaler dau

blo 'ya kat gata
tasmt ka iti khyto
nmnya nanda-nandana
dvparaof the Dvpara-yuga; anteat the end;

kaleof Kali-yuga; dauatb the beginning;
blaboy; ayamHe; katma dark complexion;
gataattained; tasmttherefore; kaKa;
itithus; khytacelebrated; nmnby name;
ayamHe; nandaof Nanda; nandanathe son.
Now, at the end of Dvpara-yuga and the beginning of Kali-

yuga, He has a dark (ka) complexion. For this reason He is
named Ka. He is this boy, the son of Nanda.
Text 33
vasava cendriyti
tad deva cittam eva hi
tasmin yas ceate so 'pi
vsudeva iti smta
vasavavasu; caand; indriyithe senses; itithus; tat devadeva; cittamthe

heart;
evaindeed; hiindeed; tasminin that;
yawho; ceateacts; saHe; apialso;
vsudevaVsudeva; itithus; smtaremembered.
The word "vasu" means "the senses", and the

word "deva" means "the heart". Because He acts in
the hearts and senses of the living entities, He is known as
Vsudeva.
Text 34
vabhnu-sut rdh
y jt krti-mandire
tasy patir aya skt
tena rdh-pati smta
vabhnuof King Vabhnu; sutthe daughter;

rdhr Rdh; ywho; jtborn; krtiof
Krti; mandirein the palace; tasyof Her;
patithe husband; ayamHe; sktdirectly;
tenaby that; rdh-patias Rdh-pati;
smtaremembered.
He is the husband (pati) of Rdh, King Vabhnu's daughter

born in the palace of Queen Krti, and therefore He is known as
Rdh-pati.
Text 35
paripratama skc
chr-ka bhagavn svayam
goloke dhmni rjate

Lord; svayamHimself; asakhyacountless;
brahmaof universes; patithe master; goloke
dhmniin the abode of Goloka; rjateshines.
He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, r

Ka, the master of countless universes. He is splendidly
manifest in transcendental abode of Goloka.
Text 36
so 'ya tava i ur jto
bhrvataraya ca
kasdn vadhrthya
bhaktn rakaya ca
sa ayamthis person; tavayour; i uson;

jtaborn; bhraburden; avatarayafor removing; caand; kasa-dnmof the
demons beginning with
Kasa; vadha-arthyafor killing; bhaktnmof the
devotees; rakayafor protection; caalso.
That same Supreme Personality of Godhead is now born as your

child. He has come to remove the earth's burden, to kill the
demons headed by Kasa, and to protect the devotees.
Text 37
anantny asya nmni

veda-guhyni bhrata
llbhi ca bhaviyanti
tat-karmasu na vismaya
anantniendless; asyaof Him; nmninames; vedato the Vedas; guhyni

confidential; bhrataO
descendent of KIng Bharata; llbhiwith pastimes;
caalso; bhaviyantiwill be; tat-karmasuin His
deeds; nano; vismayasurprise.
O descendent of King Bharata, according to His different

pastimes Your son will have names without end, names that are
secret even from the Vedas. Do not be surprised at what He is
able to do.
Text 38
aho bhgya tu te neda

skc chri-puruottama
tvad-ghe vartamno 'ya
i u-rpa part para
ahaah; bhgyamgood fortune; tucertainly; teof you; nanot; idamthis;

sktdirectly; ri-puruottamathe Supreme Personality of
Godhead; tvatof you; ghein the home;
vartamnabeing; ayamHe; i uof a child;
rpain the form; part paragreater than the greatest.
Ah, how fortunate you are! Appearing as a small child, the
Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest,
now stays in your home.
Text 39
r-nrada uvca
ity uktvtha gate garge

svtmna pram iam
mene pramudita patny
nanda-rjo mah-mati

uktvsaying; athathen; gategone;
gargeGarga; svtmnamown; pramperfect;
iambenediction; meneconsidered;
pramuditajoyful; patnywith his wife; nanda-
rjaKing Nanda; mah-matigreat hearted.
r Nrada said: Garga Muni said this and left. Then noble-
hearted King Nanda, along with his wife, thought about the great
blessing they had received.
Text 40
atha gargo jni-varo

jna-do muni-sattama
klind-tra-obhhya
vabhnu-pura gata
athathen; gargaGarga; jni-varathe

best of philosophers; jna-dagreat teacher; muni-sattamagreat sage; klind-traon
the sdhore of
the Yamun; obha-hyambeautiful; vabhnu-
puramto the palace of King Vabhnu; gatawent.
Then the great philosopher, teacher, sage Garga Muni went to

King Vabhnu's beautiful palace on the Yamun's shore.
Texts 41-45
chtrea obhita vipra

dvityam iva vsavam
daena rjita skd
dharma-rjam iva sthitam
tejas dyotita-dia
skt sryam ivparam
pustak-mekhal-yukta
dvityam iva padmajam
obhita ukla-vsobhir
deva vium iva sthitam
ta dv muni-ardla
sahasotthya sdaram
praamya iras sadya

sammukho 'bht ktjali
muni ca phake sthpya
pdydyair upacra-vit
pjaym sa vidhivac
chr-garga jnin varam
tata pradaki-ktya
vabhnu-varo mahn
chtreawith a parasol; obhitamdecorated;

viprambrhmaa; dvityama second; ivalike;
vsavamIndra; daenawith a rod;
rjitamglorious; sktdirectly; dharma-
rjamYamarja; ivalike; sthitamsituated;
tejaswith glory; dyotitailluminated; diamthe
directions; sktdirectly; sryamthe sun;
ivalike; aparamanother; pustaka book;
mekhalbelt; yuktamendowed; dvityama second; ivalike; padmajamBrahm;
obhitamdecorated; uklawhite; vsobhiwith garments;
devamLord; viumViu; ivalike;
sthitamsituated; tamhim; dvseeing;
muniof sages; ardlamthe tiger; sahasat once; utthyarising; sawith; daram
respect;
praamyaoffering obeisances; iraswith his head;
sadyaat once; sammukhafacing; abhtbecame;
ktjaliwith folded palms; munimthe sage;
caalso; phakeon a throne; sthpyaseating;
pdya-dyaibeginning with water for washing his feet;
upacraworship; vitunderstanding; pjaym
saworshiped; vidhivataccording to the rules of
tradition; r-gargamr Garga Muni; jninmof philosophers; varamthe best;
tatathen; pradaki-ktyacircumambulating;
vabhnu-varaKing Vabhnu; mahnnoble.
Seeing Garga Muni, who was the greatest of philosophers, who

was the brhmaa tiger of sages, who, decorated with a parasol
was like a second King Indra, holding a stick was like a second
Yamarja, his bodily luster illuminating the directions was like
a second sun-god, a great book at his belt was like a second Lord
Brahm, and who, dressed in white garments, stood like Lord Viu
Himself, noble King Vabhnu rose up at once with great respect, bowed his head, stood
with folded hands, placed the sage on a
great throne, washed his feet, presented many offerings,
circumambulated him, and worshiped him according to the rules of
scripture.
Text 46
r-vabhnur uvca
sat paryanana nta

ghi ntaye smtam
nm antas-tamo-hr
sdhur eva na bhskara
r-vabhnu uvcar Vabhnu said; satmof the

saintly devotees; paryaanamthe wandering;
ntampeaceful; ghimof the householders;
ntayefor peacefulness; smtamremembered; nmof
men; antain the heart; tamathe darkness;
hrremoving; sdhusaint; evacertainly;
nanot; bhskarathe sun.
r Vabhnu said: The peaceful wandering of saints is

meant to bring peace to householders. It is a saint, and not the
sun, that removes the darkness in the hearts of men.
Text 47
trth-bht vaya gop

jts tvad-darant prabho
trthni trth-kurvanti
tvda sdhava kitau
trth-bhtgone on pilgrimage; vayamwe;

gopgopas; jtborn; tvatof you;
darantby the sight; prabhaO lord; trthnithe
places of pilgrimage; trth-kurvantimake places of
pilgrimage; tvdalike you; sdhavasaints; kitauon the earth.
O lord, by seeing you we gopas have gone on pilgrimage.

Saints like you sanctify the sacred places in this world.
Text 48
he mune rdhik-nma
kany me magalyan
kasmai varya datavy
vada tva me su-nicitam
he muneO sage; rdhikof r Rdh;

nmaname; kanydaughter; memy; magalaof
auspiciousness; ayanthe abode; kasmaito what?; varyahusband; datavyshould be
given;
vadaplease tell; tvamyou; meme; su-nicitamopinion.
O sage, my daughter is named Rdhik. She is the abode of

great auspiciousness. To whom should I give Her in marriage?
Please tell me your opinion.
Text 49
tva paryaann arka iva

tri-lok divya-darana
varo 'nay samo yo vai
tasmai dsymi kanyakm
tvamyou; paryaanwandering; arkathe sun; ivalike; tri-lokmthe three worlds;

divyasplendid; daranasight; varahusband;
anaywith Her; samaequal; yawho;
vaiindeed; tasmaito Him; dsymiI will give;
kanyakmdaughter.
Like the sun, your goodness can travel everywhere in the

three worlds. I wish to give my daughter to a splendid husband
who will be Her equal.
Text 50
r-nrada uvca
hasta ghtv r-gargo
vabhnor mah-muni
jagma yamun-tra
nirjana sundara-sthalam
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; hastamhand;

ghtvtaking; r-gargar Garga; vabhnoof
Vabhnu; mah-munithe great sage;
jagmawent; yamunof the Yamun; tramto the
shore; nirjanamsecluded; sundarabeautiful;
sthalamplace.
r Nrada said: Taking Vabhnu's hand, the great sage r

Garga Muni went to a beautiful and secluded place on the Yamun's
shore.
Text 51
klind-jala-kallola-
kolahala-samkulam
tatropaveya gopea
munndra prha dharma-vit
klindof the Yamun; jalawater;

kallolawaves; kolhalatumult; samkulamfilled; tatrathere; upaveyasitting; gopa
of the
gopas; amto the king; muniof sagesl indrathe king; prhasaid; dharmathe truth
of religion; vitknowing.
Making the gopa-king Vabhnu sit down at a place where the

Yamun's waves made a great sound, Garga Muni, the king of sages
and the knower of religion, spoke.
Texts 52 and 53
r-garga uvca
he gopa guptam khyana

kathanya na ca tvay
paripratama skc
chr-ka bhagavn svayam
golokea part para
tasmt paro varo nsti
jto nanda-ghe pati
r-garga uvcar Garga said; he gopaO gopa;

guptamsecret; khyanamstory; kathanyamto be
told; nanot; caalso; tvayby you;
Lord; svayamHimself; asakhyacountless;
brahmaof universes; patithe master; golokaof
Goloka; athe master; part paragreater than the
greatest; tasmtthan Him; parabetter;
varahusband; nanot; astiis; jtaborn;
nandaof Nanda; ghein the home; patithe Lord.
r Garga Muni said: O gopa, do not tell this secret. r

Ka, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, who
is the master of countless universes, the king of Goloka, greater
than the greatest, and the Lord than whom there is no better
husband, has taken birth in Nanda's home.
Text 54
r-vabhnur uvca
aho bhgaym aho bhgya

nandasypi mah-mune
r-kasyvatrasya
sarva tva vada kraam
r-vabhnu uvcar Vabhnu said; ahaah;

bhgaymgood fortune; ahaah; bhgyamgood
fortune; nandasyaof Nanda; apialso; mah-
muneO great sage; r-kasyaof r Ka;
avatrasyadescended; sarvameverything; tvamyou; vadaplease tell; kraamthe
reason.
r Vabhnu said: How fortunate! How fortunate for Nanda!

O great sage, please tell everything of why r Ka has
descended to this world.
Text 55
r-garga uvca
bhuvo bhrvatrya
kasdn vadhya ca
brahma prrthita ko
babhva jagat-tale
r-garga uvcar Garga said; bhuvaof the

earth; bhrathe burden; avatryato remove;
kasa-dnmof the demons headed by Kasa; vadhyafor
killing; caalso; brahmaby Brahm;
prrthitarequested; kaKa; babhvahas taken
birth; jagat-talein the world.
r Garga Muni said: To remove the earth's burden and to

kill the demons headed by Kasa, on the demigod Brahm's request
Lord Ka has taken birth on the surface of the earth.
Text 56
r-ka-paa-rj y
goloke rdhikbhidh
tvad-ghe spi sajt
tva na jnsi t parm
r-kaof r Ka; paa-rjthe chief

queen; ywho; golokein Goloka;
rdhikbhidhnamed Rdhik; tvatof you; ghein the
home; sShe; apialso; sajtis
born; tvamyou; nanot; jnsiknow;
tmHer; parmsupreme.
r Rdhik, who is Lord Ka's chief queen in Goloka, has

taken birth in your home. You do not understand Her exalted
position.
Text 57
r-nrada uvca
tad praharito gopo

vabhnu su-vismita
kalvat samhya
tay srdha vicrya ca

praharitadelighted; gopathe gopa;
vabhnuVabhnu; su-vismitaastonished;
kalvatmKalvat; samhyacalling; tayher; srdhamwith; vicryaconsidered;
caand.
r Nrada said: Delighted and astonished, Vabhnu called

Kalvat and they both thought (about what Garga Muni said).
Text 58
rdh-knubhva ca
jtv gopa-vara para
nandru-kal mucan
punar ha mah-munim
rdhof Rdh; kaand Ka; anubhvamgreat

glory; caalso; jtvknowing; gopa-
varathe exalted gopa; paragreat; nandaof
bliss; aru-kalmtears; mucanwiping; punaagain; hasaid; mahgreat; munim
to
the sage.
Understanding the exalted position of r r Rdh-Ka,

and shedding tears of bliss, the exalted gopa spoke to the great
sage.
Text 59
r-vabhnur uvca
tasmai dsymi he brahman

kany kamala-locanm
tvay panth darito me
tvay kryo 'yam udvaha
r-vabhnu uvcar Vabhnu said; tasmaito

Him; dsymiI will give; heO;
brahmanbrhmaa; kanymmy daughter; kamala-
locanmlotus-eyed; tvayby you; panththe path; daritarevealed; meto me;
tvayby you;
kryashould be performed; ayamthis; udvahawedding.
r Vabhnu said: O brhmaa, I will give my lotus-eyed

daughter to Him. You have revealed this path. You should perform
the wedding ceremony.
Text 60
r-garga uvca
aha na krayiymi
vivham anayor npa
tayor vivho bhavit
bhre yamun-tae
r-garga uvcar Garga said; ahamI;

nanot; krayiymiwill perform; vivhamthe
wedding; anayoof Them; npaO king; tayoof Them; vivhathe wedding;
bhavitwill be;
bhrein Bhravana; yamunof the Yamun;
taeon the shore.
r Garga Muni said: O king, I will not perform Their

wedding ceremony. Their wedding will be in Bhravana by the
Yamun's shore.
Text 61
vndvana-sampe ca
nirjane sundara-sthale
parameh samgatya
vivha krayiyati
vndvanaVndvana; sampenear; caalso;

nirjanesecluded; sundarain a beatiful;
sthaleplaced; paramehBrahm;
samgatyaarriving; vivhamthe wedding;
krayiyatiwill perform.
The demigod Brahm will come and perform the wedding in a

beautiful secluded place near Vndvana forest.
Text 62
tasmd rdh gopa-vara

viddhy ardhg varasya ca
loke c-mai skd
rj goloka-mandire
tasmtfrom that; rdhmRdh; gopa-varaO best

of gopas; viddhiplease know; ardhahalf;
agmthe body; varasyaof Her husband; caand;
lokein the world; cthe crown; maijewel;
sktdirectly; rjmqueen; golokaof
Goloka; mandirein the palace.
Because of this please know that Rdh is half of the

Supreme Personality of Godhead's body. In the palace of Goloka
She is the queen of He who is the world's crest-jewel.
Text 63
yya sarve 'pi gopl

golokd gat bhuvi
tath gop-ga gvo
goloke rdhikecchay
yyamyou; sarveall; apialso;

goplgopas; goloktfrom Goloka; gatcome; bhuvito the earth; tathso; gop-
gagops; gvacows; golokein Goloka; rdhikof r
Rdh; icchayby the desire.
You gopas have all come from Goloka. By r Rdhik's wish

the cows and gops have also come from Goloka.
Text 64
yad-darana durlabham eva durghaa

devai ca yajair na ca janmabhi kim u
sa-vigrah t tava mandirjire
lakyanti gupta bahu-gopa-gopik
yatof whom; daranamthe sight;

durlabhamdifficult to attain; evaindeed;
durghaamimpossible; devaiby the demigods;
caalso; yajaiby sacrifices; nanot;
caand; janmabhiby many births; kim uwhat to speak
of?; sa-vigrahamtranscendental form; tmHer;
tavayour; mandirain the palace; ajirein the
courtyard; lakyantisee; guptamhidden;
bahumany; gopagopas; gopikand gops.
She whom even the demigods, what to speak of others who

perform sacrifices for many births, cannot see, many gopas and
gops now see hidden in the courtyard of your palace.
Text 65
r-nrada uvca
tad ca vismitau rjan

dam-pat haritau param
rdh-ka-prabhva ca
rutv r-gargam catu

caalso; vismitauastonished; rjanO king;
dam-patthe husband and wife; haritaujoyful;
paramthen; rdh-kaof r r Rdh-Ka;
prabhvamthe exalted position; caalso;
rutvhearing; r-gargamto r Garga Muni;
catusaid.
r Nrada said: O king, joyful and filled with wonder by

hearing of r r Rdh-Ka's exalted glories, the husband and
wife spoke to r Garga.
Text 66
r-dam-pat catu
rdh-abdasya he brahman
vykhyna vada tattvata
tvatto na saaya-cchett
ko 'pi bhmau mah-mune
r-dam-pat catuthe husband and wife said; rdhRdh; abdasyaof the word;
heO;
brahmanbrhmaa; vykhynamthe story; vadaplease
tell; tattvatain truth; tvattafrom you;
nanot; saayadoubt; cchettcutting; ko
'pianyone; bhmauon the earth; mahgreat;
muneO sage.
The husband and wife said: O brhmaa, please truthfully

explain the meaning of the name Rdh. O great sage, save for
you, no one in this world can cut our doubts.
Text 67
r-garga uvca
sma-vedasya bhvrtha
gandhamdana-parvate
iyenpi may tatra
nryaa-mukhc chrutam
r-garga uvcar Garga said; sma-vedasyaof the

Sma Veda; bhva-arthamthe meaning; gandhamdana-
parvateon Mount Gandhamdana; iyenaby the disciple; apialso; mayby me;
tatrathere; nryaa-
mukhtfrom the mouth of Nryaa i; rutamheard.
r Garga Muni said: As a disciple I heard this from the

mouth of Nryaa i as on Mount Gandhamdana He was explaining
the Sma Veda:
Text 68
ramay tu ra-kra syd

-kras tv di-gopik
dha-kro dharay hi syd
-kro viraj nad
ramayas the goddess of fortune; tuindeed; ra-

krathe letter R; sytis; -krathe letter A; tuindeed; di-gopikthe first gop;
dha-krathe
letter DH; dharayby the earth; hiindeed;
sytis; -krathe letter A; viraj nadthe Viraj
river.
R stands for Ram (the goddess of fortune), A stands for

Adi-gopik (the forst of the gops), DH stands for Dhar (the
earth), and A stands for Viraj-nad (the Viraj river).
Text 69
r-kasya parasypi
caturdh tejaso 'bhavat
ll-bh r ca viraj
catasra patnya eva hi
r-kasyaof Lord Ka; parasyathe Supreme

Personality of Godhead; apialso; caturdhin four
ways; tejasapotency; abhavatbecame;
llLl; bhBh; rr; caand;
virajViraj; catasrafour; patnyawives;
evaindeed; hicertainly.
The four potencies of Lord Ka, the Supreme Personality of

Godhead, became His four wives: Ll, Bh, r, and Viraj.
Text 70
sampraln ca t sarv
rdhy kuja-mandire
paripratam rdh
tasmd hur mania
sampralnentered; caalso; tthey;

sarvall; rdhymRdh; kujain the
forest; mandirein the palace; paripratammthe
supreme goddess of fortune; rdhmRdh;
tasmttherefore; husay; maniathe wise.
Because all these goddesses have now entered the form of r

Rdh, the wise say that r Rdh is the original supreme
goddess of fortune.
Text 71
r-nrada uvca
rdh-keti he gopa
ye japanti puna puna
catupadrtha ki te
skt ko 'pi labhyate
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; rdh-kaRdh-

Ka; itithus; he gopaO gopa; yewho;
japantichant; puna punaagain and again;
catupadrthamthe four goals of life; kimwhat?;
temof them; sktdirectly; kaKa;
apieven; labhyateis attained.
r Nrada said: O gopa, they who again and again chant the
names of r r Rdh-Ka attain Lord Ka directly. What are
the four goals of life to them?
Text 72
tadti-vismito rjan
vabhnu priy-yuta
rdh-ka-prabhva ta
jtvnanda-mayo hy abht
tadthen; ati-vismitafilled with wonder; rjanO king; vabhnuVabhnu;

priy-yutawith
his dear wife; rdh-ka prabhvamthe exalted position
of r r Rdh-Ka; tamthat; jtvunderstanding; nanda-mayafilled with bliss;
hiindeed; abhtbecame.
O king, when they understood r r Rdh-Ka's exalted

glories, King Vabhnu and his dear wife became filled with
wonder and bliss.
Text 73
ittha gargo jni-vara

pjita vabhnun
jagma sva-gha skn
munndra sarva-vit kavi
itthamthus; gargaGarga; jniof

philosophers; varathe best; pjitaworshiped; vabhnunby Vabhnu; jagma
went; sva-ghamto
his own home; sktdirectly; muni-indrathe king
of sages; sarva-vitall knowing; kaviwise.
Then, after King Vabhnu had worshiped him, all-knowing

Garga Muni, who was the best of philosophers and the king of
sages, went to his own home.
Chapter Sixteen
r Rdhik-vivha-varana
Description of r Rdhik's Wedding
Text 1
r-nrada uvca
g crayan nandanam aka-dee
samllayan dratama sakt
kalindaj-tra-samra-kampita
nando 'pi bhravana jagma
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; gthe cows;

crayanherding; nandanamson; aka-deeon the
lap; samllayancaressing; dratamamfor a long
time; saktin the presence; kalindajof the
Yamun; traon the shore; samrathe breeze;
kampitammoving; nandaNanda; apieven;
bhravanamBhravana; jagmawent.
Herding the cows and holding His infant son in his arms,
Nanda went to Bhravana, which trembled with the breezes
coming from the Yamun's shore.
Text 2
kecchay vegataro 'tha vto

ghanair abhn meduram ambara ca
tamla-npa-druma-pallavai ca
patadbhir ejadbhir atva-bhkai
kaof Lord Ka; icchayby the desire;

vegataraquickly; athathen; vtabreeze;
ghanaiwith clouds; abhtbecame; meduramthick;
ambaramthe sky; caand; tamlatamla;
npaand kadamba; drumatrees; pallavaiwith
twigs; caand; patadbhifalling;
ejadbhitrembling; atvavery; bhkaifrightening.
Then, by Ka's wish, the sky became filled with clouds and
a strong wind fearfully moved the new tamla and kadamba twigs
and made them fall.
Text 3
tad-andha-kre mahati prajte
ble rudaty aka-gate 'ti-bhte
nando bhaya prpa iu sa bibhrad
dhari parea araa jagma
tad-andha-kareblinding darkness; mahatigreat;

prajtemanifest; blethe boy; rudaticrying;
aka-gateon his arm; ati-bhtevery frightened;
nandaNanda; bhayamfear; prpaattained;
iuminfant; sahe; bibhratholding; harimof
Lord Hari; para-amthe Supreme Personality of
Godhead; araa jagmatook shelter.
When a great and blinding darkness came and the frightened

infant in his arm cried, Nanda became afraid. Clutching his boy,
he took shelter of Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Text 4
tadaiva koy-arka-samha-dptir
gacchatvcalati disu
babhva tasy vabhnu-putr
dadara rdh nava-nanda-rja
tadthen; evaindeed; koimillions;

arkaof suns; samhamultitude; dptisplendor;
gacchaticame; ivaas if; calatimoves;
disuin the directions; babhvabecame; tasymin
that; vabhnuof King Vabhnu; putrmthe
daughter; dadarasaw; rdhmRdh; nava-
nanda-rjaNanda Mahrja, the king of the nine Nandas.
Then, as an effulgence greater than millions of suns

converged on him from all directions, Nanda Mahrja, the king of
the nine Nandas, saw Vabhnu's daughter Rdh, . . .
Text 5
kondu-bimba-dyutim dadhn
nlmbar sundaram di-varm
majra-dhra-dhvani-npurm
bibhrat abdam atva majum
koimillions; indu-bimbaof moons;

dyutimglory; dadhnammanifesting; nlablue;
ambaramgarments; sundaramhandsome; di-varamfirst
class; majraof anklets; dhrasoft;
dhvanisound; npurmankle-bells;
bibhratmwearing; abdamsound; atvavery;
majumbeautiful.
. . . who was fair and splendid as millions of moons, dressed in

blue garments, decorated with anklets and anklebells that tinkled
sweetly, . . .
Text 6
kc-kal-kakana-abda-mir
hrgulygada-visphurantm
r-nsik-mauktika-haikbhi
r-kana-c-mai-kualhym
kc-kalof a belt; kakanabracelets;

abdasound; mirammixed; hnecklace;
agulyarings; agadaarmlets;
visphurantmsplendid; r-nsikon Her nose;
mauktikaa pearl; haikbhiwith anklets; r-
kanaon Her neck; ccrest; maijewel;
kualaearrings; hymopulent.
. . . who wore tinkling bracelets and a tinkling belt, who was

splendid with armlets, rings, and a necklace, and who was opulent
with a nose-pearl, anklets, a necklace-jewel, and earrings.
Text 7
tat-tejas dharita u nando

natvtha tm ha ktjali san
aya tu skt puruottamas tva
priysya mukhysi tadaiva rdhe
tatof Her; tejasby the splendor;

dharitaoverwhelmed; uat once; nandaNanda;
natvbowing; athathen; tmto Her;
hasaid; ktjaliwith folded hands;
sanbeing; ayamHe; tuindeed;
sktdirectly; puruottamathe Supreme Personality of
Godhead; tvamYou; priythe beloved; asyaof
Him; mukhymost important; asiare;
tadthen; evaindeed; rdheO Rdh.
Overwhelmed by Her effulgence, Nanda bowed down and with

folded hands said, "He is the original Supreme
Personality of Godhead, and You, O Rdh, are His first beloved.
Text 8
gupta tv ida garga-mukhena vedmi

gha rdhe nija-ntham akt
ena gha prpaya megha-bhta
vadmi cettha prakter guhya
guptamsecret; tucertainly; idamthis;

garga-mukhenafrom Garga Muni's mouth; vedmiI know;
ghaplease take; rdheO Rdh; nijaYour own;
nthamLord; aktfrom my arms; enamHim;
ghamhome; prpayaplease take; meghaof the
clouds; bhtamfrightened; vadmiI say;
caand; itthamthus; prakteof matter;
guawith the modes; hyaenriched.
"I know this secret from the mouth of Garga Muni. O

Rdh, please take Your Lord from my arms. Now that the clouds
have frightened Him, please take Him home. As if I were a person
controlled by the modes of material nature, I say this (that He
is frightened).
Text 9
nammi tubhya bhuvi raka m tva
ka-priysi prakte par tvam
rutv vacas tasya tadaiva rdh
candrval gopa-patim tam ha
nammiI offer my respectful obeisances; tubhyamto

You; bhuviin this world; rakaplease protect;
mmme; tvamYou; kaof Lord Ka;
priythe beloved; asiYou are; praktethe modes of
nature; parmbeyond; tvamYou;
rutvhearing; vacawords; tasyaof him;
tadthen; evaindeed; rdhRdh; candraof
moons; vala host; gopaof the gopas;
patimto the king; tamto him; hasaid.
"I offer my respectful obeisances to You. Please

protect me in this world. You are Ka's dearmost. You are
beyond the modes of material nature."
Hearing these words, r Rdh, who was splendid as a host
of moons, spoke to the king of the gopas.
Text 10
r-rdhovca
vara para brhi mah-mate tva

yathepsitam sarva-janair durpam
aha prasann tava bhakti-bhvn
mad-darana durlabham eva nanda
r-rdh uvcar Rdh said; varambenediction;

paramsupreme; brhiplease say; mah-mateO noble-
hearted one; tvamyou; yathas;
ipsitamdesired; sarvaby all; janaipeople;
durpamdifficult to attain; ahamI; prasannam
pleased; tavaof you; bhakti-bhvtby devotion;
matof Me; daranamsight; durlabhamdifficult to
attain; evaindeed; nandaO Nanda.
Then r Rdh said: O noble-hearted one, ask for a
benediction, for anything you wish, for anything impossible for
anyone to attain. I am pleased by your sincere devotion. O Nanda
it is very difficult for anyone to see Me.
Text 11
r-nanda uvca
yadi prasannsi tad bhaven me

bhaktir dh kau yuvayo padbje
sat ca bhaktis tava bhakti-bhj
saga sad me 'tha yuge yuge ca
r-nanda uvcar Nanda said; yadiif;

prasannpleased; asiYou are; tadthen;
bhavetmay be; meto Me; bhaktidevotion;
dhfirm; kauin this world; yuvayoof You
both; pada-abjefor the lotus feet; satmof the
devotees; caalso; bhaktidevotion; tavato
You; bhakti-bhjmwho have devotion;
sagaassociation; sadalways; meof me;
athathen; yuge yugemillennium after millennium;
caand.
If You are pleased then let me have firm devotion for the
lotus feet of You both, and let me have devotion for Your
devotees, and let me have their company. Let me have this
millennium after millennium.
Text 12
r-nrada uvca
tathstu coktvtha hari karbhy

jagrha rdh nija-ntham akt
gate 'tha nande praate vrajee
tad hi bhravana jagma
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; tathso;

astube it; caalso; uktvsaying;
athathen; harimLord Hari; karbhymwith both
hands; jagrhataking; rdhRdh; nija-
nthamHer own Lord; aktfrom the arms;
gategone; athathen; nandewhen Nanda;
praatebowing down; vrajaof Vraja; ethe king;
tadthen; hiindeed; bhravanamto
Bhravana; jagmawent.
r Nrada said: Saying "So be it", with both hands

Rdh took Lord Hari from Nanda's arms. When Vraja's king Nanda
offered his obeisances and left, She went to Bhravana forest.
Text 13
goloka-lokc ca pur samgat

bhmir nija sva vapur dadhn
y padmargdi-khacit-suvar
babhva s tat-kaam eva sarv
goloka-loktfrom the realm of Goloka; caalso;

purpreviously; samgatcome; bhmiearth;
nijamown; svamown; vapuform;
dadhnmanifesting; ywho; padmargarubies;
dibeginning with; khacitstudded; suvargold;
babhvabecame; sShe; tat-kaamat that
moment; evaindeed; sarvall.
Then the spiritual ground came from the realm of Goloka. In

a moment everything was golden and studded with rubies and many
jewels.
Text 14
vndvana divya-vapur dadhna

vkair varai kma-dughai sahaiva
kalinda-putr ca suvara-saudhai
r-ratna-sopnamay babhva
vndvanamVndvana; divyatranscendental and
splendid; vapuform; dadhnammanifesting;
vkaiwith trees; varaiexcellent; kma-
dughaifulfilling all desires; sahawith;
evaindeed; kalinda-putrthe Yamun; caalso;
suvaragolden; saudhaiwith palaces;
rbeautiful; ratnajewel; sopnamaywith
staircases; babhvabecame.
Vndvana forest manifested a splendid transcendental form

with beautiful desire-trees, and the Yamun's shore had jewel
steps and golden palaces.
Text 15
govardhano ratna-ilmayo 'bht

suvara-gai parita sphuradbhi
mattlibhir nirjhara-sundarbhir
drbhir uccga-karva rjan
govardhanaGovardhana; ratnajewel;
ilstones; mayamade of; abhtbecame;
suvaragolden; gaiwith peaks;
paritaeverywhere; sphuradbhiglistening;
mattamaddened; alibhiwith bumblebees;
nirjharaswiftly flowing mountain streams;
sundarbhibeautiful; drbhiwith caves;
uccagreat; agabody; karelephant;
ivalike; rjanO king.
Govardhana was made of jewels and had glistening golden

peaks everywhere, maddened bees, and caves beautiful with
swiftly-flowing streams. O king, it was like a great, gigantic
elephant.
Text 16
tad nikujo 'pi nija vapur dadhat

sabh-yuta pragana-divya-maapam
vasanta-mdhurya-dhara madhuvratair
mayra-prvata-kokila-dhvanim
tadthen; nikujaforest grove;

apialso; nijamown; vapuform;
dadhtmanifested; sabhassembly-halls;
yutamwith; praganacourtyards; divyasplendid;
maapampavilions; vasantaof spring;
mdhuryasweetness; dharamholding; madhuvrataiwith
bees; mayrapeacocks; prvataprvatas;
kokilaand cuckoos; dhvanimthe sound.
Then the forest grove assumed its real form with many
assembly houses, courtyards, splendid pavilions, bumblebees, and
the cooing of peacocks, prvatas, and cuckoos. It was filled
with the sweetness of spring.
Text 17
suvara-ratndi-khacit-patair vta
patat-patkvalibhir virjitam
sara-sphuadbhir bhramarvalhitair
vicarcita kcana-cru-pakajai
suvaragold; ratnajewels; dibeginning

with; khacitstudded; paaiwoth roofs;
vtamfilled; patatfluttering; patk-avalibhiwith
rows of flags; virjitamsplendid; saraa lake;
sphuadbhiblossoming; bhramaraby bees;
avalhitailicked; vicarcitamanointed; k
24canagolden; crubeautiful; pakajaiwith lotus
flowers.
It was filled with roofs of gold and jewels, splendid with

fluttering flags, and anointed with beautiful blossoming lake-
growing golden lotuses licked by swarms of black bees.
Text 18
tadaiva skt puruottamottamo
babhva kaiora-vapur ghana-prabha
ptmbara kaustubha-ratna-bhao
va-dharo manmatha-ri-mohana
tadthen; evaindeed; sktdirectly;

puruottamottamathe Supreme Personality of Godhead;
babhvabecame; kaioraadolescent; vapuform;
ghanaas a dark cloud; prabhasplendor;
ptayellow; ambaragarments; kaustubha-ratnathe
Kaustubha jewel; bhaadecoration; vathe
flute; dharaholding; manmathaof Kmadevas;
rimultitude; mohanaenchanting.
Then the Supreme Personality of Godhead became a teen-age

youth splendid as a dark cloud, dressed in yellow garments,
decorated with the Kaustubha gem, holding a flute, and more
enchanting than a great host of Kmadevas.
Text 19
bhujena saghya hasan priy harir

jagma madhye su-vivha-maapam
vivha-sambhra-yuta sa-mekhala
sudarbhamad-vri-ghadi-maitam
bhujenawith an arm; saghyataking;

hasansmiling; priymHis beloved; hariLord
Hari; jagmawent; madhyeto the middle;
subeautiful; vivhamarriage; maapampavilion;
vivhafor the marriage; sambhraparaphernalia;
yutawith; sa-mekhalamwith a belt; su-darbha-
matwith kua grass; vriwater; ghaapots;
dibeginning with; maitamdecorated.
Smiling, Lord Hari took His beloved by the arm, and with the
wedding paraphernalia went to the wedding-pavilion, which was
decorated with mekhals, kua grass, waterpots, and many other
things.
Text 20
tatraiva sihsana udgate vare

paraspara sammalitau virejatu
para bruvantau madhura ca dam-pat
sphurat-prabhau khe ca taid-ghanv iva
tatrathere; evaindeed; sihsaneon a

throne; udgatemanifested; vareexcellent;
parasparamtogether; sammlitaucaressing;
virejatuwere splendidly manifested; paramthen;
bruvantauconversing; madhuramsweetly; caalso;
dam-pathusband and wife; sphurat-prabhausplendid;
khein the sky; caalso; taitlighting;
ghanauand cloud; ivalike.
Embracing and sweetly conversing on a beautiful throne

there, They shone like a splendid lightning flash and a dark
cloud in the sky.
Text 21
tadmbard deva-varo vidhi prabhu

samgatas tasya parasya sammukhe
natv tad-aghr hy uat girbhi
ktjali cru catur-mukho jagau
tadthen; ambartfrom the sky; deva-varathe

best of the demigods; vidhiBrahm;
prabhuLord; samgatacame; tasyaof Him;
parasyathe Supreme; sammukhefacing; natvbowing
down; tad-aghrat His feet; hi" uat
girbhiwith sweet words; ktjaliwith folded
hands; crueloquently; catur-mukhafour-headed
Brahm; jagausaid.
Then Lord Brahm, the best of the demigods, came from the
sky. Bowing down before Lord Ka, with folded hands he
eloquently and sweetly spoke.
Text 22
r-brahmovca
andim dya puruottamottama

r-kacandra nija-bhakta-vatsalam
svaya tv asakhya-pati part para
rdh-pati tv araa vrajmy aham
r-brahm uvcaLord Barham said; andimwithout

beginning; dyamthe beginning; puruottamottamamthe
original Supreme Personality of Godhead; r-
kacandramr Kacandra; nijaown;
bhaktadevotees; vatsalamaffectionate;
svayampersonally; tuindeed; asakhyacountless;
aaof universes; patimthe master; part
paramgreater than the greatest; rdh-patimthe master of
Rdh; tvmof You; araa vrajmy ahamI take
shelter.
r Brahm said: I take shelter of You, the original Supreme

Personality of Godhead, r Kacandra, without beginning, the
beginning of everything, affectionate to Your devotees, the
master of countless universes, greater than the greatest, and the
husband of Rdh.
Text 23
goloka-nthas tvam atva-llo

llvatya nija-loka-ll
vaikuha-ntho 'si yad tvam eva
lakms tadeya vabhnuj hi
goloka-nthathe master of Goloka; tvamYou;

atva-llaplayful; llvatplayful; iyamshe;
nijaown; lokarealm; llpastimes;
vaikuha-nthathe master of Vaikuha; asiYou are;
yadwhen; tvamYou; evaindeed;
lakmLakm; tadthen; iyamShe;
vabhnujthe daughter of Vabhnu; hicertainly.
You are the playful king of Goloka and She is Your playful
companion. When You are the king of Vaikuha, She, the daughter
of Vabhnu, is Goddess Lakm.
Text 24
tva rmacandro janaktmajeya

bhmau haris tva kamallayeyam
yajvatro 'si yad tadeya
r-daki str prati-patn-mukhy
tvamYou; rmacandraRmacandra; janaktmajthe

daughter of Janaka; iyamShe; bhmauon the
earth; hariLord Hari; tvamYou;
kamallaythe abode of Kamal; iyamShe; yaj
24vatraYaja-avatra; asiYou are;
yadwhen; tadthenl iyamShe; r-dakir
Daki; strwife; prati-patn-mukhythe best of wives.
When in this world You are Rmacandra, She is Janaka's

daughter St. When You are Lord Hari, She is Kamal. When You
are Yaja-avatra, She is r Daki, the best of wives.
Text 25
tva nrasiho 'si ram tadeya

nryaas tva ca narea yukta
tad tv iya ntir atva skc
chyeva yt ca tavnurp
tvamYou; nrasihaNsiha; asiYou are;

ramRam; tadthen; iyamShe;
nryaaNryaa; tvamYou; caand;
nareawith Nara; yuktaaccompanied; tatthen;
tuindeed; iyamShe; ntiGoddess nti;
atvagreatly; sktdirectly; chy-a shadow;
ivaas if; ytcome; caalso; tavaYou;
anurpfollowing.
When You are Nsiha, She is Ram. When You are Nara's
friend Nryaa i, She becomes Goddess nti and follows You
like a shadow.
Text 26
tva brahma ceya praktis taasth

klo yadema ca vidu pradhnam
mahn yad tva jagad-akuro 'si
rdh tadeya sa-gu ca my
tvamYou; brahmaBrahman; caand;

iyamShe; praktimaterial nature;
taasthborderline; klatime; yadwhen;
imamShe; caalso; viduthey know;
pradhnampradhna; mahnmahat-tattva; yadwhen;
tvamYou; jagatthe universe;
akurasprouting; asiYou are; rdhRdh;
tadthen; iyamShe; sa-guwith the three modes;
caalso; myillusory potency.
When You are Brahman, She is Prakti. When You are Time, the
wise know She is Pradhna. When You are the Mahat-tattva, from
which the universes have sprouted, Rdh is the potency My,
filled with the three modes.
Text 27
yadntartm vidita caturbhis

tad tv iya laka-rpa-vtti
yad vir-deha-dharas tvam eva
tadkhila v bhuvi dhraeyam
yadwhen; antartmwithin the heart;

viditaknown; caturbhiby four; tadthen;
tuindeed; iyamShe; laka-rpa-vttiLaka-
vtti; yadwhen; vir-deha-dharathe universal
form; tvamYou; evaindeed; tadthen;
akhilameverything; vor; bhuvion the earth;
dhrathe earth; iyamShe.
When You become the four things in the heart, She becomes
the power of understanding something from a hint. When You become
the universal form, which includes everything, She becomes the
earth.
Note: The four things in the heart are the heart, mind,
intelligence, and false-ego.
Text 28
yma ca gaura vidita dvidh mahas

tavaiva skt puruottamottamam
goloka-dhmdhipati parea
part para tva araa vrajmy aham
ymamdark; caand; gauramfair;

viditamknown; dvidhin two; mahasplendor;
tavaof You; evaindeed; sktdirectly;
puruottamottamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;
goloka-dhmathe abode of Goloka; adhipatimthe master;
pareamthe Supreme Lord; partthan the greatest;
paramgreater; tvamYou; araa vrajmy ahamI take
shelter.
I take shelter of You, who are the Supreme Personality of

Godhead, greater than the greatest, the master of Goloka-dhma,
and who now appear as a fair and a dark splendor.
Text 29
sad pahed yo yugala-stava para

goloka-dhma-pravara prayti sa
ihaiva saundarya-samddhi-siddhayo
bhavanti tasypi nisargata puna
sadregularly; pahetrecites; yawho;
yugalaof the divine couple; stavamprayer;
paramtranscendental; goloka-dhma-pravaramto the
transcendental abode of Goloka; praytigoes;
sahe; ihahere; evaindeed; saundaryawith
beauty; samddhiopulence; siddhayaperfections;
bhavantihere; tasyaof him; apialso;
nisargata-naturally; punaagain.
A person who regularly recites these prayers describing the

divine couple will go to the transcendental abode of Goloka. Even
in this world he will be endowed with handsomeness, opulence, and
many perfections.
Text 30
yad yuv prti-yutau ca dam-pat

part parau tv anurpa-rpitau
tathpi loka-vyavahra-sagrahd
vidhi vivhasya tu kraymy aham
yadwhen; yuvmfor You both; prti-

yutauendowed with love; caalso; dam-pathusband and
wife; part paraugreater than the greatest;
tauboth; anurpa-rpitausuitable for each other;
tathpistill; loka-vyavahra-sagrahtaccording to the
ways of this world; vidhimthe ceremony; vivhasyaof
marriage; tucertainly; kraymiperform;
ahamI.
Greater than the greatest and perfect for each other, You
are already a loving husband and wife. Still, following the ways
of this world, I will now perform Your wedding-ceremony.
Text 31
r-nrada uvca
tad sa utthya vidhir hutana

prajvalya kue sthitayos tayo pura
rute kara-grha-vidhi vidhnato
vidhya dht samavasthito 'bhavat

sahe; utthyarising; vidhiBrahm;
hutanamthe sacred fire; prajvalyakindling;
kuein a pit; sthitayos-standing; tayoThem;
purabefore; ruteof the Vedas; karahand;
grhataking; vidhimthe ceremony; vidhnatathe
rules; vidhyaperforming; dhtBrahm;
samavasthitastood; abhavatbecame.
Then Brahm rose, ignited the sacred fire, and performed the
Vedic wedding-ceremony of the divine couple.
Text 32
sa vhaym sa hari ca rdhik

pradakia sapta-hiraya-retasa
tata ca tau ta praamayya veda-vit
tau phaym sa ca sapta-mantrakam
saHe; vhaym samarried; harimLord Hari;

caand; rdhikmRdh;
pradakiamcircumambulation; sapta-hiraya-retasaof the
fire; tatathen; caalso; tauThem;
tamthat; praamayyamaking bow down; vedathe
Vedas; vitknowing; tauto Them; phaym
sarecited; caalso; saptaseven;
mantrakammantras.
Brahm performed the wedding-ceremony of Lord Hari and r

Rdhik. He had Them circumambulate the sacred fire and bow down
before it, and then Brahm, the knower of the Vedas, recited the
seven mantras.
Text 33
tato harer vakasi rdhiky
kara ca sasthpya hare kara puna
r-rdhiky kila pha-deake
sasthpya mantr ca vidhi praphayan
tatathen; hareof Lord Hari; vakasion the

chest; rdhikyof Rdh; karamthe hand;
caalso; sasthpyaplacing; hareof Lord Hari;
karamon the hand; punaagain; r-rdhikyof
r Rdh; kilacertainly; pha-deakeon the
back; sasthpyaplacing; mantrnmantras;
caalso; vidhiBrahm; praphayanreciting.
Placing r Rdhik's hand on Lord Hari's chest and Lord

Hari's hand on r Rdhik's back, Brahm recited many mantras.
Text 34
rdh karbhy pradadau ca mlik

kijalkin ka-gale 'lindinm
hare karbhy vabhnuj gale
tata ca vahni praamayya veda-vit
rdhRdh; karbhymwith both hands;

pradadaugave; caalso; mlikma garland;
kijalkinmof lotus flowers; ka-galeon Ka's
neck; aliof bees; ndinmfilled with the
humming; hareof Lord Hari; karbhymwith both
hands; vabhnujthe daughter of Vabhnu; galeon
the neck; tatathen; caand; vahnimthe
fire; praamayyahaving bow down; veda-vitthe knower
of the Vedas.
Then with both hands r Rdh placed on Lord Ka's neck a

lotus garland filled the the humming of bees. Then with both
hands Lord Hari placed on r Rdh's neck a similar garland.
Then Brahm had Them bow down before the sacred fire.
Text 35
samvsaym sa su-phayo ca tau
ktjal mauna-yutau pitmaha
tau phaym sa tu paca-mantraka
samarpya rdh ca piteva kanyakm
samvsaym saplaced; su-phayoon two thrones;

caalso; tauThem; ktjalwith folded
hands; mauna-yutausilent; pitmahaBrahm;
tauThem; phaym sarecited; tuindeed;
paca-mantrakamfive mantras; samarpyagiving;
rdhmRdh; caand; pita father;
ivalike; kanyakma daughter.
Placing the silent divine couple on two thrones, with folded

hands Brahm recited five mantras. Then, as a father gives away
his daughter, Brahm gave away r Rdh.
Text 36
pupni dev vavus tad npa

vidydharbhir nantu surgan
gandharva-vidydhara-cra kala
sa-kinnar ka-su-magala jagu
pupniflowers; devthe demigods;

vavushowered; tadthen; npaO king;
vidydharbhiwith the Vidydghars; nantudanced;
surganthe demigoddesses; gandharvaGandharva;
vidydharaVidyadhara; craand Craas;
kalamsweetly; sa-kinnarwith thr Kinnaras;
kafor Lord Ka; su-magalamgreat auspiciousness;
jagusang.
O king, then the demigods showered flowers, and the

demigoddesses danced with the Vidydhars. The Gandharvas,
Vidydharas, Craas, and Kinnaras sang auspicious songs
glorifying Lord Ka.
Text 37
mdaga-v-muru-yai-veava
akhnak dundubhaya sa-tlak
nedur muhur deva-varair divi sthitair
jayety abhn magala-abdam uccakai
mdaga-v-muru-yai-veavamdagas, vs, murus,

yais, and veus; sakhnakakhas and anakas;
dundubhayadundubhis; sa-tlakwith tlakas;
nedusounded; muhuagain and again; deva-varaiby
the great demigods; diviin heaven;
sthitaistaying; jayaglories!; iti-thus;
abhtwas; magalaauspicious; abdamsound;
uccakailoudly.
Again and again the great demigods in heaven sounded many

mdagas, vs, murus, yais, veus, akhas, anakas, and
tlakas. Calling out "Glory!" they made an auspicious
sound.
Text 38
uvca tatraiva vidhi hari svaya

yathepsita tva vada vipra dakim
tad hari prha vidhi prabho me
dehi tvad-aghryor nija-bhakti-dakiam
uvcasaid; tatrathere; evaindeed;

vidhimto Brahm; hariLord Hari;
svayampersonally; yathas; ipsitamdesired;
tvamyou; vadasay; vipraO brhmaa;
dakimreward; tadthen; harimto Lord Hari;
prhasaid; vidhiBrahm; prabhaO Lord; meto
me; dehiplease give; tvad-aghryofor Your
feet; nijaown; bhaktidevotion;
dakimreward.
When Lord Hari said to Brahm, "Please ask whatever

you wish as daki," Brahm replied to Lord Hari, "O
Lord, as daki please give me devotion for Your feet."
Text 39
tathstu vkya vadato vidhir hare

r-rdhiky ca pada-dvaya ubham
natv karbhy iras puna punar
jagma geha praata praharita
tathso; astube it; vkyamwords;

vadatasaying; vidhiBrahm; hareof Lord Hari;
r-rdhikyof r Rdh; caalso; pada-
dvayamfeet; ubhamauspicious; natvbowing down;
karbhymwith both hands; iraswith his head;
puna punaagain and again; jagmawent;
gehamhome; praatabowing down; praharitahappy.
When Lord Hari said "So be it", Brahm again and

again placed His head at the beautiful and auspicious feet of
Lord Hari and r Rdhik. Then, happy and humbly bowing down,
Brahm left for his own home.
Text 40
tato nikujeu catur-vidhnna

divya manoja priyay pradattam
jaghsa ka prahasan partm
kena datta kramuka ca rdh
tatathen; nikujeuin the forest groves;

catur-vidhafour kinds; annamof food;
divyamdivine; manojamdelicious; priyayby
His beloved; pradattamgiven; jaghsaate;
kaKa; prahasanlaughing; partmthe Supreme
Lord; kenaby Ka; dattamgiven;
kramukambetelnuts; caalso; rdhRdh.
Then, in the forest groves the Supreme Personality of

Godhead, Lord Ka, ate four kinds of delicious divine foods His
beloved offered, and r Rdh chewed betelnuts Ka offered.
Text 41
tata karepi kara priyy

harir ghtv pracacla kuje
jagma jalpan madhura prpayan
vndvana r-yamun lat ca
tatathen; kareawith a hand; apialso;

karamthe hand; priyyof His beloved; hariLord
Hari; ghtvtaking; pracaclawent; ku
24jeto tyhe forest grove; jagmawent;
jalpantalking; madhuramsweetly;
prapayanlooking; vndvanamat Vndvana; r-
yamunmr Yamun; latthe flowering vines; caand.
Taking His beloved's hand, Lord Hari walked in the forest

grove. Taking sweetly as He gazed at the beautiful Yamun,
Vndvana forest, and the many flowering vines, He walked.
Text 42
rimal-lat-kuja-nikuja-madhye
nilyamna prahasantam eva
vilokya khntarita ca rdh
jagrha ptmbaram vrajant
rimatbeautiful; latof flowering vines;

kujagrove; nikujagrove; madhyein
teh midst; nilyamnamentering;
prahasantamsmiling; evaindeed; vilokyaseeing;
khaa branch; antaritamhidden behind;
caalso; rdhRdh; jagrhagrasped;
ptayellow; ambaramgrament; vrajantfollowing.
Ka laughed and disappeared in a grove of beautiful

flowering vines. Seeing Him hiding behind a tree, Rdh went up
to Him and grasped His yellow garment.
Text 43
dudrva rdh hari-hasta-padmj

jhakram aghryo pratikurvat kau
nilyamn yamun-nikuje
punar vrajant hari-hasta-mtrt
dudrvaran; rdhRdh; hariof Lord Hari;

hastahand; padmtlotus; jhakramtinkling;
aghryoof the feet; pratikurvatdoing; kauon
the ground; nilyamndisappearing; yamun-niku
24jein the grove by the Yamun; punaagain;
vrajantgoing; hari-hasta-mtrtonly by Lord Hari's hand.
Fleeing from Lord Hari's lotus hand, Her feet thumping

against the ground, She disappeared in a forest by the Yamun,
but was pulled out again by Lord Hari's hand.
Text 44
yath tamla kala-dhauta-vally

ghane yath cacalay caksti
nlo 'dri-rjo nikama-khany
r-rdhaydystu tay ramay
yathas; tamlaa tamala tree; kala-dhauta-

vallywith a vine of golden flowers; ghanaa dark
cloud; yathas; cacalaywith
lightning; cakstishines; nladark; adriof
mountains; rjaking; nikama-khanywith a mine
of nikaa stones; r-rdhaywith r Rdh;
adyanow; astuis; taywith Her;
ramaybeautiful.
As a tamla tree with a vine of golden flowers, as a dark

cloud with a lightning flash, and as a dark mountain with a mine
of nikaa stones, so Lord Hari was with beautiful r Rdh.
Text 45
r-rsa-rage jana-varjite pare

reme har rsa-rasea rdhay
vndvane bhga-mayra-kjal-
late caraty eva ratvara para
rbeautiful; rsaof the rsa dance; ragein

the arena; janapeople; varjitewithout;
paretranscendental; remeenjoyed; hariLord
Hari; rsa-raseawith the nectar of the rsa dance;
rdhaywith Rdh; vndvanein Vndvana;
bhgabees; mayrapeacocks; kjatcooing;
latevine; caratimoves; evaindeed; ratiof
amorous pastimes; varathe master;
paratranscendental.
In the beautiful secluded rsa-dance arena Lord Hari enjoyed

the nectar of the rsa dance with r Rdh. Lord Hari, the
transcendental master of amorous pastimes, walked in Vndvana
forest filled with flowering vines and the sounds of peacocks and
bees.
Text 46
r-rdhay ka-hari partm

nanarta govardhana-kandarsu
mattliu prasravanai sarobhir
virjitsu dyutimal-latsu
r-rdhaywith r Rdh; ka-hariKa Hari;

partmthe Supreme Personality of Godhead;
nanartadanced; govardhanaof Govarhdana Hill;
kandarsuin the caves; mattaintoxicated;
aliubees; prasravanaiwith swiftly moving streams,
rapids, and waterfalls; sarobhiwith lakes;
virjitsushining; dyutimatsplendid; latsuvines.
The Supreme Lord, Ka-Hari, danced with r Rdh in the

caves of Govardhana Hill, by the lakes and the swiftly moving
streams, rapids, and waterfalls, and among the splendid flowering
vines filled with intoxicated bumblebees.
Text 47
cakra ko yamun sametya

vara vihra vabhnu-putry
rdh-karl laka-dala sa padma
dhvan ghtv yamun-jaleu
cakradid; kaLord Ka; yamunmto the

Yamun; sametyagoing; varamexcellent;
vihrampastime; vabhnu-putrywith King Vabhnu's
daughter; rdhof Rdh; kartfrom the hand;
lakaa hundred thousand; dalampetals; saHe;
padmama lotus flower; dhvanrunning;
ghtvtaking; yamunof the Yamun; jaleuin the
waters.
When They came to the Yamun, Ka enjoyed a charming

pastime with King Vabhnu's daughter. Taking the hundred-
thousand-petal lotus from Rdh's hand, He suddenly dove into the
Yamun's waters.
Text 48
rdh hare pta-paa ca va

vetra ghtv sahas hasant
dehti va vadato hare ca
jagda rdh kamala nu dehi
rdhRdh; hareof Lord Hari; ptayellow;

paamgarment; caand; vamflute;
vetramand stick; ghtvtaking; sahassuddenly;
hasantlaughing; dehigive; itithus;
vamthe flute; vadatasaying; hareof Lord
Hari; caalso; jagdasaid; rdhRdh;
kamalamthe lotus; nucertainly; dehigive.
Laughing Rdh quickly took Lord Hari's flute, stick, and
yellow cloth. When Lord Hari said, "Give back My flute!"
She mocked Him and said, "You give back My lotus!"
Text 49
tasyai dadau deva-varo 'tha padma

rdh dadau pta-paa ca vam
vetra ca tasmai haraye tayo punar
babhva ll yamun-taeu
tasyaito Her; dadaugave; deva-varathe Supreme

Personality of Godhead; athathen; padmamthe
lotus; rdhRdh; dadaugave; pta-paamyellow cloth; caand; vamflute;
vetramstick; caand; tasmaito Him; harayeLord
Hari; tayoof Them; punaagain;
babhvawas; llpastime; yamun-taeuon the shore
of the Yamun.
Lord Hari, the master of the demigods, gave Her the lotus,
Rdh gave Lord Hari His flute, stick, and yellow cloth, and They
continued to enjoy pastimes by the Yamun's shone.
Text 50
tata ca bhravane priyys

cakra gram ala manojam
patrvalyvaka-kajjaldyai
pupai su-ratnair vraja-gopa-ratna
tatathen; caalso; bhravanein

Bhravana; priyyof His beloved;
cakradid; gramdecoration; alamgreatly;
manojambeautiful; patrapictures and designs;
avali-many; yvakared lac; kajjalablack
kajjala; dyaibeginning with; pupaiwith
flowers; su-ratnaiwith beautiful jewels; vrajaof
Vraja; gopaof the cowherd people; ratnathe jewel.
Then, in Bhravana forest, with many flowers, beautiful
jewels, and pictures drawn in red yvaka, black kajjala, and many
other colors, He who is the jewel of the Vraja-gopas beautifully
decorated His beloved.
Text 51
hare ca gram ala prakartu

samudyat tatra yad hi rdh
tadaiva kas tu babhva blo
vihya kaiora-vapu svaya hi
hareof Lord Hari; caand;

gramdecoration; alamgreatly; prakartumto
do; samudyateager; tatrathere;
yadwhen; hiindeed; rdhRdh;
tadthen; evacertainly; kaKa;
tuindeed; babhvabecame; blachild;
vihyaabandoning; kaiorateen-age; vapuform;
svayampersonally; hiindeed.
As Rdh was about to decorate Him, Lord Ka suddenly

abandoned His teen-age form and again became an infant.
Text 52
nandena datta ium eva yda

bhmau luhanta prarudantam yayau
hari vilokyu rurodha rdhik
tanoi my nu katha hare mayi
nandenaby Nanda; dattamgiven; iumchild;

evaindeed; ydamlike which; bhmauon the
ground; luhantamcrawling; prarudantamcrying;
yayauwent; harimLord Hari; vilokyaseeing;
uat once; rurodhacried; rdhikRdh;
tanoiYou manifest; mymillusion; nuindeed;
kathamwhy?; hareO Lord Hari; mayito Me.
He became an infant crawling on the ground and crying, just
as Nanda had given Him before. When She saw Lord Hari in this
way, r Rdhik cried out, "O Lord Hari, why do You show
this illusion to Me?"
Text 53
ittha rudant sahas viam

ka-vg ha tadaiva rdhm
oca nu rdhe iha m kuru tva
manorathas te bhaviy hi pact
itthamthus; rudantmweeping; sahasat

once; viamdespondent; kafrom the sky;
vka voice; haspoke; tadthen;
evaindeed; rdhmto Rdh; ocamlamentation;
nuindeed; rdheO Rdh; ihahere;
mdon't; kurudo; tvamYou;
manorathadesire; teYour; bhaviywill be
fulfilled; hiindeed; pactlater.
As despondent Rdh wept, a voice from the sky said,

O Rdh, don't lament. In time Your desire will be
fulfilled."
Text 54
rutvtha rdh hi hari ghtv

gatu gehe vraja-rja-patny
dattv ca bla kila nanda-patny
uvca datta pathi te ca bhartr
rutvhearing; athathen; rdhRdh;

hiindeed; harimLord Hari; ghtvtaking;
gatwent; uat once; gehehome; vraja-rja-
patnyof the wife of Vraja's king; dattvgiving;
caalso; blamthe infant; kilaindeed; nanda-
patnywith Nanda's wife; uvcaspoke;
dattaplaced; pathion the pathway; teof you;
caalso; bhartrby Your husband.
Hearing this, Rdh took Lord Hari and quickly went to the
home of Vraja's queen. Giving the child to Nanda's wife, She
said, "Your husband gave Him to Me on the path."
Text 55
uvca rdh npa-nanda-gehin

dhanysi rdhe vabhnu-kanyake
tvay iur me parirakito bhayn
meghvte vyomni bhayturo vane
uvcasaid; rdhmto Rdh; npa-nanda-

gehinthe wife of King Nanda; dhanyfortunate;
asiYou are; rdheO Rdh; vabhnu-kanyakeO
daughter of Vabhnu; tvayby You; iuchild;
memy; parirakitaprotected; bhaytfrom
danger; meghaby clouds; vtecovered;
vyomniwhen the sky; bhayturafearful; vanein the
forest.
King Nanda's wife said to Rdh, "O Rdh, O

daughter of King Vabhnu, You are fortunate. When the sky was
covered with clouds and my child became frightened in the forest,
You protected Him."
Text 56
sampjit lghita-sa-gu s
su-nandit r-vabhnu-putr
tad hy anujpya yaomat s
anai sva-geha hi jagma rdh
sampjitworshiped; lghitapraised;
sattranscendental; guvirtues; sShe; su-
nanditvery pleased; r-vabhnu-putrr Vabhnu's
daughter; tadthen; hiindeed; anuj
24pyataking permission; yaomatmfrom Yaod;
sShe; anaislowly; svato Her own;
gehamhouse; hiindeed; jagmawent;
rdhRdh.
After She was greatly honored and Her transcendental virtues

praised, r Vabhnu's happy daughter, taking permission from
Mother Yaod, slowly returned to Her own home.
Text 57
ittha harer gupta-kath ca varit

rdh-vivhasya su-magalvt
rut ca yair v pahit ca phit
tn ppa-vnd na kad spanti
itthamthus; hareof Lord Hari;

guptasecret; kathnarrative; caalso;
varitdescribed; rdhwith Rdh; vivhasyaof the
wedding; su-magala-vtfilled with great
auspiciousness; rutheard; caalso; yaiby
whom; vheard; pahitread silently;
caand; phitread aloud; tnto them; ppa-
vnda host of sins; nanot; kadever;
spantitouch.
Sins will never touch they who hear, read silently, or

recite aloud this auspicious and confidential narration of the
wedding of r Rdh.
Chapter Seventeen
Dadhi-steya-varana
Description of the Yogurt Theft
Text 1
r-nrada uvca
ata blau ka-rmau
gaura-ymau manoharau
llay cakratur ala
sundara nanda-mandiram
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; atathen;

blauthe two boys; ka-rmauKa and Balarma;
gaura-ymaufair and dark; manoharaucharming;
llaywith pastimes; cakratudid; alammuch;
sundaramhandsome; nanda-mandiramNanda's palace.
r Nrada said: With Their pastimes the two handsome fair

and dark boys, Ka and Balarma, made Nanda's palace beautiful.
Text 2
rigamnau ca jnubhy
pbhy saha maithila
vrajatlpena klena
bruvantau madhura vraje
rigamnaucrawling; caalso; jnubhymwith

knees; pbhymhands; sahawith; maithilaO
king of Mithil; vrajatgone; alpenaa little; klenatime; bruvantautalking;
madhuramsweetly; vrajein Vraja.
O king of Mithil, They crawled on Their hands and knees and

soon They were speaking sweet words in Vraja.
Text 3
yaoday ca rohiy
llitau poitau i
kad vinirgatv akt
kvacid aka samsthitau
yaodayby Yaod; caand; rohiyRohi; llitaucaressed; poitaunourished;

ithe two
boys; kadwhen?; vinirgataugone; aktfrom
the lap; kvacitwhere?; akama lap;
samsthitaustaying.
Yaod and Rohi fed, fondled and caressed the two boys.
When did the boys leave their laps? To whose lap did They go?
Text 4
majra-kikin-rva
kurvantau tv itas tata
tri-lok mohayantau dvau
my-blaka-vigrahau
majraof anklets; kikinand bells;

rvamsounds; kurvantaumaking; tauThey; itas
tatahere and there; tri-lokmthe three worlds;
mohayantauenchanting; dvauboth; myby the Yogamy
potency; blakachildren; vigrahauforms.
Tinkling Their anklets and small bells, They enchanted the

three worlds as They went here and there. By the influence of
Their Yogamy potency They manifested the forms of two small
boys.
Text 5
krantam dya iu yaod-

jire luhanta vraja-blakai ca
tad-dhli-lepvta-dharga
cakre hy ala prokaam darea
krantamplaying; dyataking; iumboy; yaod Yaod; ajirein the courtyard;

luhantamrolling about; vrajaof Vraja; blakaiwith
the boys; caand; tatof that; dhlidust; lepointment; vtacovered; dhara
darkened; agamlimbs; cakredid; hiindeed;
alamgreatly; prokaamsprinkling; dareawith
respect.
When her son's limbs were dark, anointed with dust by
playing in the courtyard with the boys of Vraja, Yaod took Him
and bathed Him with great care.
Text 6
jnu-dvaybhy ca sama karbhy

punar vrajan praganam etya ka
mtr-aka-dee punar vrajan san
babhau vraje keari-bla-lla
jnu-dvaybhymboth knees; caand;

samamwith; karbhymboth hands; punaagain;
vrajangoing; praganamto the courtyard;
etyagoing; kaKa; mtof His mother;
aka-deeon the lap; punaagain;
vrajanreturning; sanbeing so; babhauwas splendidly
manifested; vrajein Vraja; kearilion;
blacub; llapastimes.
On His hands and knees crawling first to the courtyard and

then to His mother's lap, Ka was like a lion cub splendidly
playing in Vraja.
Text 7
ta sarvato haimana-citra-yukta
ptmbara kacukam dadhnam
sphurat-prabha ratnamaya ca mauli
dv suta prpa muda yaod
tamHim; sarvatacompletely; haimanagolden; citradesigns; yuktamendowed;

ptmbara kacukamyellow garments; dadhnamwearing;
sphurat-prabhamsplendid; ratnamayamjeweled;
caand; maulimcrown; dvseeing; sutamher
son; prpaattained; mudamhappiness;
yaodYaod.
Gazing at her son dressed in yellow garments decorated with
gold and splendid with a crown of jewels, Yaod became happy.
Text 8
bla mukundam ati-sundara-bla-keli

dv para mudam avpur atva gopya
r-nanda-rja-vrajam etya gha vihya
sarvs tu vismta-gh sukha-vigrahs t
blamchild; mukundamMukunda; ati-sundaravery

handsome; blachildhood; kelimpastimes;
dvseeing; paramgreat; mudamhappiness;
avpuattained; atvagreat; gopyagops;
r-nanda-rja-vrajamthe cowherd village of King Nanda;
etyaattaining; ghamhome; vihyaleaving;
sarvall; tucertainly; vismtaforgotten;
ghhomes; sukhahappy; vigrahforms;
tthey.
Forgetting their homes, leaving them behind and coming to

King Nanda's cowherd village, all the gops gazed at the charming
and playful child Mukunda and became very happy.
Text 9
r-nanda-rja-gha-ktrima-siha-rpa
dv vrajan pratiravan npa bhiruvad ya
ntv ca ta nija-suta gham vrajant
gopyo vraje sa-ghay hy avadan yaodm
r-nanda-rjaof King Nanda; ghain the home;

ktrimaartificial; sihalion; rpamform;
dvseeing; vrajangoing; pratiravanroaring a challenge; npaO king; bhiruvat
frightening;
yawho; ntvleading; caand; tamHim;
nijahis own; sutamson; ghamhome;
vrajantmcoming; gopyathe gops; vrajein
Vraja; sa-ghaywith compassion; hiindeed;
avadantold; yaodmYaod.
When infant Ka saw the statue of a lion at the entrance
to King Nanda's home, He became frightened and began to cry. The
gops took Him inside and compassionately spoke to Yaod.
Text 10
r-gopya cu
krrtha cpala hy ena

m bahi kraygant
bla-keli dugdha-mukha
kka-paka-dhara ubhe
r-gopya cuthe gops said; krplaying;

arthamfor the purpose; cpalamrestless;
hiindeed; enamHe; mdon't; bahioutside; krayatake; agantfrom the
courtyard;
blachild's; kelimplaying; dugdhamilk;
mukhamin His mouth; kkacrow's; pakafeathers; dharamwearing; ubheO
beautiful one.
The gops said: O beautiful one, don't take this restless

and playful boy decorated with crows' feathers and the milk still
in His mouth out of the courtyard to play.
Text 11
rdhva-danta-dvaya jta
prva mtula-doa-dam
asypi mtulo nsti
te sutasya yaomati
rdhvaupper; dantateeth; dvayamtwo;

jtamborn; prvambefore; mtulaof the maternal
uncle; doafault; damgiving; asyaof Him; apieven; mtulamaternal uncle; na
not;
astiis; teof your; sutasyasun; yaomatiO
Yaod.
O Yaod, your son's two front teeth have now appeared. Now
his maternal uncle should perform a ceremony to ward off
inauspiciousness, but your son has no maternal uncle.
Text 12
tasmd dna tu kartavya

vighnn na-hetave
go-vipra-sura-sdhn
chandasa pjana tath
tasmttherefore; dnamcharity;
tucertainly; kartavyamshould be given; vighnnmof
obstacles; nadestruction; hetavefor the
cause; gatp the cows; viprabrhmaas;
surademigods; sdhnmand saintly devotees;
chandasamVedic mantras; pjanamworship; tathso.
Therefore, to destroy all obstacles you should give charity,

chant Vedic prayers, and worship the cows, brhmaas, demigods,
and saintly devotees.
Text 13
r-nrada uvca
tad yaod-rohiyau
suta-kalyna-hetave
vastra-ratna-navnnn
dna nitya ca cakratu

yaod-rohiyauYaod and Rohi; sutaof the son;
kalyna-hetavefor the auspiciousness; vastragarments; ratnajewels; navanew;
annnmand grains;
dna-charity; nityamregularly; caand;
cakratudid.
Then, to bring auspiciousness to their sons, Yaod and
Rohi regularly gave garments, jewels, and new grains in
charity.
Text 14
atha vraje rma-kau

bla-sihvalokanau
padbhy calantau ghoeu
vardhamnau babhvatu
athathen; vrajein Vraja; rmaBalarma;

kauand Ka; bla-sihalion cubs;
avalokanauglance; padbhymwith their feet;
calantauwalking; ghoeuin the cowherds' homes;
vardhamnaugrowing; babhvatubecame.
Now walking on their two feet among the gopas's homes, and
their glances like those of a lion's cub, Ka and Balarma grew
in the village of Vraja.
Text 15
rdma-subaldyai ca
vayasyair vraja-blakai
yamun-sikate ubhre
luhantau sa-kuthalau
rdma-subaldyaiheaded by rdma and Subala;

caalso; vayasyaiwith friends; vraja-blakaithe
boys of Vraja; yamunof the Yamun; sikateon the
beach; ubhrebeautiful; luhantauwandering;
sa-kuthalauplaying.
With the boys of Vraja, Their friends headed by rdm and

Subala, They played on the Yamun's sandy shore.
Text 16
klindy-upavane ymais
tamlai sa-ghanair vte
kadamba-kuja-obhhye
cerat rma-kevau
klindof the Yamun; upavanein the gardens;

ymaiwith dark; tamlaitamala trees; sa-
ghanaisturdy; vtefilled; kadambaof kadamba
trees; kujagrove; obhbeauty;
ahyerich; ceratumoved; rma-kevauKa and
Balarma.
In the Yamun's forests opulent with kadamba groves and

sturdy black tamla trees, Ka and Balarma walked.
Text 17
janayan gopa-gopnm
nanda bla-llay
vayasyai coraym sa
navanta ghta hari
janayancreating; gopa-gopnmof the gopas and

gops; nandambliss; bla-llaywith childhood
pastimes; vayasyaiwith friends; coraym
sastole; navantambutter; ghtamand ghee;
hariLord Hari.
Delighting the gopas and gops with His childhood pastimes,

with His friends Lord Hari stole butter and ghee.
Text 18
ekad hy upanandasya
patn nmn prabhvat
r-nanda-mandira prpt
yaod prha gopik
ekadonce; hiindeed; upanandasyaof

Upananda; patnthe wife; nmnby name;
prabhvatPrabhvat; r-nanda-mandiramto Nanda's
palace; prptcome; yaodmto Yaod; prhasaid; gopikthe gop.
One day Prabhvat-gop, who was Upananda's wife, came to

Nanda's palace and spoke to Yaod.
Text 19
r-prabhvaty uvca
navanta ghta dugdha

dadhi takra yaomati
vayor bheda-rahita
tvat-prasdc ca me 'bhavat
r-prabhvat uvcar Prabhvat said;

navantambutter; ghtamghee; dugdhammilk;
dadhimyogurt; takrambuttermilk; yaomatiYaod; vayoof us; bhedadifference;
rahitamwithout; tvat-prasdtby your mercy;
caalso; meof me; abhavatwas.
r Prabhvat said: O Yaod, for the two of us there is no

separate property in butter, ghee, milk, yogurt, and buttermilk.
By your kindness yours is also mine.
Text 20
nha vadmi cnena

steya kutrpi ikitam
ika karoi na sute
navanta-mui svata
nanot; ahamI; vadmisay; caalso;

anenaby Him; steyamto be stolen;
kutrpisomewhere; ikitamtaught;
ikamteaching; karoiyou do; nanot; suteto
your son; navantabutter; muistealing;
svataby Himself.
I don't say you taught Him to steal. You didn't teach Him.
Your son steals butter on His own.
Text 21
yad may kt ik
tad dhas tavgaja
gli-pradna dattvaya
dravati pragann mama
yadwhen; mayby me; ktdone;

ikinstruction; tadthen; dhabold;
tavayour; agajason; glibad words;
pradnamgift; dattvgiving; ayamHe;
dravatiruns; pragantfrom the courtyard; mamamy.
When I try to give Him good instruction, Your arrogant son

gives me bad words and runs from my courtyard.
Text 22
vrajdhasya putro 'ya

bhtv steya samcaret
na may kathita kicid
yaode tava gauravt
vrajdhasyaof the king of Vraja; putrathe son; ayamHe; bhtvhaving become;

steyamtheft;
samcaretmay perform; nanot; mayby me;
kathitamtold; kicitsomething; yaodeO
Yaod; tavafor you; gauravtout of respect.
He is the son of Vraja's king. He should not steal. O

Yaod, there are some other things also that, out of respect for
you, I have not told.
Text 23
r-nrada uvca
rutv prabhvat-vkya
yaod nanda-gehin
bla nirbhartsya tm ha
smn prema-paryan
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; rutvhearing; prabhvat-vkyamPrabhavati's

words; nandaNanda's; gehinwife; blamthe boy;
nirbhartsyarebuking; tamto Him; hasaid;
smnwith sweet words; prema-paryanfull of love.
r Nrada said: After hearing Prabhvat's words, Yaod,

the wife of Nanda, rebuked her son, and with great love gently
spoke to Prabhvat.
Text 24
r-yaodovca
gav koir ghe me 'sti

gorasair arditcal
na jne dadhi-mu blo
ntti so 'tra kadcana
r-yaod uvcar Yaod said; gavmof cows;

koiten million; ghein the home; meof me;
astiis; gorasaiwith milk; arditovercome;
acalcannot move; nanot; jneI know;
dadhimilk; mukin the mouth; blachild;
nanot; attieats; saHe; atrahere;
kadcanaever.
r Yaod said: I have ten million cows. There is so much

yogurt in the house I cannot move. I do not know why my little
boy never drinks any of the yogurt here.
Text 25
anena muita gavya

tat-sama tva gha me
te iau me iau bhedo
nsti kicit prabhvati
anenaby Him; muitamstolen; gavyamyogurt; tat-samamlike that; tvamyou;

ghagive;
meto me; teyour; iauboy; memy;
iauboy; bhedadifference; nanot;
astiis; kicitat all; prabhvatiO
Prabhvat.
Bring this yogurt-thief to me. O Prabhvat, there is no

difference between your son and my son.
Text 26
navanta-mukha cainam
atra tva hy nayiyasi
tad ik kariymi
bhartsana bandhana tath
navanta-mukhambutter on His mouth; caalso;

enamHim; atrahere; tvamyou; hiindeed;
nayiyasiwill bring; tadthen; ikma lesson; kariymiI will do; bhartsanam
rebuke;
bandhanamtying up; taththen.
You bring that boy here with butter in His mouth and I will
give Him a lesson. I will scold Him and tie Him up.
Text 27
r-nrada uvca
rutv vkya tad gop

prasann gham gat
ekad dadhi-cauryrtha
kas tasy gha gata
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; rutvhearing; vkyamthese words; tadthen;

gopthe gop; prasannhappy; ghamhome; gatcame;
ekadone day; dadhiof yogurt; cauryatheft;
arthamfor the purpose; kaKa; tasyof
her; ghamto the home; gatawent.
r Nrada said: Hearing these words, the gop became happy and went home. Then one
day Ka went to her home to steal
yogurt.
Text 28
vayasyair blakai srdha

prva-kuye ghasya ca
hastd dhasta saghtv
anai ko vivea ha
vayasyaiwith His friends; blakaithe boys;

srdhamwith; prvaside; kuyeon the wall;
ghasyaof the house; caalso; hasttby a hand; hastamto a hand; saghtv
grasping;
anaigradually; kaKa; vivea haentered.
Grasping it with one hand after another, Ka and His boy

friends gradually scaled the outer wall and entered the
courtyard.
Text 29
ikya-stha gorasa dv
hastgrhya hari svayam
ulkhale phake ca
gopn sthpyruroha tam
ikya-sthamsuspended on ropes; gorasamyogurt;

dvseeing; hasta-with a hand; agrhyamnot
graspable; hariLord Hari; svayampersonally;
ulkhaleon a grinding-mortar; phakefootstool;
caand; gopnthe gopas; sthpyaplacing;
rurohaclimbed; tamthat.
Seeing the yogurt was in a jug hanging on ropes beyond His

hand's reach, by arranging a footstool, a grinding mortar, and
the gopa boys, Lord Hari climbed up to it.
Text 30
tad api praunlabhya

gorasa ikya-sasthitam
rdmn subalenpi
daenpi tata ca
tatthat; apiand; prauntall;

alabhyamnot attainable; gorasamyogurt; ikya-
sasthitamin the jug hanging on ropes; rdmnby
rdm; subalenaby Subala; apialso;
daenawith a stick; apialso; tatastruck;
caand.
When even from that height the yogurt-jar hanging from ropes
could not be reached, rdm and Subala hit the jar with sticks.
Text 31
bhagna-bht sarva-gavya
vahad bhmau manoharam
jaghsa subalo markair
blakai saha mdhava
bhagnabroken; bhtfrom the jar;

sarvaall; gavyamthe yogurt; vahatflowing;
bhmauto the ground; manoharamcharming;
jaghsaate; subalaSubala; markaiwith the
monkeys; blakaithe boys; sahawith;
mdhavaKa.
As all the beautiful yogurt flowed from the broken jug to

the ground, Ka, Subala, the boys, and some monkeys, all ate
it.
Text 32
bhagna-bha-svana rutv
prpta gop prabhvat
palyiteu bleu
jagrha r-kara hare
bhagnabroken; bhajug; svanamthe sound; rutvhearing; prptcame;

gopthe gop;
prabhvatPrabhvat; palyiteufled; bleuwhen
the boys; jagrhagrabbed; r-karamthe beautiful
hand; hareof Lord Hari.
Hearing the sound of the jug breaking, the gop Prabhvat

came. As the boys fled, she grabbed Lord Hari's beautiful hand.
Text 33
ntv mru bhru ca

gacchant nanda-mandiram
agre nanda sthita dv
mukhe vastra cakra ha
ntvbringing; mfalse; arutears;

bhrumfrightened; caand; gacchantgoing;
nandaNanda's; mandiramto the palace;
agrebefore; nandamNanda; sthitamstanding;
dvseeing; mukhein the mouth; vastramcloth; cakradid; haindeed.
As frightened Ka shed false tears, she brought Him to
Nanda's palace. Seeing Nanda standing there, she covered Ka's
face with the edge of His garment.
Text 34
harir vicintayann ittha

mt daa pradsyati
dadhra tad-bla-rpa
svacchanda-gatir vara
hariLord Hari; vicintayanthinking;

itthamthus; mtHis mother; daama stick;
pradsyatigave; dadhramanifested; tad-bla-
rpamthat child's form; svacchanda-gatiindependent; varaSupreme Controller.
Lord Hari thought, "My mother will hit Me with a

stick." The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can do whatever
He likes, then manifested the form of Prabhvat's son.
Text 35
s yaod sametyu
prha gop runvit
bha bhagn-kta sarva
muita dadhy anena vai
sshe; yaodYaod; sametyacoming;

uquickly; prhasaid; gopgop;
runvitangry; bhamthe jug; bhagn-
ktambroken; sarvameverything; muitamstolen; dadhiyogurt; anenaby Him; vai
certainly.
Yaod quickly came. The angry gop said, "He broke

a jug and stole all the yogurt in it."
Text 36
yaod tat-suta vkya
hasant prha gopikm
vastrnta ca mukhd gopi
dr-ktya vadhasa
yaodYaod; tat-sutamher son;

vkyalooking; hasantlaughing; prhasaid;
gopikmto the gop; vastragarment; antamend;
caand; mukhtfrom the mouth; gopthe gop;
dr-ktyataking far away; vadatell; ahasathe
offense.
Seeing Her son, Yaod smiled and said to the gop, O gop, take the edge of the garment
from His face and tell
the mischief He has done.
Text 37
apavdo yad deyo

nirvsa kuru me purt
yumat-putra-kta caurya
asmat-putra-kta bhavet
apavdathe account of His offense; yadwhen;

deyagiven; nirvsamsending away; kurudo;
meof me; purtfrom the house; yumatyour;
putrason; ktamdone; cauryamtheft;
asmatmy; putrason; ktamdone; bhavetmay be.
"When it may be said my son has done mischief you

may throw Him out of my house. Your son did the theft you say my
son did."
Text 38
jana-lajj-samyukt
dr-ktya mukhmbaram
spi prha nija bla
vkya vismita-mnas
janaof the people; lajjembarrassment;

samyuktwith; dr-ktyaput far away;
mukhaface; ambaramcloth; sshe; apialso; prhasaid; nijamto her own; blam
boy;
vkyalooking; vismitasurprised; mnasheart.
Ashamed of what people might think, she took the cloth from
His face. Seeing her own son, she was surprised at heart and
said:
Text 39
nipadas tva kuta prpto

vraja-sro 'sti me kare
vadantttha ca ta ntv
nirgat nanda-mandirt
nipadawithout walking; tvamyou;

kutahow?; prptacome; vrajaof Vraja;
srathe treasure; astiis; meof me; karein
the hand; vadantsaying; itthamthus;
caand; tamhim; ntvbringing;
nirgatleft; nandaof Nanda; mandirtthe palace.
"How did you come here without walking? I have the

treasure of Vraja in my hand!" Saying this, and taking him with
her, she left Nanda's palace.
Text 40
yaod rohi nando

rmo gopa ca gopik
jahsu kathayantas te
do 'nyyo vraje mahn
yaodYaod; rohiRohi; nandaNanda; rmaBalarma; gopthe gopas;

caand;
gopikgops; jahsulaughed; kathayantatalking; tethey; daseen;
anyyainjustice; vrajein Vraja; mahngreat.
Yaod, Rohi, Nanda, Balarma, and the gopas and gops

laughed, saying, "Today we saw a great injustice in
Vraja."
Text 41
bhagavs tu bahir vthy

bhtv r-nanda-nandana
prahasan gopik prha
dhga cacalekaa
bhagavnthe Lord; tucertainly;

bahioutside; vthymon the path;
bhtvbecoming; r-nanda-nandanathe son of Nanda;
prahasanlaughing; gopikmto a gop; prhasaid; dhgabold; cacalarestless;
kaaeyes.
On the path outside again becoming Nanda's son, the Supreme

Personality of Godhead, smiling, confident, and His eyes
restless, spoke to the gop Prabhvat.
Text 42
r-bhagavn uvca
punar m yadi ghsi

kadcit tva he gopike
te bhrt-rpas tu tad
bhaviymi na saaya

said; punaagain; mmto Me; yadiif;
ghsiyou are kind; kadcitsometime; tvamyou; he gopikeO gop; teof you;
bhrtof the
husband; rpain the form; tucertainly;
tadthen; bhaviymiI will become; nanot;
saayadoubt.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O gop, if you

capture Me again, I will take the form of your husband. There is
no doubt of it.
Text 43
r-nrada uvca
rutv s vismit gop

gat gehe 'tha maithila
tad sarva-ghe gopyo
na ghanti hari hriy
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; rutvhearing; sshe; vismitstruck with

wonder; gopthe
gop; gatwent; gehehome; athathen;
maithilaO king of Mithil; tadthen; sarva-ghein
every home; gopyathe gops; nanot;
ghantitook; harimLord Hari; hriyout of
embarrassment.
O king of Mithil, when she heard this, the astonished gop

went home. From then on, in every home, impelled by fear of
embarrassment, the gops would not capture Ka.
Chapter Eighteen
Brahma-daranam
Vision of the Universal Form
Text 1
r-nrada uvca
gop-gheu vicaran navanta-caura

ymo manohara-vapur nava-kaja-netra
r-bla-candra iva vddhi-gato nar
citta harann iva cakra vraje ca obhm
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; gopof the

gops; gheuin the homes; vicaranthinking;
navantaof butter; caurathe thief; ymadark; manoharacharming; vapuform;
navanew;
kajalotus; netraeyes; rhandsome;
blarising; candramoon; ivalike; vddhi-
gatafull; narmof men; cittamthe heart;
haranstealing; ivalike; cakradid; vrajein
Vraja; caalso; obhmbeauty.
r Nrada said: Wandering from one to another of the gops'

homes and stealing the hearts of the cowherd people, that
charming, handsome, blossoming-lotus-eyed dark butter-thief, like
a rising full moon, brought great beauty to Vraja.
Text 2
r-nanda-nandanam atva cala ghtv

geha nidhya mumuhur nava-nanda-gop
sat-kandukai ca satata pariplayanto
gyanta rjita-sukh na jagat smaranta
r-nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda; atvavery;

calamrestless; ghtvtaking; gehamhome;
nidhyaplacing; mumuhubecame enchanted; nava-
nanda-gopthe nine Nanda-gopas; sat-kandukaiwith toy
balls; caand; satatamalways;
pariplayantaprotecting; gyantasinging; rjita-
sukhvery happy; nanot; jagatthe world;
smarantaremembering.
Taking Nanda's restless ball-playing son into their homes,

protecting Him, feeding Him, singing His glories, and so happy
they did not remember anything else in the world, the nine Nanda-
gopas were completely enchanted.
Text 3
r-rjovca
navopananda-nmni
vada deva-e mama
aho bhgya tu ye vai
te prva ke ihgat
tath a-vabhnn
karmi magalni ca
r-rj uvcathe king said; nava-upananda-

nmninamed the nine Upanandas; vadatell; deva-eO
sage of the demigods; mamato me; ahaOh;
bhgyamgood fortune; tuindeed; yemof whom;
vaiindeed; tethey; prvambefore; kewho?; ihahere; gatarrived; tathso;
a-
vabhnnmof the six Vabhnus; karmiactivities; magalniauspicious; caand.
The king said: Who were the fortunate nine Upanandas in

their previous birth? What were the auspicious deeds of the six
Vabhnus? O sage of the demigods, please tell me.
Texts 4 and 5
r-nrada uvca
gya ca vimala ra
rdharo magalyana
magalo ragavallo
ragojir devanyaka
nanda-nand ca kathit
babhvur gokule vraje
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; gyaGya;

caand; vimalaVimala; rara;
rdharardhara; magalyanaMagalyana;
magalaMagala; ragavallaRagavalla;
ragojiRagoji; devanyakaDevanyaka; nava-
nandthe nine Nandas; caalso; kathitsaid;
babhvuwere; gokulein Gokula; vrajein Vraja.
r Nrada said: Gya, Vimala, ra, rdhara, Magalyana,

Magala, Ragavalla, Ragoji, and Devanyaka were the nine
Nandas in Gokula Vraja.
Text 6
vtihotro 'gni-bhuk smba

rkaro gopati ruta
vrajea pvana nta
upanand prakrtit
vtihotraVitihotre; agnibhukAgnibhuk; smbaSamba; rkaraSrikara;

gopatihGopati;
rutaSruta; vrajeaVrajesa; pvanaPavana;
ntas+Santa; upanandthe Upanandas;
prakrtitwere said.
Vtihotra, Agnibhuk, Smba, rkara, Gopati, ruta, Vrajea,

Pvana, and nta were called the Upanandas.
Text 7
ntivin mrgada ukla

patago divyavhana
gopet ca vraje rjan
jt a-vabhnava
ntivinNitivin; mrgadaMargada;
uklaSukla; patagaPatanga;
divyavhanaDivyavahana; gopetGopesta;
caand;' vrajein Vraja; rjanO king;
jtborn; a-vabhnavathe six Vabhnus.
Ntivin, Mrgada, ukla, Pataga, Divyavhana, and Gopea
were the six Vabhnus in Vraja, O king.
Text 8
goloke kacandrasya
nikuja-dvram rit
vetra-hast ymalg
nava-nand ca te smt
golokein Goloka; kacandrasyaof Lord

Kacandra; nikuja-dvramtwo groves.
ritsheltered; vetra-hastwith sticks in their
hands; ymalgdark bodies; nava-nandthe nine
Nandas; caalso; tethey; smtremembered.
Smti-stra explains that the nine Nandas, who have dark

complexions and hold sticks in their hands, reside in two forest-
groves in Lord Kacandra's Goloka.
Text 9
nikuje koio gvas

ts plana-tat-par
va-myra-pakhy
upanand ca te smt
nikujein the forest grove;

koiamillions; gvaof cows; tsmof them;
planato protection; tat-pardevoted;
vaflutes; myra-pakaand peacock feathers;
hywealthy; upanandthe Upanandas; caalso; tethey; smtremembered.
Smti-stra explains that the nine Nandas, wealthy in

flutes and peacock feathers, are devoted to protecting the
millions of cows in their forest grove.
Text 10
nikuja-durga-raky
daa-pa-dhar sthit
a-dvram sthit a vai
kathit vabhvana
nikujathe forest grove; durgaof the

fortress; rakymin protection; daasticks; paand nooses; dharholding;
sthitstanding; a-dvramsix gates;
sthitsituated; asix; vaiindeed;
kathitcalled; vabhvanathe Vabhnus.
The men who, holding sticks and nooses, stand at six gates
to protect the fortress of this forest grove are called the six
Vabhnus.
Text 11
r-kasyecchay sarva
golokd gat bhuvi
te prabhva vaktu hi
na samartha catur-mukha
r-kasyaof r Ka; icchayby the desire; sarvamall; goloktfrom Goloka;

gatcame; bhuvito the earth; temof them; prabhvamthe
glory; vaktumto say; hiindeed; nanot;
samarthaBrahm; catur-mukhawho has four mouths.
By Lord Ka's wish they all went from Goloka to this

earth. Even the demigod Brahm is not able to describe their
glories.
Text 12
aha kim u vadiymi

te bhgya mahodayam
yem roham sthya
bla-kelir babhau hari
ahamI; kim uhow?; vadiymiwill describe; temof them; bhgyamthe good

fortune; mah-
udayamgreat; yemof whom; rohamthe exalted
position; sthyaaccepting; blachildhood;
kelipastimes; babhaumanifested; hariLord Hari.
How can I describe their good fortune? As He manifested His

childhood pastimes, Lord Hari treated them with great respect.
Text 13
ekad yamun-tre
mt kenvalhit
yaod blak prhur
atti blo mda tava
ekadone day; yamun-treon the shore of the

Yamun; mtclay; kenaby Lord Ka;
avalhitwas eaten; yaodmto Yaod; blakthe
boys; prhusaid; attiate; blathe boy; mdamclay; tavayour.
One day Ka ate clay on the Yamun's bank. The boys said
to Yaod, "Your boy ate clay."
Text 14
balabhadre ca vadati
tad s nanda-gehin
kare ghitv sva-suta
bhru-netram uvca ha
balabhadrewhen Balarma; caalso;

vadatisaid; tadthen; sshe; nanda-
gehinNanda's wife; kareby the hand;
ghitvtaking; svaown; sutamson;
bhrufrightened; netrameyes; uvca hasaid.
When Balarma also said it, Nanda's wife took her
frightened-eyed son by the hand and spoke to Him.
Text 15
r-yasodovca
kasmn mda bhakitavn rasajo

bhavn vayasy ca vadanti skt
jyyn balo 'ya vadati prasiddha
m evam artha na jahti neum
r-yasod uvcar Yaod said; kasmtwhy?;

mdamclay; bhakitavnate; rasajawho
knows what is good to eat; bhavnYou;
vayasyfriends; caalso; vadantisay;
sktdirectly; jyynelder brother;
balaBalarma; ayamHe; vadatisays;
prasiddhamproved; mO mother; evamin this way; arthammeaning; nanot;
jahtiabandons;
neumclay.
r Yaod said: Why did You, who know what is good to eat,
eat clay? Your friends say You did. Your elder brother Balarma
said, "O mother, it is true. He would not leave the
clay."
Text 16
r-bhagavn uvca
sarve m-vda-rat vrajrbhak

mtar may kvpi na mt prabhakit
yad samcnam anena vk-patha
tad mukha paya madyam ajas

said; sarveall; m-vda-ratlying;
vrajrbhakthe boys of Vraja; mtaO mother;
mayby Me; kvpiever; nanot; mtclay;
prabhakiteaten; yadwhen; samcnamtruth;
anenaby this; vk-pathamwords; tadthen;
mukhammouth; payalook; madyamMy; ajasat once.
The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The boys of Vraja

are all lying. I never ate clay. I speak the truth. Look in My
mouth.
Text 17
r-nrada uvca
atha gop blakasya

payant sundara mukham
prasrita ca dade
brahma racita guai
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; athathen;

gopthe gop; blakasyaof the boy;
payantlooking; sundaramhandsome; mukhammouth; prasritammanifested; ca
and; dadesaw;
brahmamthe universe; racitamcreated; guaiby
the modes of nature.
r Nrada said: When the gop looked in her boy's handsome

mouth she saw the entire material universe created by the modes
of nature.
Texts 18 and 19
sapta-dvpn sapta-sindhn
sa-khan sa-girn dhn
-brahmalokl loks trn
svtmabhi sa-vrajai saha
dv nimilitk s
bhtv r-yamun-tae
blo 'ya me hari skd
iti jnamay hy abht
sapta-dvipnseven continents; sapta-sindhnseven

oceans; sa-khanwith their divisions; sa-
girnwith mountains; dhngreat; -brahmaloktfrom
Brahmaloka; loknplanets; trnthree;
svtmabhiwith her relatives; sa-vrajaithe people of
Vraja; sahawith; dvseeing;
nimilitaclosed; akeyes; sshe;
bhtvbecoming; r-yamun-taeon the shore of the
Yamun; blaboy; ayamthis; memy;
hariLord Hari; sktdirectly; itithus;
jnamayhaving the knowledge; hiindeed;
abhtbecame.
Seeing there the seven continents, seven oceans, the many

countries and great mountain ranges, the three planetary systems
up to Brahmaloka, her own relatives, and the people of Vraja, she
closed her eyes as she stood by the Yamun's shore. Then she
understood, "My boy is Lord Hari Himself!"
Text 20
tad jahsa r-ko

mohayann iva myay
yaod vaibhava da
na sasra gata-smti
tadthen; jahsasmiled; r-kaLord

Ka; mohayanbewildering; ivaas if;
myaywith His Yogamy potency; yaodYaod;
vaibhavamglory; damseen; nanot;
sasraremembered; gatagone; smtimemory.
Then, as if He were casting a spell on her with His Yogamy

potency, r Ka smiled. From that moment Yaod could not
remember the glory and opulence she had seen. She forgot
everything.
Chapter Nineteen
Yamalrjuna-bhaga
Breaking of the Two Arjuna Trees
Text 1
r-nrada uvca
ekad gokule gopyo

mamanthur dadhi sarvata
ghe ghe pragyantyo
gopla-carita param
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; ekadone day; gokulein Gokula; gopyathe

gops;
mamanthuchurned; dadhiyogurt;
sarvatacompletely; ghe ghein home after home;
pragyantyasinging; goplaof Gopla; caritamthe
pastimes; paramtranscendental.
r Nrada said: Churning yogurt in their Gokula homes, the

gops sang of Lord Gopla's transcendental pastimes,
Text 2
yaodpi samutthya
prta r-nanda-mandire
bhe gavya vinikipya
mamantha dadhi sundar
yaodYaod; apialso; samutthyarising; prtain the morning; r-nanda-

mandirein Nanda's
palace; bheon a jug; gavyammilk products;
vinikipyaplacing; mamanthachurned;
dadhiyogurt; sundarbeautiful.
Rising early in Nanda's palace, beautiful Yaod put yogurt
in a jug and churned it.
Text 3
majra-rva sakurvan
bla r-nanda-nandana
nanarta navantrtha
gavydna-kuthalt
majraof her anklets; rvamsound;

sakurvanmaking; blaboy; r-nanda-
nandanaNanda's son; nanartadanced;
navantabutter; arthamfor; gavyamilk products; dnataking; kuthaltbecause of
eagerness.
His anklets jingling, Nanda's son eagerly danced to get some

butter.
Text 4
bla-kelir babhau ntyan

mtu parvam anubhraman
sundi-kikin-sagha-
jhakra krayan muhu
blachild; kelipastimes;
babhaumanifested; ntyandancing; mtuof His
mother; parvamthe side; anubhramanfollowing; sundimelodious; kikintinkling
ornaments;
saghamultitude; jhakramtinkling;
krayanmaking; muhuagain and again.
Dancing, following His mother, and making His ornaments

jingle sweetly, He played as a child.
Text 5
haiyagavna satata navna
ycan sa mtur madhura bruvan sa
dya haste 'masuta ru su-dhr
bibheda ko dadhi-mantha-ptram
haiyagavnambutter; satatamrepeatedly;
navnamfresh; ycanbegging; saHe; mtuof
His mother; madhuramsweetly; bruvansaying;
saHe; dyataking; hastein His hand;
amasutamemerald; ruwith anger; su-
dhintelligent; bibhedabroke; kaKa;
dadhiyogurt; manthachurning; ptramjug.
After again and again begging His mother for some fresh
butter, intelligent Ka finally took an emerald in His hand and
angrily broke the yogurt-churn.
Text 6
palyamna sva-suta yaod

prabhvat prpa na hasta-mtrt
yogvarm api yo durpa
katha s mtur grahae prayti
palyamnamfleeing; svaown; sutamson;

yaodYaod; prabhvatsplendid;
prpaattained; nanot; hastaa hand;
mtrtonly; yogiof the yogs; varmof the
kings; apialso; yawho; durpacannot be
attained; kathamhow?; saHe; mtuof His
mother; grahaein the grip; praytigoes.
Beautiful Yaod could not catch her fleeing son, for He was
always a hand's length away. Even the kings of the yogs cannot
attain Him. Why should He fall in His mother's grip?
Text 7
tathpi bhakteu ca bhakta-vayat
pradarit r-hari npevara
bla ghtv sva-suta yaomat
babandha rajjvtha ru hy ulkhale
tathpinevertheless; bhakteuamong the devotees; caalso; bhaktaby the devotees;

vayatcontrol; pradaritrevealed; r-hariby
Lord Hari; npa-varaO king of kings; blamthe
boy; ghtvgrasping; sva-sutamher own son;
yaomatYaod; babandhabound; rajjvwith rope; athathen; ruangrily; hi
indeed;
ulkhaleto the grinding mortar.
O king of kings, then Lord Hari showed that He places

Himself under the control of His devotees. Yaod caught her son
and angrily tied Him with rope to the grinding mortar.
Text 8
dya yad yad bahu dma tat tat

sv-alpa prabhta sva-sute yaod
guair na baddha prakte paro ya
katha sa baddho bhavatha dmn
dyataking; yad yatwhatever; bahugreat; dmarope; tat tatthat; suvery;

alpamsmall; prabhtambecome; sva-suteon her
son; yaodYaod; guaiwith ropes;
nanot; baddhabound; praktethe material
world; paraabove; yawho; kathamhow?; saHe; baddhabound; bhavatiis;
ihahere; dmnwith rope.
The ropes all became very small on her son. He who is beyond
the material world cannot be bound with rope. How can He be bound
with rope?
Text 9
yad yaod gata-bandhanecch

khinn nia npa khinna-mnas
st tadya kpay sva-bandhe
svacchanda-yna sva-vao 'pi ka
yadwhen; yaodYaod; gatagone;

bandhanabinding; icchdesire; khinndepressed; niamorose; npaO king;
khinnaunhappy;
mnasat heart; stwas; tadthen; ayamHe; kpaymercifully; sva-bandhein His
bondage; svacchanda-ynaindependent; sva-
vaaindependent; apieven; kaKa.
When, frustrated and depressed, Yaod stopped trying, then

independent Ka kindly allowed her to bind Him.
Text 10
ea prasdo na hi vta-karma
na jnin karma-dhiy kuta puna
mtur yathbhn npa ea tasmn
mukti vyadhd bhaktim ala na mdhava
eathis; prasdakindness; nanot;

hiindeed; vtaabandoned; karmamfruitive work; nanot; jninmof the
philosophers;
karmawork; dhiyamconception; kutawhere?
punaagain; mtuof His mother; yathas;
abhtbecame; npaO king; eathis;
tasmtfrom this; muktimliberation; vyadhtgave; bhaktimdevotional service; alam
greatly;
nanot; mdhavaKa.
O king, the mercy He gave His mother He never gave to the

renunciants and philosophers, what to speak of the fruitive
workers. Lord Ka gives them liberation, not devotional
service.
Text 11
tadaiva gopyas tu samgats tvara

dvtha bhagna dadhi-mantha-bhjanam
ulkhale baddham atva dmabhir
bhta iu vkya jagur ghtur
tadthen; evaindeed; gopyagops;

tuindeed; samgatarrived; tvaramquickly;
dvseeing; athathen; bhagnambroken;
dadhiyogurt; manthachurning; bhjanamjug;
ulkhaleon the grinding mortar; baddhambound;
atvagreatly; dmabhiwith ropes;
bhtamfrightened; iumchild; vkyaseeing;
jagusang; ghwith kindness; turovercome.
The gops quickly came. Seeing the broken yogurt-churn and

the frightened child tightly bound with ropes to the grinding
mortar, they became filled with compassion and spoke.
Text 12
r-gopya cu
asmad-gheu ptri
bhinatti satata iu
tad apy ena no vadma
kruyn nanda-gehini
r-gopya cuthe gops said; asmatour;

gheuin the homes; ptrijugs; bhinattibreak; satatamalways; iuchild; tad
apistill;
enamHim; nanot; uindeed; vadmawe say; kruytout of compassion; nanda
of Nanda;
gehiniO wife.
The gops said: In our homes the children break these clay
jugs all the time. O wife of Nanda, we say that you are not kind.
Text 13
gata-vyathe hy akarue
yaode he vrajevari
yay nirbhartsito blas
tvay baddho ghaa-kayt
gatagone; vyatheanxiety; hiindeed;

akarueunkind; yaodeO Yaod; heO;
vrajevariqueen of Vraja; yaywith a stick;
nirbhartsitapunished; blaboy; tvayby you; baddhabound; ghaaa jug;
kaytbecause of
breaking.
O cold, merciless Yaod, O queen of Vraja, you beat this

boy with a stick and tied Him up only because He broke a clay
jug.
Text 14
r-nrada uvca
ity ukty yaody

vyagry gha-karmasu
karann ulkhala ko
blai r-yamun yayau

uktymsaid; yaodymwhen Yaod; vyagry-
agitated; gha-karmasuin housework;
karanpulling; ulkhalamthe grinding mortar;
kaKa; blaiwith friends; r-yamunmto the
Yamun; yayauwent.
r Nrada said: After this was spoken and Yaod became

absorbed in her housework, Ka, dragging the mortar along, went
with the boys to the Yamun.
Text 15
tat-tae ca mah-vkau
purau yamalrjunau
tayor madhye gata ko
hasan dmodara prabhu
tat-taeon its shore; caalso; mah-vkautwo

great trees; purauold; yamalatwin;
arjunauarjuna trees; tayoof them; madhyein the
middle; gatagone; kaKa;
hasansmiling; dmodaraHis belly bound by a rope;
prabhuthe Lord.
His belly bound with a rope, smiling Lord Ka wandered

between two great old arjuna trees by the Yamun's shore.
Text 16
cakara sahas kas

tiryag-gatam ulkhalam
karaena sa-mlau dvau
petatur bhmi-maale
cakarapulled; sahasat once; kaKa; tiryak-gatamsideways; ulkhalam

grinding mortar;
karaenaby pulling; sa-mlauwith their roots;
dvauboth; petatufell; bhmi-maaleto the ground.
Ka tugged at the sideways grinding mortar. By His tug the

two trees were uprooted and fell to the ground.
Text 17
ptatenpi sabdo 'bht

pracao vajra-ptavat
vinirgatau ca vkbhy
devau dvv edhaso 'gni-vat
ptatenaby the falling; apialso;

abdasound; abhtwas; pracaaviolent;
vajra-ptavatlike a thunderbolt; vinirgatauemerged;
caalso; vkbhymfrom the two trees;
devaudemigods; dvautwo; edhasa agni-vateffulgent
as fires.
The violent sound of their falling was like thunder. From

the two trees emerged two demigods splendid as fire.
Text 18
dmodara parikramya
pdau spau sva-maulin
ktajal hari natv
tau tu tat-sammukhe sthitau
dmarope; udarambelly;
parikramyacircumambulating; pdaufeet;
spautouching; sva-maulinwith their helmets; ktajalwith folded hands; harimto
Lord Hari; natvoffering obeisances; tauthey; tuindeed; tat-sammukhein His
presence; sthitaustood.
Circumambulating Lord Dmodara, touching His feet with their

helmets, and offering obeisances to Him, the two demigods stood
before Him with folded hands.
Text 19
r-devv catu
v muktau brahma-dat
sadyas te 'cyuta darant
mbht te nija-bhaktn
helana hy vayor hare
r-devau catuthe demigods said; vmwe;

muktauliberated; brahma-datfrom the punishment of a
brhmaa; sadyaat once; teby You; acyutaO
infallible Lord; darantby the sight; mnot; abhtwas; teof You; nija-bhaktnmof
the
devotees; helanaminsult; hiindeed; avayoof
us; hareO Lord Hari.
The two demigods said: O infallible Lord, by seeing You we
are now free from a brhmaa's punishment. We should not have
offended Your devotees.
Text 20
karu-nidhaye tubhya
jagan-magala-line
dmodarya kya
govindya namo nama
karuof mercy; tubhyamto You; jagatof the

universes; magalaauspiciousness; linewhose
nature; dmodaryawhose belly is bound with a rope;
kyato Lord Ka; govindyathe pleasure of the cows,
land, and senses; namaobeisances; namaobeisances.
Obeisances, obeisances to You, Lord Ka, the pleasure of

the cows, land, and senses, the auspiciousness of the worlds, an
ocean of mercy, the Lord whose belly is bound with a rope!
Text 21
r-nrada uvca
iti natv hari tau dvau

udc ca dia gatau
tadaiva hy gat sarve
nanddy bhaya-ktar

natvoffering obeisances; harimto Lord Hari; tau
dvauto them; udcmnorth; caalso;
diamdirection; gataugone; tadthen;
evaindeed; hiindeed; gatcome;
sarveall; nanddyheaded by Nanda Mahrja; bhaya-
ktarfrightened.
r Nrada said: Bowing down to Lord Hari, the two demigods
left for the north. Then, headed by Nanda Mahrja, the
frightened cowherd people arrived.
Text 22
katha vkau prpatitau

vin vta vrajrbhak
vadatu tad bl
cu sarve vrajaukasa
kathamhow?; vkautwo trees; prpatitauthrown

down; vinwithout; vtamwind; vrajaof
Vraja; arbhakO children; vadataplease tell; uat once; tadthen; blthe boys;
cusaid; sarveall; vrajain Vraja; okasawho
had homes.
When they were asked, "How did these two trees fall
down without any wind? O children of Vraja, please tell us," the
children of Vraja spoke.
Text 23
r-bl cu
anena patitau vkau

tbhy dvau puruau sthitau
ena natv gatv adya
tv udcy sphurat-prabhau
r-bl cuthe children said; anenaby Him;

patitauthrown down; vkauthe two trees;
tbhymfrom them; dvautwo; puruaumen;
sthitaustanding; enamto Him; natvbowing down; gataugone; adyanow; tau
they; udcymto
the north; sphurat-prabhaueffulgent.
The children said: Ka made the two trees fall. From the
trees two effulgent men came. They bowed down to Ka and then
went to the north.
Text 24
r-nrada uvca
iti rutv vacas te

na te raddadhire tata
mumoca nanda sva bla
dmn baddham ulkhale

rutvhearing; vacathe words; temof them;
nanot; tethey; raddadhirebelieved;
tatathen; mumocareleased; nandaNanda;
svamown; blamboy; dmnby ropes;
baddhambound; ulkhaleto the grinding mortar.
r Nrada said: The gopas did not believe what they heard
from the boys. Then Nanda untied His boy bound to the grinding
mortar with ropes.
Text 25
samllayan svka-dee
samghrya iu npa
nirbhartsya bhmin nando
viprebhyo go-ata dadau
samllayancaressing; svka-deeon his lap;

samghryasmelling; iumhis boy; npaO king; nirbhartsyarebuking; bhminmhis
wife;
nandaNanda; viprebhyato the brhmaas; gaof
cows; atama hundred; dadaugave.
Then Nanda placed his boy on his lap, embraced Him, smelled
Him, rebuked his wife, and gave a hundred cows in charity to the
brhmaas.
Text 26
r-bahulva uvca
kv imau puruau divyau

vada devari-sattama
kena doea vkatva
prpitau yamalrjunau
r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; kauwho?; imauthey; puruaupersons;

divyaueffulgent; vadatell; devari-sattamaO best of the demigod
sages; kenaby what?; doeafault;
vkatvamthe state of being trees; prpitauattained; yamala-arjunautwo arjuna trees.
r Bahulva said: Who were those two effulgent men? O best

of the demigod sages, please tell me. Because of what sin did
they become two arjuna trees?
Text 27
r-nrada uvca
nalakvara-maigrvau
rja-rja-sutau parau
jagmatur nandana-vana
mandkinys tae sthitau
r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; nalakvara-

maigrvauNalakvara and Maigrvau; rja-rja-sutauthe
sons of the great king of kings; paraugreat;
jagmatuwent; nandana-vanamto the Nandana forest;
mandkinyof the celestial Ganges; taeon the shore; sthitausituated.
r Nrada said: They were the two demigods Nalakvara and

Maigrva, the two demigod sons of the great king (Kuvera). (One
day) they both went to the Nandana forest by the shore of the
celestial Ganges.
Text 28
apsarobhir gyamnau
ceratur gata-vsasau
varu-madir-mattau
yuvanau dravya-darpitau
apsarobhiby apsaras; gyamnausung;

ceratuwent; gata-vsasauwithout clothing; varu-
madirby varu wine; mattauintoxicated;
yuvanauyoung; dravyaof their possessions;
darpitauproud.
Drunk on varu wine and proud of their possesions, they

walked naked as many apsars sang to them.
Text 29
kadcid devalo nma

munndro veda-praga
nagnau dv ca tv ha
dua-lau gata-smt
kadcitone time; devalaDevala; nmanamed; muni-indrathe king of sages;

vedaof the Vedas;
prato the farther shore; gagone; nagnauthe two
naked men; dvseeing; caand; tauto
them; hasaid; dua-lauwicked; gata-
smtforgetful.
One day the great sage named Devala, who had gone to the
farther shore of the Vedas, saw the two degenerate, naked,
forgetful men and spoke to them.
Text 30
r-devala uvca
yuv vka-samau dau
nirlajjau dravya-darpitau
tasmd vkau tu bhyas ta
var ataka bhuvi
r-devala uvcar Devala said; yuvmyou both; vkatrees; samauequal to;

dauseen;
nirlajjauwithout shame; dravya-darpitauproud of
possessions; tasmtthen; vkautrees;
tuindeed; bhyabecome; tamthat; varmof
years; atakama hundred; bhuvion the earth.
r Devala Muni said: I see You two shameless and proud men
have become like trees. For this reason you will now be trees for
a hundred years on the earth.
Text 31
dvparnte bhrate ca
mthure vraja-maale
kalinda-nandin-tre
mahvana-sampata
paripratama skt
ka dmodara harim
goloka-ntha ta dv
prva-rpau bhaviyatha
dvpara-anteat the end of Dvpara-yuga; bhratein

Bhrata-vara; caalso; mthurein Mathur;
vraja-maalein the circle of Vraja; kalinda-nandin-
treon the Yamun's shore; mahvana-sampatanear Mahvana
forest; paripratamamthe Supreme Personality of
Godhead; sktdirectly; kamKa;
dmodaramDmodara; harimHari; goloka-nthamthe
master of Goloka; tamHim; dvseeing;
prvaprevious; rpauform; bhaviyathayou will
attain.
At the end of Dvpara-yuga, in Bhrata-vara, in Mthura

district, in the circle of Vraja, on the Yamun's shore near
Mahvana forest, you will see the original Supreme Personality of
Godhead, Ka, who is the master of Goloka, and who is known as
Dmodara and Hari. When you see Him, you will regain your
original forms.
Text 33
ittha devala-pena
vkatva prpitau npa
nalakvara-maigrvau
r-kena vimocitau
itthamthus; devalaof Devala; penaby the curse; vkatvamthe state of being

trees;
prpitauattained; npaO king;
nalakvaraNalakvara; maigrvauand Maigrva; r-
kenaby Lord Ka; vimocitaureleased.
In this way, by Devala Muni's curse, Nalakvara and

Maigrva became trees and were liberated by Lord Ka.
Chapter Twenty
Durvsaso my-darana r-nanda-nandana-stotra-varana

Description of Durvs Muni's Vision of the My Potency and
Offering of Prayers to Nanda's Son
Text 1
r-nrada uvca
ekad kacandrasya
daranrtha parasya ca
durvs muni-ardlo
vraja-maalam yayau
r-nrada uvca r Nrada said; ekad one day; kacandrasya of Lord

Kacandra; darana seeing; artham for the purpose; parasya the Supreme Personality
of Godhead; ca also; durvs Durvs; muni of
sages; ardla the tiger; vraja of Vraja;
maalam to the circle; yayau came.
One day Durvs, the tiger of sages, came to the circle of

Vraja to see Lord Kacandra, the Supreme Personality of
Godhead.
Text 2
klind-nikae puye
saikate ramaa-sthale
mahvana-sampe ca
kam rd dadara ha
klind-nikae on the shore of the Yamun;

puye sacred; saikate sandy shore;
ramaa beautiful; sthale place; mahvana-sampe near
mahvana; ca also; kam Ka; rt near; dadara ha saw.
Near Mahvana, in a beautiful place on the Yamun's sandy

shore, he saw Lord Ka.
Texts 3 and 4
rman-madana-gopla
luhanta blakai saha
paraspara prayuddhyanta
bla-keli manoharam
dhli-dhsara-sarvga
vakra-kea dig-ambaram
dhvanta blakai srdha
hari vkya sa vismita
rman-madana-goplam Lord Ka, the cowherd boy more

handsome than Kmadeva; luhantam rolling about on the
ground; blakai boys; saha with;
parasparam each other; prayuddhyantam fighting;
bla boy's; kelim game; manoharam charming;
dhli with dust; dhsara darkened; sarva all;
agam limbs; vakra curly; keam hair; dik with
the directions; ambaram clothed;
dhvantam running; blakai the boys;
srdham with; harim Lord Hari; vkya seeing;
sa he; vismita astonished.
Seeing Lord Hari a cowherd boy more handsome than Kmadeva,

now rolling on the ground as He played at fighting with the other
boys and now running with them, clothed only by the directions
and all His limbs dark with dust, the sage became filled with
wonder.
Text 5
r-munir uvca
sa varo 'ya bhagavn

katha blair luhan bhuvi
aya tu nanda-putro 'sti
na r-ka part para
r-muni uvca the sage said; sa He;

vara the supreme controller; ayam He; bhagavn the
supremely opulent Personality of Godhead; katham why?; blai with children; luhan
rolling; bhuvi on the
ground; ayam He; tu certainly; nanda-
putra Nanda's son; asti is; na not; r-
ka r Ka; part para who is greater than the
greatest.
The sage said: Why would the supremely opulent Personality

of Godhead, who controls everything, roll on the ground with some
children? This must be a boy who is the son of someone named
Nanda. He is not the r Ka who is greater than the greatest.
Text 6
r-nrada uvca
ittha moha gate tatra

durvsasi mah-munau
kran kas tat-sampe
tad-ake hy gata svayam
r-nrada uvca r Nrada said; ittham thus;

moham bewilderment; gate attained; tatra there;
durvsasi Durvs; mah-munau the great sage;
kran playing; ka Ka; tat-sampe near him; tad-ake on the lap; hi indeed;
gata came;
svayam of His own accord.
r Nrada said: As the great sage Durvs was bewildered in

this way, playing Ka approached and of His own accord sat on
the sage's lap.
Text 7
punar vinirgato hy akd

bla-sihvalokana
hasan kala bruvan ka
sammukha punar gata
puna again; vinirgata emerged; hi indeed; akt from the lap; bla cub; siha
lion;
avalokana glance; hasan smiling; kalam gently;
bruvan said; ka Ka; sammukha in the
presence; puna again; gata came.
Then He left the lap and then, gently laughing, speaking

some words, and His glance like that of a lion cub, Ka again
approached.
Text 8
hasatas tasya ca mukhe

pravia vasanair muni
dadarnya mah-loka
saraya jana-varjitam
hasata laughing; tasya of Him; ca and;

mukhe in the face; pravia entered; vasanai with
sighs; muni the sage; dadara saw;
anyam another; mah-lokam great realm;
sarayam shelter; jana people; varjitam without.
As Ka laughed the sage entered Lord Ka's mouth as He

breathed. There the sage saw a great realm where there were no
people.
Text 9
arayeu bhramas tatra

kuta prpta iti bruvan
tadaivjagarepi
nigro 'bhn mah-muni
arayeu in forests; bhraman wandering;

tatra there; kuta where?; prpta attained;
iti thus; bruvan saying; tad then;
eva indeed; jagarea by a snake; api even;
nigra swallowed; abht was; mah-muni the great
sage.
Wandering in many forests, he said, "Where am I?" It

was as if the great sage was swallowed by a serpent.
Text 10
brahma tatra dade

sa-loka sa-bila param
bhraman dvpeu sa muni
sthito 'bht parvate site
brahmam the universe; tatra there;

dade saw; sa-lokam with many planets; sa-bilam with
outer space; param greatly; bhraman wandering;
dvpeu on the continents; sa he; muni the sage; sthita stood; abht became;
parvate on a
mountain; site white.
There he saw the entire universe, with its many planets and
with outer space. Wandering the continents, he stood on a great
white mountaintop.
Text 11
tapas tatpa var

ata-koti prabhu bhajan
naimittikkhye pralaye
prpte viva-bhayakare
gacchanta samudras te
plvayanto dhar-talam
vahas teu ca durvs
na prpnta jalasya ca
tapa austerities; tatpa performed;

varm years; sata-koti a billion; prabhum the
Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajan worshiping;
naimittika regular; khye named; pralaye t cosmic
devastation; prpte attained; viva the universe; bhayakare fearful; gacchanta
coming;
samudr the oceans; te they;
plvayanta flooding; dhar-talam the surface of the
earth; vahan carrying; teu in them;
ca also; durvs Durvs; na not;
prpa attained; antam end; jalasya of the water; ca and.
Worshiping the Supreme Lord, he performed austerities for a

billion years. When the scheduled time of cosmic devastation
arrived, the universe became a fearful place. Rushing oceans
flooded the earth's surface, and Durvs could not find an end to
all the water.
Text 13
vyatte yuga-shasre
magno 'bhd vigata-smti
punar jaleu vicarann
aam anya dadara ha
vyatte passed; yuga of yugas; shasre a

thousand; magna submerged; abht was;
vigata gone; smti memory; puna again;
jaleu in the waters; vicaran wandering;
aam universe; anyam another; dadara ha saw.
A thousand yugas passed. Submerged in the water, he had

forgotten everything. As he wandered through the waters, he saw
another universe.
Text 14
tac-chidre ca pravio 'sau

divya si gatas tata
tad-aa-mrdhni lokeu
vidher yu-sama caran
tat-chidre in that opening; ca also;

pravia entered; asau he; divyam divine;
sim creation; gata attained; tata then;
tad-aa of that universe; mrdhni at the top;
lokeu in the realms; vidhe of Brahm; yu life; samam equal; caran passing.
He entered that universe and went to the heavenly planets

within it. There, at the highest part of the universe, he passed
a liftetime as long as Brahm's.
Text 15
eva chidra tatra vkya

prviat sa hari smaran
bahir vinirgato hy ad
dadaru mah-jalam
evam thus; chidram opening; tatra there;

vkya seeing; prviat entered; sa he;
harim Lord Hari; smaran remembering;
bahi outside; vinirgata came; hi indeed;
at from the universe; dadara saw; u at once; mah-jalam a great ocean.
He saw an opening and entered it. Meditating on Lord Hari,

he went outside the universe. There he saw a great ocean.
Text 16
tasmin jale tu lakyante

kotio hy aa-raya
tato munir jala payan
dadara viraj nadm
tasmin in that; jale water; tu indeed;

lakyante are seen; kotia by the millions;
hi indeed; aa of universes; raya multitudes; tata then; muni the sage; jalam
water;
payan looking; dadara saw; viraj nadm the Viraj
river.
In that ocean he saw many millions of universes. Gazing at

the ocean, the sage saw the Viraj river.
Text 17
tat-para prgata sakad

goloka prvian muni
vndvana govardhana
yamun-pulina ubham
dv prasanna sa munir
nikuja prviat tad
gopa-gop-gaa-vta
gav koibhir anvitam
tat-param beyond that; prgata went;

sakat directly; golokam to Goloka;
prviat entered; muni the sage;
vndvanam Vndvana; govardhanam Govardhana; yamun-
pulinam the shore of the Yamun; ubham beautiful;
dv seeing; prasanna happy; sa the;
muni sage; nikujam a forest grove;
prviat entered; tad then; gopa-gop-gaa-
vtam filled with gopas and gops; gavm of cows;
koibhi with millions; anvitam endowed.
Crossing it, the sage entered the realm of Goloka. Gazing at

Vndvana forest, Govardhana Hill, and the Yamun's shore, the
sage became happy. Then he entered a forest grove that was filled
with gopas, gops, and millions of surabhi cows.
Texts 19 and 20
asakhya-koi-martaa-
jyoti maale tata
divye laka-dale padme
sthita rdh-pati harim
paripratama skc
chr-ka puruottamam
asakhya-brahmda-pati
golokea dadara ha
asakhya countless; koi millions; martaa of

suns; jyotim effulgence; maale in the circle; tata there; divye splendid; laka
with a hundred
thousand; dale petals; padme on a lotus flower; sthitam standing; rdh-patim the
husband of Rdh; harim Lord Hari; paripratamam the original Supreme
Personality of Godhead; skt directly; r-
kam r Ka; puruottamam the supreme person;
asakhya countless; brahmda of universes; patim the
master; goloka of Goloka; am the master;
dadara saw; ha indeed.
There, in a circle of light splendid as countless millions
of suns, on a splendid divine lotus of a hundred thousand petals,
he saw r Ka, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead,
the master of Rdh, the king of Goloka and of countless
universes.
Text 21
r-kasypi hasata
pravias tan-mukhe muni
punar vinirgato 'payad
bla r-nanda-nandanam
r-kasya of r Ka; api also;

hasata laughing; pravia entered; tan-mukhe in His
mouth; muni the sage; puna again;
vinirgata emerged; apayat saw; blam the child; r-nanda of r Nanda; nandanam
the son.
As r Ka was laughing, the sage within His mouth was

expelled. The sage gazed at the boy who was Nanda's son.
Text 22
klind-nikae puye
saikate ramaa-sthale
blakai sahita ka
vicaranta mah-vane
tad muni ca durvs

jtv ka part param
r-nanda-nandana natv
natv prha ktjali
klind-nikae near the Yamun; puye sacred;

saikate on the sandy bank; ramaa-sthale in a beautiful
place; blakai boys; sahitam with;
kam Ka; vicarantam wandering; mah-vane in
Mahvana; tad then; muni the sage;
ca also; durvs Durvs; j
24tv understanding; kam Ka; part
param greater than the greatest; r-nanda-nandanam the son
of Nanda; natv natv bowing down again and again;
prha said; ktjali with folded hands.
Now understanding that Nanda's son, Ka, who with some

boys was wandering in a beautiful place on the Yamun's sandy shore near Mahvana, is the
original Supreme Personality of
Godhead, greater than the greatest, Durvs Muni bowed down to
Him again and again and with folded hands spoke to Him some
words.
Text 24
r-munir uvca
bla navna-ata-patra-vila-netra
bimbdhara sajala-megha-ruci manojam
manda-smita madhura-sundara-manda-yna
r-nanda-nandanam aha manas nammi
r-muni uvca the sage said; blam a boy;

navna new; ata-patra hundred petal lotus flower;
vila large; netram eyes; bimba bimba fruit;
adharam lips; sajala-megha monsoon cloud;
rucim glory; manojam charming;
manda gentle; smitam smile; madhura sweet;
sundara handsome; manda gentle; ynam motion;
r-nanda-nandanam the son of Nanda; aham I;
manas with my heart; nammi bow.
The sage said: With all my heart I bow down before Nanda's
gently-smiling, sweetly graceful, handsome son, whose large eyes
are hundred-petal lotuses, whose lips are bimba fruits, and whose
complexion is splendid as a monsoon cloud.
Text 25
majra-npura-raan-nava-ratna-kc-
r-hra-keari-nakha-pratiyantra-sagham
dyrti-hri-mai-bindu-virjamna
vande kalinda-tanuj-taa-bla-kelim
majra ornaments; npura anklets;

raat tinkling; nava nine; ratna jewels; k
24c belt; r-hra beautiful necklaces;
keari lion's; nakha nails; pratiyantra-sagham a
necklace; di whose glance; rti sufferings;
hri removing; mai musk; bindu dot;
virjamnam glorious; vande I offer my respectful
obeisances; kalinda-tanuj of the Yamun; taa on the
shore; bla child; kelim pastimes.
I offer my respectful obeisances to He who, decorated with

jingling anklets and ornaments, a belt of nine jewels, a
beautiful necklace, and a string of lion's nails, glorious with
dots of black musk, and His glance removing all sufferings, plays
as a child on the Yamun's shore.
Text 26
prendu-sundara-mukhopari kucitgr
kes navna-ghana-nla-nibh sphuranti
rjanta nata-ira-kumudasya yasya
nandtmajya sa-balya namo namas te
pra full; indu moon; sundara handsome;

mukha face; upari above; kucita-
agr curly; kes hairs; navna new;
ghana clopuds; nla dark; nibh like;
sphuranti shines; rjante shine; nata bowed;
ira head; kumudasya of the lotus; yasya of
which; nanda-tmajya to nanda's son; sa-balya with
Balarma; nama obeisances; nama obeisances;
te to You.
Obeisances, obeisances to You, who are Balarma's companion

and Nanda's son, whose bowed head is a lotus flower, and above
whose full-moon face curly locks of hair glisten like new dark
monsoon clouds.
Text 27
r-nanda-nandana-stotra
prtar utthya ya pahet
tan-netra-gocaro yti
snanda nanda-nandana
r-nanda-nandana to Nanda's son; stotram prayer; prta early; utthya rising;

ya one who;
pahet recites; tat of him; netra of the eyes;
gocara in the range of perception; yti goes;
snandam happily; nanda-nandana Nanda's son.
Nanda's son happily comes within the vision of a person who

rises early and recites these prayers glorifying Him.
Text 28
r-nrada uvca
iti praamya r-ka

durvs muni-sattama
ta dhyyan prajapan prgd
badary-ramam uttamam
r-nrada uvca r Nrada said; iti thus;

praamya bowing; r-kam to r Ka;
durvs Durvs; muni of sages; sattama the best; tam on Him; dhyyan
meditating;
prajapan chanting; prgt went; badary-ramam to
badar rama; uttamam north.
r Nrada said: Durvs, the best of sages, bowed down

before Lord Ka and, meditating on Him and chanting His
glories, went north to Badar-rama.
Text 29
r-garga uvca
ittha devari-varyea
nradena mahtman
kathita ka-carita
bahulvya dhmate
r-garga uvca r Garga said; ittham thus;

devari-varyea by the best of divine sages; nradena by
Nrada; mahtman the great soul; kathitam told; ka-caritam Ka's pastimes;
bahulvya to
Bahulva; dhmate intelligent.
In this way the great soul Nrada, who was the best of the
demigod-sages, narrated Lord Ka's transcenbdental pastimes to
intelligent King Bahulva.
Text 30
may te kathita brahman

yaa kali-malpaham
catupadrthada divya
ki bhya rotum icchasi
may by me; te to you; kathitam told;

brahman O brhmaa; yaa the glory; kali of Kali-
yuga; mala dirt; apaham removing;
catupadrthadam giving the four goals of life;
divyam divine; kim what?; bhya more; rotum to
hear; icchasi you wish.
O brhmaa, now I have described to you Lord Ka's

splendid transcendental glories, which wash the sins of Kali-yuga
and fulfill the four goals of life. What more do you wish to
hear?
Text 31
r-aunaka uvca
bahulvo maithilendra
ki papraccha mah-munim
nrada jnada nta
tan me brhi tapo-dhana
r-aunaka uvca r aunaka said;

bahulva Bahulva; maithilendra the king of Mithil; kim what?; papraccha
asked; mah-munim nradam the
great sage Nrada; jnadam giver of knowledge; ntam peaceful; tat that; me to me;
brhi tell; tapa austerity; dhana wealth.
r aunaka said: What did Mithil's king Bahulva then ask the great sage Nrada, the
peaceful teacher of transcendental
knowledge? O sage whose wealth is austerity, please tell me that.
Text 32
r-garga uvca
nrada jnada natv

mnado maithilo npa
puna papraccha kasya
carita magalyanam
r-garga uvca r Garga Muni said;

nradam Nrada; jnadam the giver of knowledge; natv bowing down; mnada
respectful; maithilo
npa the king of Mithil; puna again;
papraccha asked; kasya of Lord Ka;
caritam pastimes; magalyanam auspicious.
r Garga Muni said: The respectful king of Mithil then

bowed down before his teacher Nrada and again asked about Lord
Ka's auspicious transcendental pastimes.
Text 33
r-bahulva uvca
r-ko bhagavn skt

paramnanda-vigraha
para cakra ki citra
caritra vada me prabho
r-bahulva uvca r Bahulva said; r-ka r

Ka; bhagavn skt the original Supreme Personality of
Godhead; paramnanda transcendental bliss;
vigraha form; param then; cakra did;
kim what?; citram wonderful; caritram activities; vada please tell; me me; prabha
O master.
r Bahulva said: What wonderful activities did r Ka,

the original Supreme Personality of Godhead then do? O master,
please tell me that.
Text 34
prvvatrai carita
kta vai maglayanam
apara kintu kasya
pavitra carita param
prva previous; avatrai by incarnations;

caritam activities; ktam done; vai indeed;
magalyanam auspicious; aparam peerless;
kintu however; kasya of Lord Ka;
pavitram pure; caritam activities; param transcendental.
The activities of the Lord's previous incarnations are all-

auspicious. Still, Lord Ka's activities are the most pure.
Text 35
r-nrada uvca
sdhu sdhu tvay pa
caritra magala hare
tat te 'ha sampravakymi
vndraye ca yad-yaa
r-nrada uvca r Nrada said; sdhu well;

sdhu well; tvay by you; pam asked;
caritram activities; magalam auspicious; hare of
Lord Hari; tat that; te to you; aham I;
sampravakymi will tell; vndraye in Vndvana;
ca also; yat of whom; yaa the glory.
r Nrada said: Good! Good! You have asked about Lord

Hari's auspicious pastimes. I will tell you of the glory He
showed in Vndvana.
Text 36
ida goloka-khaa ca
guhya paramam adbhutam
r-kena prakathita
goloke rsa-maale
idam this; goloka of Goloka; khaam canto; ca also; guhyam confidential;

paramam supreme; adbhutam wonderful; r-kena by r Ka;
prakathitam spoken; goloke in Goloka; rsa of the rsa
dance; maale in the circle.
r Ka Himself spoke this very wonderful and confidential

Goloka-khaa in Goloka's rsa-dance circle.
Text 37
nikuje rdhikyai ca
rdh mahya dadv idam
may tubhya rvita ca
datta sarvrthada param
nikuje in a forest grove; rdhikyai to r

Rdh; ca and; rdh r Rdh; mahyam to
me; dadau gave; idam this; may by me;
tubhyam to you; rvitam caused to hear; ca also; dattam given; sarvrthadam
fulfilling all desires;
param great.
In a forest grove Lord Ka gave to r Rdh this Goloka-

khaa, which fulfills all desires. Rdh gave it to me, and now
I am have given it to you.
Texts 38 and 39
ida pahitv vipras tu

sarva-strrtha-go bhavet
rutveda cakravart syt
katriya caa-vikrama
vaiyo nidhi-patir bhyc

chdro mucyeta bandhant
nikmo yo 'pi jagati
jvan mukta sa jyate
idam this; pahitv having read; vipra a

brhmaa; tu indeed; sarva-strrtha-ga learned in
all the scriptures; bhavet becomes;
rutv hearing; idam this; cakravart the ruler of the
world; syt becomes; katriya a katriya;
caa-vikrama powerful; vaiya a vaiya; nidhi of
wealth; pati the master; bhyt becomes;
dra a dra; mucyeta becomes released;
bandhant from the bonds of servitude; nikma who has no
desires; ya one who; api also; jagati in the
material world; jvan living; mukta liberated; sa he; jyate is born.
By reading it a brhmaa becomes learned in all the

scriptures, a powerful katriya becomes king of the world, a
vaiya becomes a master of great wealth, a dra becomes released
from the bonds of service, and a person who has no desires
becomes free from material bondage even while living in this
world.
Text 40
yo nitya pahate samyag

bhakti-bhva-samanvita
sa gacchet kacandrasya
goloka prakte param
ya who; nityam regularly; pahate reads;

samyak-properly; bhakti-bhva-samanvita with devotion; sa he; gacchet goes;
kacandrasya of Lord
Kacandra; golokam to Goloka; prakte the material
world; param beyond.
A person who reads it regularly, properly, and with

devotion, goes to Lord Kacandra's abode of Goloka beyond the
material world.

Garga Sanhita PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Garga Sanhita PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sri Garga-samhita

Canto One, Volume One

omOm; nryaamthe Personality of Godhead;

Before reciting this Garga-sahit, which is the very means

aratautumn; vikacablooming; pakajalotus;

In my heart I place the splendid feet of Rdh's Lord, feet

vadana-kamala-niryadyasya pyam dya

vadanaface; kamalalotus; niryadyasyasplendid;

May Satyavat's son Vysa, who enjoys pastimes at

kadcitone time; naimirayein Naimiraya; r-

tamhim; dvseeing; sahasat once;

Seeing him, aunaka and the sages at once stood up and

sat paryaana dhanya

r-aunaka uvcar aunaka said; satmof the

r aunaka said: The auspicious travels of saintly devotees

tasmn me hdi sambhta

tasmttherefore; memy; hdiin the heart;

Therefore, O lord, please destroy the doubt in my heart. How

sdhu pa tvay brahman

r-garga uvcar Garga Muni said; sdhuwell;

r Garga Muni said: O brhmaa, you have asked a worthy

atrahere; evaindeed; udharantithey speak; imamthis;

Of this they tell the story of an event in ancient history,

mithil-ngarein Mithil City; prvamin ancient times;

In the city of Mithil in ancient times lived a powerful king

ambartfrom the sky; gatamcome; dvseeing;

r-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; yawho;

r Bahulva said: O wise one, please tell me why the

r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; gaof the cows;

To protect the cows, devotees, demigods, and Vedas, Lord

yath naa sva-lly

yathas; naaan actor; sva-llymby His won

As a magician is not bewildered by His own magic tricks,

katidh r-harer vior

ri-bahulva uvcar Bahulva said; katidhhow

r Bahulva said: How often does Lord Viu, who removes

r-nrada uvcar Nrada said; aaof a part;

r Nrada said: In the Smti-stra the great sages who

aaaa; tuindeed; marciwith Marci;

The aa incarnations begin with Marci, the a

pro nsiho rma ca

prafull; nsihaNsiha; rmaRma; caand;

The Smti-stra explains that the pra incarnations are

The paripratama form of the Lord is r Ka, who is the

kryaof work; adhikramoverseeing; kurvantadooing;

The aa incarnations are said to oversee the execution of

yem antar-gato viu

O great soul, O king, please know that in the various

dharma vijya ktv ya

dharmamreligious principles; vijyateaching;

Millennium after millennium Lord Hari's kal incarnations

catur-vyho bhaved yatra

catur-vyhathe catur-vyha incarnations; bhavetare;

yasmin sarvi tejsi

yasminin which; sarviall; tejsiglories;

prasya lakaa yatra

prasyaof the pta incarnation;

The transcendental qualities people see distributed among

The Lord's original, paripratama form is r Ka and no

pra pura puruottamottama

praperfect; puraancient; puruaof persons;

He is perfect and complete. He is the oldest. He is the